Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals LTD BRCH93 Eia PDF

M/S.
GUJARAT ALKALIES AND

CHEMICALS LTD.
Draft EIA For Proposed New Chlor-Alkali Plant

And Coal Based Captive Power Plant In JV With
NALCO Along With Synthetic Organic Chemical
Plants At Plot No.: D II/9, GIDC Dahej, Taluka:
Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat
SEPTEMBER, 2017
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment for Development

M/S. GACL IN JV DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC
WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ QUALITY CONTROL
M/S. GUJARAT ALKALIES AND CHEMICALS LTD
Draft EIA for Proposed New Chlor-Alkali Plant and Coal

Based Captive Power Plant in JV with NALCO along with
Synthetic Organic Chemical Plants at Plot No.: D II/9,
GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat
© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), September 2017
This report is released for the use of the M/S. Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals Ltd, regulators and relevant
stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided, unless
attributed to referenced third parties, is copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the
written consent of Kadam.
QUALITY CONTROL
Draft EIA for Proposed New Chlor-Alkali Plant and Coal Based Captive Power Plant in JV with NALCO
Name of
along with Synthetic Organic Chemical Plants at Plot No.: D II/9, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District:
Publication
Bharuch, Gujarat
Project Number 1730138110 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 1 Released September 2017
DISCLAIMER
Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam also
believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss
absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or
application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the
individual situation.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | SEPTEMBER 2017 2




WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ CONTENTS
CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 22
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT................................................................................................................. 22
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT ...................................................................... 22
1.2.1 Identification of Project ............................................................................................................... 22
1.2.2 Project Proponent ....................................................................................................................... 22
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE
COUNTRY, REGION ..................................................................................................................................... 24
1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY....................................................................................................................... 24
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................. 30
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ............................................................................................................................. 30
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................... 30
2.2.1 Chlor Alkali ................................................................................................................................. 30
2.2.2 Chlorotoluenes ........................................................................................................................... 30
2.2.3 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax ............................................................................................................. 30
2.2.4 Epichlorohydrin (ECH) ................................................................................................................. 30
2.2.5 Chloromethanes (CLM) ................................................................................................................ 31
2.2.6 Power Plant ................................................................................................................................ 31
2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................. 31
2.3.1 Site History & Approach to the Project Site ................................................................................... 34
2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ................................................................................................ 35
2.4.1 Cost of Project ............................................................................................................................ 36
2.4.2 Profitability ................................................................................................................................. 38
2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................... 38
2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 38
2.6.1 Caustic Soda – 800 TPD .............................................................................................................. 39
2.6.2 Chlorotoluenes - 205 TPD ............................................................................................................ 43
2.6.3 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax – 100 TPD............................................................................................. 49
2.6.4 Epichlorohydrin Plant (ECH Unit) – 84 TPD ................................................................................... 51
2.6.5 Chloromethanes (CLM) – 300 TPD ............................................................................................... 54
2.6.6 Power Plant – 130 MW ................................................................................................................ 56
2.7 PROJECT DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................... 63
2.7.1 Raw Material Details ................................................................................................................... 63
2.8 UTILITIES......................................................................................................................................... 64

2.8.1 Power Requirement .................................................................................................................... 64
2.8.2 Fuel Requirement ....................................................................................................................... 65
2.8.3 Water Requirement ..................................................................................................................... 65
2.8.4 Manpower .................................................................................................................................. 65
2.9 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT ............................................................................... 65
2.9.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 65
2.9.2 Plant specific .............................................................................................................................. 65
2.10 AIR EMISSIONS ............................................................................................................................. 66
2.10.1 Action Plan to Control Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................... 67
2.11 NOISE GENERATION ...................................................................................................................... 70
2.12 WATER CONSUMPTION AND EFFLUENT GENERATION ..................................................................... 70
2.13 WASTE WATER GENERATION, SEGREGATION, TREATMENT & DISPOSAL PLAN ................................. 72
2.13.1 Waste Water Generation ............................................................................................................. 72
2.13.2 Wastewater Segregation ............................................................................................................. 72
2.13.3 Wastewater Treatment Facility ..................................................................................................... 72
2.13.4 Water Conservation Measures ...................................................................................................... 83
2.13.5 Sludge Generation & Management ............................................................................................... 84
2.14 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL ...... 85
2.14.1 Hazardous Waste and Other Solid Waste ...................................................................................... 85
2.14.2 Decontamination of Discarded Drums/ Containers ......................................................................... 87
2.15 MITIGATION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE .................................................................................... 87
2.16 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY.......................................................................... 90
2.16.1 Coal based Power Plant ............................................................................................................... 90
2.16.2 Caustic Soda Plant ...................................................................................................................... 90
2.16.3 Chloromethanes Plant ................................................................................................................. 90
2.16.4 Chlorotoluenes Plant ................................................................................................................... 90
2.16.5 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant ..................................................................................................... 90
2.16.6 Epichlorohydrin Plant .................................................................................................................. 90
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 91
3.1 STUDY AREA ..................................................................................................................................... 91
3.2 PERIOD ............................................................................................................................................ 91
3.3 COMPONENTS................................................................................................................................... 91
3.4 METHODOLOGY ................................................................................................................................ 91
3.4.1 Primary Data Collection ............................................................................................................... 91
3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection ........................................................................................................... 95

3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS ..................................... 95
3.5.1 Long Term Meteorology .............................................................................................................. 95
3.5.2 Site Specific Meteorology ............................................................................................................. 97
3.5.3 Land Use.................................................................................................................................. 100
3.5.4 Air Quality ................................................................................................................................ 106
3.5.5 Traffic Survey ........................................................................................................................... 112
3.5.6 Noise and Vibration ................................................................................................................... 112
3.5.7 Hydrology, Surface Water & Ground Water ................................................................................. 115
3.5.8 Geology ................................................................................................................................... 125
3.5.9 Soil .......................................................................................................................................... 128
3.5.10 Ecology and Biodiversity ............................................................................................................ 131
3.5.11 Socio-Economics ....................................................................................................................... 140
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES....................................... 149
4.1 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT .................................. 149
4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................... 154
4.2.1 Emission Rates & Predicted GLCs ............................................................................................... 157
4.2.2 Incremental Traffic ................................................................................................................... 163
4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................................... 165
4.3.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan ........................................................................................ 165
4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................... 171
4.4.1 Impact on Ground Water ........................................................................................................... 171
4.4.2 Impact on Surface Water .......................................................................................................... 171
4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................................... 174
4.6 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY ............................................................................................................. 177
4.7 RESOURCE DEPLETION ................................................................................................................... 179
4.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK TO SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES .............................................. 181
4.8.1 General Safety Measures ........................................................................................................... 181
4.8.2 Mitigation Measures .................................................................................................................. 181
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site) ...................................................................... 184
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ................................................................................ 185
6.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................... 185
6.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................................... 185
6.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................... 185
6.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................................... 185
6.5 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY ............................................................................................................. 185

6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT COST ............................................................... 193
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................. 195
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .................................................................................................................. 195
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT .......................................................................................................................... 195
7.2.1 Methodology for Risk Assessment .............................................................................................. 195
7.2.2 Hazard Identification ................................................................................................................. 195
7.2.3 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’) ................................................................ 197
7.2.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours ................................................................... 199
7.3 TREATMENT AND CONTROL ............................................................................................................ 204
7.3.1 Precautions to be taken during Transportation ............................................................................ 204
7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................................................ 205
7.4.1 On-Site Emergency Plan ............................................................................................................ 213
7.4.2 Safety Control Measures for Handling and Storage of Most Hazardous Chemicals .......................... 216
7.4.3 Off-Site Emergency Plan ............................................................................................................ 219
7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ESC COST ...................................................................................... 220
7.5.1 Existing CSR Activities carried out by GACL in Dahej Area ............................................................ 220
7.5.2 Focused Group Discussions with Residents of nearby Villages by KEC ........................................... 222
7.5.3 Enterprise Social Commitment ................................................................................................... 223
8 PROJECT BENEFITS ...................................................................................................................... 226
8.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ........................................................................................................... 226
8.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE .............................................................................................................. 226
8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ............................................................................................................... 226
8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ............................................................................................................ 226
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................................... 227
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ............................................................................. 228
10.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 228
10.2 PURPOSE OF EMP ........................................................................................................................ 228
10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANS ........................................................................................... 228
10.3.1 Air Quality ................................................................................................................................ 228
10.3.2 Noise Environment .................................................................................................................... 229
10.3.3 Water Quality ........................................................................................................................... 229
10.3.4 Land and Soil ........................................................................................................................... 229
10.3.5 Ecology and Biodiversity ............................................................................................................ 229
10.3.6 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring .......................................... 233
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ...................................................................................................... 234

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 234
11.1.1 Proposed Project ...................................................................................................................... 234
11.1.2 Process .................................................................................................................................... 235
11.1.3 Utilities .................................................................................................................................... 236
11.1.4 Air Emissions & Control ............................................................................................................. 236
11.1.5 Noise Generation Sources .......................................................................................................... 236
11.1.6 Waste Water Generation & Disposal ........................................................................................... 236
11.1.7 Hazardous & Other Solid Waste ................................................................................................. 237
11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................... 237
11.2.1 Study Period, Study Area, Monitoring & Sampling Locations ......................................................... 237
11.2.2 Land Use and Land Cover Distribution ........................................................................................ 237
11.2.3 Meteorology ............................................................................................................................. 237
11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................................... 237
11.2.5 Traffic Survey ........................................................................................................................... 238
11.2.6 Noise Levels ............................................................................................................................. 241
11.2.7 Water Quality ........................................................................................................................... 241
11.2.8 Soil Quality ............................................................................................................................... 241
11.2.9 Ecology & Biodiversity ............................................................................................................... 249
11.2.10 Socio Economic ..................................................................................................................... 249
11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ........................................ 250
11.3.1 Air Environment ........................................................................................................................ 250
11.3.2 Incremental Traffic ................................................................................................................... 250
11.3.3 Noise Environment .................................................................................................................... 250
11.3.4 Water Environment ................................................................................................................... 251
11.3.5 Land Environment..................................................................................................................... 251
11.3.6 Ecological & Biological Environment ........................................................................................... 251
11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment ..................................................................................................... 252
11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ................................................................................... 252
11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................. 253
11.5.1 Risk & Hazards ......................................................................................................................... 253
11.5.2 Socio Economic Development Activities ...................................................................................... 253
11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS ..................................................................................................................... 254
11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................................. 254
11.8 CONCLUSION .............................................................................................................................. 254
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ................................................................................................... 256

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY (KADAM) ............................................................. 256
12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS .................................................................................................................... 256
LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure 1: TOR Letter dated September 14, 2016 issued by SEAC ................................................................. 260
Annexure 2: Amended TOR Letter dated April 29, 2017 issued by SEIAA .......................................................... 268
Annexure 3: IMS Certification – Existing GACL Complex at Dahej ..................................................................... 273
Annexure 4: Land Possession Documents from GIDC ...................................................................................... 276
Annexure 5: Undertaking for Not Constructing Ash Pond ................................................................................. 288
Annexure 6: Fuel Linkage – Coal Supply from Adani ........................................................................................ 290
Annexure 7: Assurance Letter for Water Supply for Proposed Project from GIDC ............................................... 293
Annexure 8: Undertaking regarding Provision of Separate Energy meter for ETP ............................................... 294
Annexure 9: GIDC Permission Letter for Effluent Disposal ................................................................................ 295
Annexure 10: BEIL Membership for Landfill of Hazardous Waste ...................................................................... 296
Annexure 11: MOU with M/s Vrundavan Bricks for Utilization of Fly Ash ............................................................ 298
Annexure 12: Long Term Meteorological Data (1981 – 2010) – IMD Surat ........................................................ 299
Annexure 13: Classification of Land Use & Land Cover .................................................................................... 301
Annexure 14: CPCB’s National Ambient Air Quality Standards ........................................................................... 306
Annexure 15: Detailed Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ......................................................................... 308
Annexure 16: Impact Assessment Methodology .............................................................................................. 316
Annexure 17: Key Definitions – Risk Assessment ............................................................................................. 325
Annexure 18: Air Dispersion Modelling Isopleths & Detailed Results ................................................................. 326
Annexure 19: Traffic Survey Sheets – SH 6 .................................................................................................... 347
Annexure 20: NABET Certificate – Kadam Environmental Consultants ............................................................... 351
Annexure 21: Undertaking by the Project Proponent on the Ownership of the EIA report ................................... 352
Annexure 22: Environmental Clearance of PCPIR ............................................................................................ 353

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Details of IMS Certifications ............................................................................................................. 23
Table 1-2: Awards and Achievements ............................................................................................................... 23
Table 1-3: List of Directors and their Designations ............................................................................................ 24
Table 1-4: Brief Description of Project .............................................................................................................. 24
Table 1-5: Compliance with the Terms of Reference .......................................................................................... 25
Table 2-1: Co-ordinates of Site Boundary ......................................................................................................... 34
Table 2-2: Tentative Area Breakup ................................................................................................................... 35
Table 2-3: List of Proposed Products ................................................................................................................ 36
Table 2-4: Estimated Cost – Chlor Alkali Plant ................................................................................................... 36
Table 2-5: Estimated Cost – Chlorotoluenes Plant ............................................................................................. 37
Table 2-6: Estimated Cost – Chlorinated Paraffin Wax ....................................................................................... 37
Table 2-7: Estimated Cost – Epichlorohydrin (ECH) ........................................................................................... 37
Table 2-8: Estimated Cost – Chloromethanes (CLM) .......................................................................................... 37
Table 2-9: Estimated Cost – Captive Power Plant .............................................................................................. 38
Table 2-10: Project Implementation Schedule ................................................................................................... 38
Table 2-11: Material Balance for Caustic Soda .................................................................................................. 43
Table 2-12: Mass Balance for Chlorotoluenes .................................................................................................... 49
Table 2-13: Mass Balance for Chlorinated Paraffin Wax ..................................................................................... 50
Table 2-14: Mass Balance for Epichlorohydrin Plant ........................................................................................... 53
Table 2-15: Mass Balance for Chloromethanes .................................................................................................. 56
Table 2-16: Parameters of Each Turbine .......................................................................................................... 60
Table 2-17: Ash Handling Unit Specifications .................................................................................................... 61
Table 2-18: Parameters of CFBC Boilers ........................................................................................................... 63
Table 2-19: Details of Main Raw Material Quantity and Means of Storage ........................................................... 63
Table 2-20: Fuel Details .................................................................................................................................. 65
Table 2-21: Details of Stacks, Fuel Used and APCM attached to Flue Gas Stacks.................................................. 68
Table 2-22: Details of Stacks, APCM attached to Process Gas Stacks / Vents ....................................................... 68
Table 2-23: Combined Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation from Proposed Project ............................ 70
Table 2-24: Stream wise Wastewater Characteristics with Stoichiometric Calculation ........................................... 72
Table 2-25: Inlet & Outlet Design Characteristics for Proposed ETP-1 ................................................................. 73
Table 2-26: List of ETP-1 Units with Capacity .................................................................................................... 73
Table 2-27: Adequacy of ETP – 1 Treatment Units ............................................................................................ 74
Table 2-28: Stream wise Wastewater Characteristics with Stoichiometric Calculation ........................................... 77

Table 2-29: Inlet & Outlet Design Characteristics for Proposed ETP-2 ................................................................. 77
Table 2-30: List of ETP-2 Units with Capacity .................................................................................................... 78
Table 2-31: Adequacy of ETP – 2 Treatment Units ............................................................................................ 79
Table 2-32: Inlet & Outlet Design Characteristics for Proposed STP .................................................................... 81
Table 2-33: List of STP Units with Capacity ....................................................................................................... 82
Table 2-34: Hazardous & Other Solid Waste Details .......................................................................................... 85
Table 2-35: Operational Controls at Design Stage ............................................................................................. 88
Table 3-1: Predominant Wind Direction IMD – Surat ......................................................................................... 96
Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition based on Long-term Data .............................................................. 96
Table 3-3: Methodology for Meteorological Data Collection ................................................................................ 97
Table 3-4: Mean Meteorological Data of Post Monsoon Season for Rahiyad ......................................................... 98
Table 3-5: GPS Reading Enumerating the Land Use Features in Study Area ...................................................... 100
Table 3-6: Area Statistic for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area .............................................. 101
Table 3-7: Important Features within the Study Area ...................................................................................... 103
Table 3-8: Ponds within the Study Area .......................................................................................................... 103
Table 3-9: Methodology of Analyzing Ambient Air Monitoring Parameters ......................................................... 106
Table 3-10: AAQM Locations with Justification ................................................................................................ 106
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ......................................................................................... 109
Table 3-12: Noise Level Monitoring Methodology ............................................................................................ 112
Table 3-13: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ................................... 112
Table 3-14: Noise Level Monitoring Locations ................................................................................................. 113
Table 3-15: Noise Level Monitoring Results ..................................................................................................... 114
Table 3-16: Analysis Methodology for Analyzing Surface & Ground Water Samples ............................................ 115
Table 3-17: Surface Water Sampling Locations – Ponds and River (Estuary) ..................................................... 117
Table 3-18: Surface Water (Ponds) Analysis Results ........................................................................................ 118
Table 3-19: Analysis Result of Estuary Water Sample ...................................................................................... 120
Table 3-20: Ground Water Sampling Locations ............................................................................................... 121
Table 3-21: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples ..................................................................................... 123
Table 3-22: Regional Geology ........................................................................................................................ 125
Table 3-23: Soil Sampling Locations ............................................................................................................... 129
Table 3-24: Methodology for Analyzing Soil Samples ....................................................................................... 130
Table 3-25: Soil Analysis Results .................................................................................................................... 130
Table 3-26: Details of Ponds/River of Buffer Zone ........................................................................................... 131
Table 3-27: Details of Nearest Creeks and Estuary in the Buffer Zone ............................................................... 132
Table 3-28: Floral Species Reported from the Proposed Project Site / Core Zone ............................................... 133

Table 3-29: Floral Species Reported from the Buffer Zone ............................................................................... 133
Table 3-30: Avifauna Reported from Core Zone / Project Site .......................................................................... 136
Table 3-31: Status of Faunal Groups (Mammals, Reptiles and Birds) in Buffer Zone ........................................... 137
Table 3-32: Status of Phytoplankton in Various villages of the Study Area ......................................................... 139
Table 3-33: Status of Zooplankton in Various villages of the Study Area ........................................................... 139
Table 3-34: Approach and Methodology for Conducting the SE Study ............................................................... 140
Table 3-35: Demographic Status of the Study Area ......................................................................................... 142
Table 3-36: Sex Ratio of the Study Area ......................................................................................................... 143
Table 3-37: Details of SC/ST Communities in the Study Area ........................................................................... 144
Table 3-38: Educational Facilities in the Study Area ......................................................................................... 144
Table 3-39: Literacy Rate of the Study Area ................................................................................................... 145
Table 3-40: Health Facilities in Study Area ...................................................................................................... 145
Table 4-1: Aspect – Impact Identification from Proposed Project ...................................................................... 150
Table 4-2: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment ........................................................... 155
Table 4-3: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Rate for Flue Gas Stacks ........................................................ 157
Table 4-4: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Rate for Process Stacks .......................................................... 157
Table 4-5: Assumption for Calculating Emission Rates for Incinerator Stack ...................................................... 157
Table 4-6: Emission Estimate from Flue Gas Stacks ......................................................................................... 159
Table 4-7: Emission Estimate from Process Stacks .......................................................................................... 159
Table 4-8: Emission Estimate from Area Source .............................................................................................. 159
Table 4-9: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling for Proposed Stacks ............................................................... 161
Table 4-10: Maximum Incremental GLC from Proposed Project ........................................................................ 161
Table 4-11: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Dahej to Bharuch ............................................................... 164
Table 4-12: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Bharuch to Dahej ............................................................... 164
Table 4-13: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment ..................................................... 166
Table 4-14: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels ........................................................................ 167
Table 4-15: Noise Level at Receptor Locations (Based on SoundPlan) ............................................................... 167
Table 4-16: Predictive Cumulative Noise Levels ............................................................................................... 168
Table 4-17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment .................................................... 172
Table 4-18: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Land Environment ...................................................... 175
Table 4-19: Activity-Aspect Based Determination of Impacting Ecological Components ...................................... 177
Table 4-20: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity ................................................ 178
Table 4-21: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Resource Depletion .................................................... 180
Table 4-22: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety ........................................... 182
Table 5-1: Site Selection Criteria for Proposed Project ..................................................................................... 184

Table 6-1: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Air Environment............................................................ 186
Table 6-2: Traffic Management Plan .............................................................................................................. 188
Table 6-3: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Noise Environment........................................................ 189
Table 6-4: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Water Environment ....................................................... 190
Table 6-5: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Land Environment ........................................................ 191
Table 6-6: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................ 192
Table 6-7: Environmental Monitoring and Management Cost ............................................................................ 193
Table 6-8: Post EC Environmental Monitoring Plan .......................................................................................... 193
Table 7-1: Important Hazardous Events ......................................................................................................... 195
Table 7-2 : Damage due to Radiation Intensity ............................................................................................... 196
Table 7-3: Overpressure Damage .................................................................................................................. 196
Table 7-4: Storage Details of Hazardous Material ............................................................................................ 198
Table 7-5: Storage Details of Hazardous Material through Pipeline ................................................................... 198
Table 7-6: Scenario Selected for Simulation .................................................................................................... 198
Table 7-7: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks .............................................................................................. 199
Table 7-8: Broadly Accepted Frequency .......................................................................................................... 199
Table 7-9: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol ....................................................... 199
Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Toluene....................................................... 200
Table 7-11: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Epichlorohydrin ............................................ 201
Table 7-12: Maximum concentration Effect Distance due to Release of Chlorine from Tank ................................ 201
Table 7-13: Maximum concentration Effect Distance due to Release of Chlorine through Pipeline ....................... 202
Table 7-14: Jet Fire Effect Distance due to Release of Methane Gas through Pipeline ........................................ 203
Table 7-15: Event Consequences, Treatment and Control ................................................................................ 204
Table 7-16: Emergency Control Organization .................................................................................................. 205
Table 7-17: Do’s and Don’ts during Emergency ............................................................................................... 211
Table 7-18: Siren Codes during Emergency Situation ....................................................................................... 212
Table 7-19: Details of CSR Activities already carried out by GACL in Study Area ................................................ 220
Table 7-20: Issues Raised by Respondents of Core Zone ................................................................................. 222
Table 7-21: CSR Activities Planned and Approved by Chairman ........................................................................ 223
Table 7-22: Short Term Plans for CSR Activities .............................................................................................. 224
Table 7-23: Budget Allocation for Implementation of ESC by GACL (Break up of 10 Years) ................................. 225
Table 10-1: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at Various Locations .................................. 230
Table 10-2: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site .................................................... 231
Table 10-3: List of Plant Species for Plantation in LIZ Area .............................................................................. 231
Table 10-4: Budget for Additional Greenbelt / Habitat Improvement Programme ............................................... 232

Table 11-1: List of Proposed Products ............................................................................................................ 234
Table 11-2: Ambient Air Quality Data ............................................................................................................. 239
Table 11-3: Noise Level Monitoring Results ..................................................................................................... 241
Table 11-4: Surface Water (Ponds) Analysis Results ........................................................................................ 243
Table 11-5: Analysis Result of Estuary Water Sample ...................................................................................... 245
Table 11-6: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples ..................................................................................... 246
Table 11-7: Soil Analysis Results .................................................................................................................... 248
Table 11-8: Post EC - Environmental Monitoring Plan ...................................................................................... 252
Table 12-1: Name, Role and Involvement of EIA Team Members in Making this Report ..................................... 257

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1: Specific Map Showing Project Boundary .......................................................................................... 34
Figure 2-2: Pie Chart – Area Distribution at Site ................................................................................................ 35
Figure 2-3: Process Flow Diagram of Caustic Soda ............................................................................................ 42
Figure 2-4: Process Flow Diagram of BCL ......................................................................................................... 47
Figure 2-5: Process Flow Diagram of BCHO ...................................................................................................... 47
Figure 2-6: Process Flow Diagram of BHO ........................................................................................................ 48
Figure 2-7: Process Flow Diagram of BAC ......................................................................................................... 48
Figure 2-8: Process Flow Diagram of CNMD ...................................................................................................... 48
Figure 2-9: Process Flow Diagram of Chlorinated Paraffin wax ........................................................................... 50
Figure 2-10: Process Flow Diagram of Chloromethanes ..................................................................................... 55
Figure 2-11: Energy Balance – Power Plant ...................................................................................................... 61
Figure 2-12: Water Balance Diagram ................................................................................................................ 71
Figure 2-13: Process Block Diagram of ETP-1 ................................................................................................... 75
Figure 2-14: Process Block Diagram of ETP-2 ................................................................................................... 80
Figure 2-15: Process Block Diagram of STP ...................................................................................................... 82
Figure 3-1: Wind Rose Diagram for Post Monsoon Season, 2016 ........................................................................ 99
Figure 3-2: Pie Chart – Landuse of Study Area ................................................................................................ 102
Figure 3-3: Tube Well data for Dahej Village ................................................................................................... 126
Figure 3-4: Well Lithological Data – Dahej Tube Well ...................................................................................... 127
Figure 3-5: Earthquake Zoning Map of Gujarat................................................................................................ 128
Figure 4-1: Data Flow in AERMOD Modelling System ....................................................................................... 160
Figure 4-2: Isopleths Generated During Day Time ........................................................................................... 169
Figure 4-3: Isopleths Generated During Night Time ......................................................................................... 170
Figure 7-1: Late Pool Fire Consequence - Methanol (25 mm Leak at WC 4.0/D) ................................................ 200
Figure 7-2: Late Pool Fire Consequence - Toluene (25 mm Leak at WC 4.0/D) .................................................. 200
Figure 7-3: Late Pool Fire Consequence - Epichlorohydrin (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 4.0/D) ........................... 201
Figure 7-4: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Tank (1 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E) ............................ 202
Figure 7-5: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Tank (2 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E) ............................ 202
Figure 7-6: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Pipeline (1 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E) ........................ 203
Figure 7-7: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Pipeline (2 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E) ........................ 203
Figure 7-8: Jet Fire Effect Consequence Contour - Methane (25 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E) ..................................... 204
Figure 7-9: Emergency Control Organization Chart .......................................................................................... 206

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Photograph 3-1: Photographs of Meteorological Station Setup ........................................................................... 97
Photograph 3-2: Photographs Showing Different Type of Land Use in Study Area .............................................. 101
Photograph 3-3: Photographs of AAQM Sampling Stations ............................................................................... 107
Photograph 3-4: Photographs of Noise Level Monitoring Stations ..................................................................... 113
Photograph 3-5: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling ................................................................................ 117
Photograph 3-6: Photographs of Ground Water Sampling ................................................................................ 122
Photograph 3-7: Photographs of Soil Sampling ............................................................................................... 129
Photograph 3-8: Floral Species Reported from Study Area ............................................................................... 136
Photograph 3-9: Direct Animal Evidences in the Project Area ........................................................................... 138
Photograph 3-10: Stakeholders Consultation .................................................................................................. 142
Photograph 3-11: Educational Infrastructure .................................................................................................. 145
Photograph 3-12: Washing Facilities in the Study Area .................................................................................... 146
Photograph 3-13: Tribal Houses of the Study area .......................................................................................... 146
Photograph 7-1: Existing CSR Activities done by GACL in Study Area ................................................................ 220

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
AERMIC : AMS/EPA Regulatory Model Improvement Committee
AERMOD : AMS/EPA Regulatory Model
APHA : American Public Health Association
AMS : American Meteorological Society
ALARP : As Low As Reasonably Possible
APCM : Air Pollution Control Measure
BEIL : Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd
BLEVE : Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapour Explosion
BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BPL : Below Poverty Line
BSI : Botanical Survey of India
CAGR : Compound Annual Growth Rate
CARE : Credit Analysis and Research Ltd.
CCA : Consolidated Consent and Authorization
CFBC : Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion
CLM : Chloromethanes
COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPA : Critically Polluted Area
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board
CPP : Co-generation/Captive Power Plant
CPW : Chlorinated Paraffin Wax
CREP : Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection
CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility
CTO : Consent to Operate
DCS : Distributed Control System
D.G : Diesel Generator
D.M : Demineralized
DMP : Disaster Management Plan
ECC : Emergency Control Centre
EC : Environment Clearance
ECC : Emergency Control Center
ECH : Epichlorohydrin
EHS : Environmental Health and Safety
EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment
ENVIS : Environmental Information System
EMP : Environmental Management Plan
EPA : Environmental Protection Agency
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant
ESC : Enterprise Social Commitment
ESP : Electrostatic Precipitator
FGD : Focus Group Discussion
GACL : Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals Ltd.
GFL : Gujarat Fluorochemicals Limited

GIDC : Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GIIC : Gujarat Industrial Investment Corporation Limited
GIS : Geological Survey of India
GLC : Ground Level Concentration
GoI : Government of India
GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board
GPS : Global Positioning System
GSI : Geological Survey of India
Ha : Hectare
HDPE : High Density Polyethylene
HFO : Heavy Fuel Oil
HOD : Head of Department
HRD : Human Resource Development
HSD : High Speed Diesel
MSHIC : Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical
HSE : Health and Safety Executive
HWR : Hazardous Waste Rules
IMD : Indian Meteorological Department
IMS : Integrated Management System
IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature
IWPA : Indian Wildlife Protection Act
KEC : Kadam Environmental Consultants
KLD : Kilo Liter per Day
km : Kilometer
kWH : Kilo Watt Hour
LDAR : Leak Detection & Repair
LDO : Light Diesel Oil
LEL : Lower Explosive Limit
LIZ : Likely Impact Zone
MCLS : Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios
MFL : Meghmani Finechem Limited
MoEFCC : Ministry of Environment and Forest and Climate Change
MLCs : Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios
MLD : Million Liters per Day
MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheet
MSIHC : Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical
MSW : Municipal Solid Waste
MT : Metric Ton
MTPA : Metric Ton Per Annum
MTPM : Metric Ton Per Month
MW : Mega Watt
NALCO : National Aluminum Company Limited
NECL : Nandesari Environment Control Limited
NOC : No Objection Certificate
NG : Natural Gas
NGO : Non-Governmental Organization

NPC : National Productivity Council

OCP : Operational Control Procedures
OEP : Operational Emergency Plan
OSHAS : Occupational Health and Safety Standards
PCPIR : Petroleum, Chemicals and Petrochemicals Investment Region
PCU : Passenger Car Unit
PHAST : Process Hazard Analysis / Consequence Analysis Software Tool
PM : Particulate Matter
PPE : Personal Protection Equipment
PRI : Participatory Rural Interaction
RBC : Red Blood Cells
RA : Risk Assessment
RDS : Reparable Dust Sampler
SAR : Sodium Absorption Ratio
SEAC : State Level Expert Appraisal Committee
SEIAA : State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority
SEPPL : Saurashtra Enviro Projects Private Limited
SEZ : Special Economic Zone
SH : State Highway
SOI : Survey of India
SOP’s : Standard Operating Procedures
SLF : Secured Landfill Facility
SPL : Sound Pressure Level
SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter
STP : Sewage Treatment Plant
TDS : Total Dissolved Solids
TFA : Terrestrial Fauna
TFL : Terrestrial Flora
TOC : Total Organic Carbon
TOR : Terms of Reference
TLV : Threshold Limit Value
TPD : Tons per Day
TSDF : Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility
UCCI : Udaipur Chamber of Commerce and Industry
USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency
WBC : White Blood Cells
ZSI : Zoological Survey of India

WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals Ltd. (GACL) proposes setting up of New Chlor-Alkali Plant and Coal Based Captive
Power Plant in JV with National Aluminium Company Limited (NALCO) along with Synthetic Organic Chemical Plants
at Plot No.: D II/9, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat. Synthetic Organic Chemical Plants shall
include chemicals namely Chlorotoluenes, Chlorinated Paraffin Wax, Epichlorohydrin (ECH) plant & Chloromethanes
(CLM) plant, amongst others. NALCO is a Navratna CPSE under Ministry of Mines, having a turnover of INR 7,933
Crores in FY 16-17.
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT
Purpose of this report is to identify environmental aspects & impacts arising out from the proposed project &
propose mitigation measures and prepare EIA/EMP and RA/DMP report as per Terms of References (TORs) issued
by State Level Expert Appraisal Committee –Gujarat, in their Letter Ref: EIA-10-2016-7531-E 2127 dated 14th
September, 2016 and TOR Amendment Letter No. SEIAA/GUJ/EC/5(f), 4(d) &1(d)/475/2017 dated 29th April, 2017
and seek Environmental Clearance.
This report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and IIIA of EIA Notification, 2006
as amended till date.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT
1.2.1 Identification of Project
Proposed Project falls in category including Project / Activity: “4(d), Chlor-Alkali Industry”, schedule
“Manufacturing/fabrication” and Project or Activity “5(f), Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry”, schedule “Mining,
Extraction of Natural Resources and Power Generation, Project or Activity “1(d), Thermal Power Plants”, which shall
be treated as Category “B”.
1.2.2 Project Proponent
Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals Limited (GACL) was incorporated on 29th March 1973 in the State of Gujarat by
Gujarat Industrial Investment Corporation Limited (GIIC), a wholly owned company of Govt. of Gujarat, as a Core
Promoter.
GACL has two units located at Vadodara and Dahej, both in the State of Gujarat. GACL sells 24 products today,
maintaining it's leadership in Caustic-Chlorine industry with 16% market share and has emerged as a major player
in the segment of value added products like Chloromethanes, Hydrogen Peroxide, Caustic Potash, Potassium
Carbonate, Phosphoric Acid, Aluminium Chloride, Polyaluminium Chloride, Potassium Hydroxide, Sodium Chlorate
etc. The Dahej unit also has 90 MW Captive Power Plant (CPP) for regular and economical power supply.
Company exports its products to USA, Europe, Australia, Africa, Far & Middle East countries, China & South Asian
Markets.
The total turnover of the company is INR 2,255.34 Crores for the year 2016-17.
The location of both the plants 'Vadodara' and 'Dahej' has dual advantage of proximity to the raw material suppliers
and the end users and both plants are connected by VSAT and lease lines. This provides on-line information at any
given point of time.
The Company commenced its operations in 1976 with 37,425 MTPA Caustic Soda Plant based on the then, state-of-
the-art Mercury Cell process at its Vadodara unit. The process was converted to Membrane Cell Technology from

Mercury Cell Technology in 1989 and since 1994 all the plants are running on Mercury free Membrane Cell
Technology.
Certification
Integrated Management System (IMS) certification for GACL, Dahej is given in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1: Details of IMS Certifications

Systems Certification
Integrated Management System for :

ISO 9001:2008
Quality Management System
ISO 14001: 2004
Environmental Management System
OHSAS 18001: 2007
Occupational Health & Safety Management System
The IMS Certificates of existing GACL – Dahej plant are attached as Annexure 3.
Awards and Achievements
Details of Awards along with the year achieved in is given in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2: Awards and Achievements

S.
Date Awards & Achievements
No.
1 2013 Winner in category of Scheme-II (Accident Free Man Hours)- for the performance year-2011
2 2013 Winner in category of Scheme-I (Based on Lowest Frequency)- for the performance year-2011
“Letter of Appreciation” given to GACL by Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health, Gujarat
3 23/02/2013 State-as Fire crew deployed to control fire incident in the Hydrocarbon Storage installation of
IOCL, Hazira which occurred on 05/01/2013
4 2012 Runner-up in category of Scheme-II (Accident Free Man Hours)- for the performance year-2010
Runner-up in category of Scheme-I (Based on Lowest Frequency)- for the performance year-
5 2012
2010
Won I-Runner Up Prestigious Award for the year-2010 from Labour and Employment
6 2012
Government of India for “Accident-Free Man Hour”
7 2012
Government of India for “Lowest Frequency Rate”
8 2011
Government of India for “Lowest Frequency Rate”
Received Awards-2011 Certificate of Appreciation in recognition of appreciable achievement in
9 2011 “Occupational Safety and Health’ during the assessment period of Three years-2007-2009
Awarded by National Safety Council of India
Received Award Certificate of “Honour” for the Safety Performance Year-2009 from Gujarat
10 2010
Safety Council working more than 3 million Accident Free Hours
“Winner of Rotating Shield’ for achieving lowest “Disabled Injury Index’ by Gujarat Safety
11 2010
Council-year-2009
Received Awards-2009 “Certificate of Appreciation” in recognition of appreciable achievement in
12 2010 “Occupational Safety and Health’ during the assessment period of Three years-2006-2008
Awarded by National Safety Council of India
GACL received Appreciation letter for maintaining excellent Safety, Healthy & Environment
13 2009
Standards in Year-2008
14 September 2009 National Safety Award for the year 2008
Certificate of Honour for the year-2008 and Certificate of Appreciation for the year-2008 for
15 2009
Safety Performance from Gujarat Safety Council
National Energy Conservation Award 2007: National Level (Chlor-Alkali Sector) Merit Certificate
16 14/12/2008
(Dahej Unit)

S.
Date Awards & Achievements
No.
National Energy Conservation Award 2007: National Level (Chlor-Alkali Sector) 2nd Prize (Dahej
17 14/12/2007
Unit), by Hon’ble president of India, Smt. Pratibha Patil
Rotary Safety Shield “Rotary Club Ankleshwar” & Factory Inspectorate Office, Bharuch for the
18 2006
year-2005
19 15/12/2006 Gujarat Safety Council-Certificate of Honour for Dahej Complex
20 31/08/2006 Greentech Silver Award for Environment Excellence 2006 for Dahej unit-National Level
21 08/04/2006 Greentech Silver Award 2006 in Chemical Sector for Dahej Unit received at Hyderabad
22 16/12/2005 Certificate of Honour for Dahej Unit from Gujarat Safety Council for the year 2004
National Energy Conservation Award 2007: National Level (Chlor-Alkali Sector) Merit Certificate
23 14/12/2005
Awarded (Dahej Unit), by Hon’ble president of India
24 22/09/2005 Greentech Environment Excellence Gold Award-2005 for Dahej Unit
25 18/01/2005 Certificate of Honour for Safety Performance-2003 from Gujarat Safety Council
26 14/12/2004 National Energy Conservation Award 2004: (Chlor-Alkali Sector) Dahej Unit
27 04/11/2004 Greentech Gold Award for Environment Excellence 2003-04 for Dahej Unit
28 21/06/2004 Greentech Safety Silver Award 2003-04, Dahej Unit-National Award
About Directors of Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals
The company is headed by Chairman, vice-chairman, managing director, and directors. List of their top
management is tabulated in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3: List of Directors and their Designations

S. No. Name Designation
1 Dr. J.N Singh I.A.S, Chairman
2 Shri Anil Mukim I.A.S
3 Shri M K Das I.A.S
4 Shri J.N Godbole Independent Director
5 Ms. Pallavi S. Shroff Independent Director
6 Dr. Rajiv I. Modi Independent Director
7 Shri Rajeev Lochan Jain Independent Director
8 Shri P. K. Gera I.A.S, Managing Director
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS
IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION
Brief description of the project is given in Table 1-4.
Table 1-4: Brief Description of Project

S. No. Details Description
1 Nature New Chlor Alkali plant, Synthetic Organic Chemicals plant and Coal based Power Plant.
2 Size Plot Area: 76 ha. Product and their capacities are shown in Table 2-3.
3 Location Plot No.: DII/9, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat
4 Cost of the project ~ INR 3,153 Crore
1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
Compliance of TOR points is as per the TOR letter issued by SEAC and amended TOR issued by SEIAA respectively.
This compliance includes:

 Collection of baseline data with respect to Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and Socio-Economic components
for one season.
 Identification and assessment of impacts on environment and suggesting mitigation measures.
 Preparation of Environment Monitoring, Management and RA/DMP Plan.
The copy of TOR letter issued by SEAC is as per Annexure 1, Pg. 260. The copy of amended TOR letter issued by
SEIAA is as per Annexure 2, Pg. 268.
Summarized details of the same are tabulated in Table 1-5.
Table 1-5: Compliance with the Terms of Reference

S.
TOR Point Compliance in EIA report
No.
Need of the Project is provided in Chapter 2,
1 Need for the Proposed Project should be justified in detail
Section 2.2, Pg. 30.
Site Layout Map showing proposed activities:
2 Demarcation of proposed activities in layout plant
Chapter 2, Map 2-2, Pg. 33.
Plant specific & general Infrastructure required
Exact details about infrastructural facilities, Plant machineries, etc.
3 is provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, Pg.
required for the proposed project.
65.
Technical details of the plant/s along with details on best available Details of proposed technology for proposed
4 technologies (BAT), proposed technology and reasons for selecting units is provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.16,
the same. Pg. 90.
Detailed Manufacturing process along with chemical reactions and Manufacturing process, chemical reactions &
5 mass balance (including reuse-recycle, if any) for each product to mass balance details is provided in Chapter 2,
be manufactured. Details on end use of each product. Section 2.6, Pg. 38.
Technical details of proposed power plant along with details of
strategy for implementation reuse /recycle and other cleaner Details of power plant is provided in Chapter
6
production options for reduction of wastes. Generation of waste gas 2, Section 2.6.6, Pg. 56.
and utilization of waste heat have to be set out.
Explore possibilities to go for air cooled condensers instead of water Air cooled condensers will be provided instead
7
cooled condensers in order to reduce the raw water requirement. of water cooled condensers.
Water requirement: Ref. Chapter 2, Section
Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the 2.8.3 below, Pg. on page 65.
8 same to meet with the requirements for the proposed expansion.
Copy of permission obtained from GIDC for water supply. Copy of GIDC Permission Letter: Ref.
Annexure 7, Pg. 293.
Water Consumption details: Ref. Chapter 2,
Section 2.8.3 below, Pg. 65.
Water consumption and consumption of each raw material per MT
9 Consumption of raw material per MT of
of each product.
product: Ref. Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Pg.
38.
Water Balance Diagram (including reuse-recycle, if any along with
qualitative and quantitative analysis of each waste stream to be
Water Balance Diagram is shown in Chapter
10 generated. A detailed treatability study vis-a-vis the adequacy and
2, Section 2.12, Figure 2-12, Pg. 71.
efficacy of the treatment facilities proposed for the wastewater to
be generated.
Explore the possibility to achieve minimum effluent discharge by
reuse/recycle of treated effluent within the premises. Revised water Reuse/recycle of treated effluent: Chapter 2,
11
balance diagram showing reduced fresh water requirement in case Section 2.13.4, Pg. 83.
of reuse/recycle of treated effluent.
Waste Water Management Plan: Chapter 2,
Complete waste water management plan for the proposed project. Section 2.13.4, Pg. 83.
Detailed effluent treatment scheme and disposal method. Technical Detailed Effluent Treatment Scheme: Chapter
details of the ETP & STP including size of each unit, retention time, 2, Section 2.13.2, Pg. 72.
12 etc. including modifications / up gradation to be done in existing
ETP to take care of increased effluent quantity along with its Details of the ETP & STP: Chapter 2, Section
adequacy report. Provision of online flow meter at the final outlet of 2.13.3, Pg. 72.
the ETP & STP. Provision of Online Flow Meter will be provided
at final outlet of the ETP.

S.
No.
Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter will be provided Undertaking regarding separate electric meter
13
for the ETP and STP. is provided in Annexure 8, Pg. 294.
Qualitative and quantitative analysis of each product and stream Qualitative and quantitative details of stream
14 wise effluent to be generated from the project along with the wise effluent is provided in Chapter 2,
treatment scheme proposed. Section 2.12, Pg. 70.
Details of segregation of the wastewater streams to be carried out
Segregation of the wastewater streams:
15 and plans for management and disposal of different waste water
Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2, Pg. 72.
streams to be generated.
16 Application wise breakup of treated water utilization. Ref. Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2, Pg. 72.
Plan for management and disposal of waste streams to be
17 generated from spillage, leakages, occasional reactor washing and Ref. Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2, Pg. 72.
exhausted media from Scrubber etc.
Explore the possibility of reuse / recycle and other cleaner
Reuse/recycle of treated effluent: Chapter 2,
18 production options for reduction of wastes. Details of methods to be
Section 2.13.4, Pg. 83
adopted for the water conservation.
Copy of permission letter with quantity from the authority of GIDC
drainage network, Dahej regarding confirmation for spare capacity Permission letter from GIDC for effluent
19
available to take additional effluent load in GIDC drainage for final disposal is provided in Annexure 9, Pg. 295.
disposal to deep Sea.
One season site-specific meteorological data including temperature,
Site specific meteorological data is provided in
20 relative humidity, hourly wind, speed and direction and rainfall shall
be provided.
Anticipated environmental impacts due to the proposed
project/production may be evaluated for significance and based on
corresponding likely impacts VECs (Valued Environmental Anticipated environmental impacts due to the
21 Components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted proposed project/production is provided in
within the study area of 10 km for all the concerned/identified VECs Chapter 4, Section 4.1, Pg. 149.
and likely impacts will have to be assessed for their magnitude in
order to identify mitigation measures.
AAQ data for Post monsoon season of 2016,
i.e. from 20th October, 2016 to 31st December,
22 One complete season AAQ data
2016 was collected and represented in
Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area. Details of the model Impact on AAQ is provided in Chapter 4,
used and the input parameters used for modelling should be Section 4.2, Pg. 154.
23 provided. The air quality contours may be plotted on a location map Air modelling software used was AERMOD.
showing the location of project site, habitation, sensitive receptors, Contours showing air dispersion is shown in
if any. The wind roses should also be shown on this map. Annexure 18, Pg. 326.
Specific details of (i) Process gas emission from each unit process Process gas emission & APCM Details: Ref.
with its quantification, (ii) Air pollution Control Measures proposed Chapter 2, Section 2.10.1, Table 2-21 &
for process gas emission, (iii) Adequacy of the air pollution control Table 2-22, Pg. 68.
measures for process gas emission measures to achieve the GPCB Details of the utilities & fuel: Chapter 2,
norms (iv) Details of the utilities required (v) Type and quantity of Section 2.8, Pg. 64.
24
fuel to be used for each utility (vi) Flue gas emission rate emission
from each utility (vii) Air Pollution Control Measures proposed to Flue gas emission rate: Chapter 4, Section
each of the utility along with its adequacy (viii) List the sources of 4.2.1, Pg. 157.
fugitive emission along with its quantification and proposed Fugitive emission & control measures:
measures to control it (ix) Details on tail gas treatment. Chapter 2, Section 2.10.1, Pg. 69.
Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the project such as Impact on local transport infrastructure: Ref.
transportation of raw material, finished product, Fuel (Imported Chapter 4, Section 4.2.2, Pg. 163.
Coal) etc. Base line status of the existing traffic, projected increase Base line status of the existing traffic &
in truck traffic as a result of the project in the present road network, incremental traffic: Ref. Chapter 3, Section
impact on it due to the project activities, carrying capacity of the 3.5.5, Pg. 112.
25
existing roads and whether it is capable of handling the increased
load. Details regarding arrangement for improving the infrastructure Bharuch – Dahej State Highway no. 6 (SH-6) is
like road etc. if any should be covered. Whether any additional capable of taking the additional load of traffic
infrastructure would need to be constructed and the agency due to the proposed project.
responsible for the same with time frame.

S.
No.
Type of fuel to be used is provided in Chapter
Type of fuel (Quality of Imported Coal) to be used for the project 2, Section 2.8, Pg. 64. Willingness letter
26
and copies of confirm fuel linkage/agreement. from Adani for coal supply is provided in
Annexure 6, Pg. 290.
Specific details of fugitive emission from the unit along with
Fugitive emission & control measures to keep
measures proposed to monitor VOC within work area. Details of
27 work area environment as per the norms of
ventilation system proposed in the work area. Measures proposed to
GFR: Chapter 2, Section 2.10.1, Pg. 69.
keep the work area environment as per the norms of GFR.
Details and time bound program for installation of online monitoring
system in the existing as well as proposed plants for monitoring of
Details of online monitoring system in the
the pollutants from the treated effluent, stacks and process vents
28 proposed plants is provided in Chapter 6,
with a software and an arrangement to reflect the online monitored
Section 6.6, Table 6-8, Pg. 193.
data on the company's server, which can be accessed by the GPCB
on real time basis.
Storage areas for hazardous waste, fuel & raw
Details of possibility of chemical seepage & consequent soil
material will be provided with impervious/RCC
29 contamination & mitigation measure proposed for the same for the
flooring to prevent leachate penetration and
proposed project.
seepage.
Details on management of the hazardous wastes to be generated
Details on management of the hazardous
from the project stating detail of storage area for each type of
30 wastes is provided in Chapter 2, Section
waste, its handling, its utilization and disposal etc. How the manual
2.14, Pg. 85.
handling of the hazardous wastes will be minimized.
Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded
containers along with the details on its record keeping,
31 Ref. Chapter 2, Section 2.14.2, Pg. 87.
management of effluent to be generated from decontamination of
the discarded containers etc.
Detailed plan of ash evacuation, handling, storage, capacity of silos Detailed plan of ash handling: Ref. Chapter 2,
for ash storage and utilization should be provided. Undertaking Section 2.6.6, Pg. 61.
32
stating that ash pond shall not be constructed and it shall be stored Undertaking regarding Ash pond is provided in
in closed silos only should be incorporated. Annexure 5, Pg. 288.
Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure including the
TSDF / Common Hazardous Waste Incineration facility along with an Membership of TSDF: Annexure 10, Pg. 296.
assessment to accommodate the additional quantity of wastes to be Copies of MOU / agreements regarding
33
generated. Copies of MOU / agreements done with actual utilization of fly ash, bottom ash etc.
consumers regarding utilization of fly ash, bottom ash etc. should Annexure 11, Pg. 298.
also be incorporated.
Management plan for By-products (if any) to be generated, along
with the name and address of end consumers to whom the by-
This will be done during the Consent to
34 product/s will be sold. Copies of agreement / MoU / letter of intent
Establish application procedure.
from them, showing their willingness to purchase said by-product/s
from the proposed project.
Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be used for proposed
No Solvents would be used for the proposed
production. Details of solvent recovery system including mass
35 production activities. Hence, solvent recovery
balance, solvent loss, recovery efficiency feasibility of reusing the
system would not be provided.
recovered solvents etc. for each type of solvent.
Data on air emissions, wastewater generation and solid / hazardous
Not Applicable since the proposed project is a
36 waste generation and management for the existing plant should
greenfield project.
also be incorporated.
Noise Pollution & Mitigation Measures are
provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.3, Pg.
Details of measures proposed for the noise pollution abatement and 165.
37
its monitoring.
Its monitoring plan is provided in Chapter 6,
Section 6.2, Pg. 189.

S.
No.
A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation measures for
impact on human health and environment as well as detailed Details of EMP is provided in Chapter 6, Pg.
monitoring plan and environmental management cell proposed for 185.
implementation and monitoring of EMP. The EMP should also
38 include the concept of waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover Breakup of capital & recurring cost/annum for
techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. environment pollution control measures is
Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum earmarked for provided in Chapter 6, Section 6.6, Pg.
environment pollution 193.
control measures.
Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation
measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards along with
the personal protective equipment to be provided to the workers. Occupational health impacts on the workers
39 Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupational and mitigation measures: Chapter 4, Section
injury to workers as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic 4.8, Pg. 181.
medical check up of the workers exposed. Details of work place
ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.
Since, MSDS of all raw materials and products
40 MSDS of all raw materials and products. are easily available on several public domains,
it will be provided in soft copy.
Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials
41 and products to be handled and the control measures proposed to Ref. Chapter 7, Section 7.2.3, Pg. 197.
ensure safety and avoid the human health impact.
Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical to be stored,
material of construction of major hazardous chemical storage tanks,
42 threshold storage quantity as per schedules of Manufacture, Storage Ref. Chapter 7, Section 7.2.3, Pg. 197.
& Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous
chemicals.
Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and
maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The
worst-case scenario should take into account the maximum
inventory of storage at site at any point of time. The risk contours
43 Ref. Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Pg. 195.
should be plotted on the map clearly showing which of the facilities
and surrounding units would be affected in case of an accident
taking place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures
including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided.
Details of fire fighting system including provision for flame
detectors, temperature actuated heat detectors with alarms,
automatic sprinkler system, location of fire water tanks & capacity, Ref. Chapter 4, Section 4.8, Pg. 181.
44 separate power system for fire fighting, details of qualified and Diagram showing fire hydrant network is
trained fire personnel & their job specifications, nearest fire station provided in Chapter 2, Map 2-2, Pg. 33.
& time required to reach the proposed site. Submit line diagram of
the fire hydrant network.
Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive
45 maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for Ref. Chapter 7, Section 7.4, Pg. 211.
safety related measures.
Detailed five year greenbelt development program including annual
budget, types & number of trees to be planted, area under green
belt development [with map], budgetary outlay; along with Green belt Development Program is provided in
46
commitment of the management to carry out the tree plantation Chapter 10, Section 10.3.5, Pg. 229.
activities outside the premises at appropriate places in the nearby
areas and elsewhere.
Detailed socio-economic development measures including
community welfare program most useful in the project area for the Detailed socio-economic development
overall improvement of the environment. Submit a detailed plan for measures along with Budgetary provision is
47
social corporate responsibilities, with appropriate budgetary provided in Chapter 7, Section 7.5, Pg.
provisions for the next five years and activities proposed to be 220.
carried out; specific to the current demographic status of the area.

S.
No.
A tabular chart for the issues raised and addressed during public
hearing/consultation and commitment of the project proponent on
48 the same should be provided. An action plan to address the issues Public Hearing will be conducted.
raised during public hearing and the necessary allocation of funds
for the same should be provided.
Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy
49 Environment Policy will be made by GACL for
approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the
(a) the proposed new unit.
EIA report.
Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating
50 process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / Environment Policy will be made by GACL for
(b) deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / the proposed new unit.
conditions ? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the Hierarchical system of the company to deal
company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring with the environmental issues and for ensuring
51
compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be compliance with the EC conditions is provided
given. in Chapter 10, Section 10.2, Pg. 228.
Company will have a system of reporting of
Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliances /
non compliances / violations of environmental
violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the
52 norms to the Board of Directors of the
company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This
company and / or shareholders or stakeholders
reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA Report.
at large.
Certificate of accreditation issued by the
Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the NABET, QCI to Kadam Environmental
53
environmental consultant should be incorporated in the EIA Report. Consultants is provided as Annexure 20, Pg.
351.
An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the ownership of the
EIA report as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an
An undertaking by the GACL on the ownership
undertaking by the Consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have
54 of the EIA report is provided as Annexure 21,
been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct as
Pg. 352.
per the MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009. (Compliance of OM dated
05/10/2011 & 04/08/2009).
Ref. Chapter 1, Section 1.4, Table 1-5, Pg.
55 A tabular chart with index for point-wise compliance of above TORs.
25.
Additional Points as per TOR Amendment Letter
Executive summary of the project - giving a prime facie idea of the

objectives of the proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In Executive summary of the project is provided
1
addition, it should provide a compilation of EIA Report, including as Chapter 11, Pg. 234.
EMP and the post project monitoring plan in brief.
2 Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit size. Ref. Chapter 5, Pg. 184.
One complete season base line ambient air quality data (except
AAQ data for Post monsoon season of 2016,
monsoon season) to be given along with the dates of monitoring.
i.e. from 20th October, 2016 to 31st December,
3 The parameters to be covered shall be in accordance with the revise
2016 was collected and represented in
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) as well as project
specific parameters like CS2, H2S, SO2, Cl2, HCl, CO, etc.
Segregation of waste streams, characterization and quality with Segregation of waste streams Chapter 2,
specific treatment and disposal of each stream including action plan Section 2.13.2, Pg. 72.
for maximum recycle of treated waste water and minimum
4 Adequacy of the proposed effluent treatment
discharge for effluent. Adequacy of the proposed effluent treatment
scheme to with reference to the MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharge scheme: Chapter 2, Section 2.13.3, Pg. 73
norms. & 78.

WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects.
Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project
operations, technology and other related activities.
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed project is for setting up New Chlor-Alkali plant, Coal Based Power Plant (CPP) and Synthetic Organic
Chemical Plants.
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT
2.2.1 Chlor Alkali
The size of the Indian Chlor-Alkali sector at 7 million tonnes is 4% of world market. The Chlor-Alkali industry is the
oldest and largest segment of the inorganic chemical industry. It comprises of caustic soda, liquid chlorine and soda
ash.
Caustic soda is used in various applications such as finishing operations in textiles, manufacture of soaps and
detergents, alumina, paper and pulp, control of pH (softening) of water, general cleansing and bleaching. The
aluminium industry is the biggest demand driver for caustic soda.
Chlorine is used in multiple sectors such as manufacture of polymers like PVC, bleaching applications, paper and
pulp and textile industry. Alumina processing is expected to drive the caustic soda demand in the country. Textile
and chemical sectors are expected to further push the caustic soda demand in India.
Indian Chlor Alkali industry is driven by caustic soda demand which stood at 2.95 million metric tonnes in year
2014.
2.2.2 Chlorotoluenes
The demand in the market for Chlorotoluenes is 450 KT but the supply is only 400 KT. 3,000 MT of domestic
market is envisaged. Domestic growth rate in year 2015 – 2020 is expected to be 4 – 5 %.
Export potential is low. Europe and China are the largest producers and consumers for the product.
There is no manufacturer available in India for the production of Chlorotoluenes and presently, India is net importer
of Chlorotoluenes products.
2.2.3 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax
This product is major consumer of chlorine and about 12% of chlorine produced in India is consumed by these
units.
Major use of CPW is as secondary plasticizer in the manufacturing of PVC products. About 72% of chlorinated
paraffin produced is consumed in manufacturing of PVC, which has Compounded Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of
5.4%.
2.2.4 Epichlorohydrin (ECH)
The import of ECH has been steadily going up in the last few years, as additional production capacity for ECH has
not been built in the country in tune with growth of demand.

The demand for ECH would go up in tune with the growth in capacity creation for epoxy resin in the country. While
the demand of epoxy resin would go up, additional capacities are likely to be created by new projects and
expansion of existing one.
CAGR of ECH (projected up to 2022) is ~ 9 % per year.
Hence, by looking above factors for increasing demands of Epoxy Resin and ECH as a key raw material in
production of Epoxy Resins, ECH plant is proposed to reduce net import of country.
2.2.5 Chloromethanes (CLM)
For manufacturing of Chloromethanes either methane or methanol is use as a major raw material, whereas second
major raw material is hydrochloric acid or chlorine. And in methanol base route, methanol and hydrochloric acid will
be major raw material to produce Chloromethanes in the proposed process.
To utilize huge quantity of hydrochloric acid generated by chlor-alkali industry due to compulsion of its production
by process defaults, CLM plant is proposed.
There is huge demand and supply gap of Chloromethanes in India. In India, there are not enough plant capacities
for fulfilling demand of Chloromethanes, so India needs to import Chloromethanes from other country for fulfilling
its huge total demand.
Around 40 % of total demand is fulfilled by imports only. To reduce import quantity of Chloromethanes from other
countries and thereby fulfilling the huge gap between demand and supply, this new plant is necessary.
2.2.6 Power Plant
As caustic soda is a power intensive product in which 70% of its production cost is due to power, so to sustain in
highly competitive market, low rate power is required. So captive power plant is required for supplying low cost
power to proposed caustic soda plant. This plant will be state of the art and will possess latest emission control
technologies.
2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
Proposed project is located at Plot No.: DII/9, Industrial Estate, situated in Vagra Taluka of Bharuch district, Gujarat
state. It is in a Notified Industrial Estate developed by the Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation (GIDC),
categorized as chemical zone for setting up chemical industries.
Land possession documents from GIDC for plot are attached as Annexure 4.
Location map showing general location of proposed project is given in Map 2-1. Specific Map showing project
boundary is given in Figure 2-1. The co-ordinates of the project site are given in Table 2-1.

DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC,
M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DAHEJ PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Map 2-1: Map showing General Location of Proposed Project Site

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Map 2-2: Site Layout Map

Figure 2-1: Specific Map Showing Project Boundary
Red highlighted boundary represents the proposed site.
Table 2-1: Co-ordinates of Site Boundary

Code Latitude Longitude
A 21°43'4.30"N 72°41'33.62"E
B 21°42'43.72"N 72°41'34.55"E
C 21°42'32.90"N 72°41'36.12"E
D 21°42'21.06"N 72°41'18.50"E
E 21°42'23.18"N 72°41'11.01"E
F 21°42'28.05"N 72°41'10.16"E
G 21°42'27.64"N 72°41'7.83"E
H 21°42'31.34"N 72°41'7.12"E
I 21°42'31.84"N 72°41'11.18"E
J 21°42'35.82"N 72°41'11.01"E
K 21°42'35.25"N 72°41'6.62"E
L 21°42'54.11"N 72°41'5.41"E
2.3.1 Site History & Approach to the Project Site
Before plotting of GIDC, the land was used for agricultural activities. Once, it was intimated that the Dahej area will
be notified for Industrial use, farmers sold their land to GIDC. Plot was allotted to GACL in year 2009 by GIDC.
By Road
Site is well connected to Dahej and Bharuch via Bharuch Dahej State Highway (SH – 6) at an aerial distance of 0.08
Km in North Direction.

By Rail
Major railway station for public transportation is Bharuch Railway Station located at an aerial distance of ~31.2 Km
in E Direction form the project site. Also, Dahej Railway Station an aerial distance of ~10.6 Km in W Direction of
project site is operational for goods transportation.
By Air
Nearest airport from project site is Surat Airport located at an aerial distance of ~ 65.7 Km in SSE Direction. And
Vadodara Airport is located at an aerial distance of ~ 85.3 Km in NE Direction
By Water
Nearest port is Adani port at Dahej located at an aerial distance of ~16 Km in W direction.
2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION
Plot area of the project consists of 76 Hectare. Tentative site layout map is shown in Map 2-2. Tentative area
breakup is shown in Table 2-2. Pie chart showing area distribution at site is given in Figure 2-2.
Table 2-2: Tentative Area Breakup

S. No. Area Statement Area (m2)
1 Captive Power Plant 67,708
2 Chlorine Park 1,12,350
3 Area for common utilities 50,418
4 Caustic Soda Plant 63,531
5 Switch yard 3,730
6 Future Expansion 16,904
7 Open Space 71,972
8 Truck Parking 41,406
9 Roads 27,509
10 Green Belt 2,51,000
11 Others 53,472
Total 7,60,000
Figure 2-2: Pie Chart – Area Distribution at Site

List of the proposed products is given in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3: List of Proposed Products

Quantity (MTPD / unless
S. No. Products
otherwise mentioned)
A Chlor-Alkali Plant (800 TPD)
1 Caustic Soda (100%) Lye/ Prills / Flakes 800
2 Chlorine Gas 710
3 Hydrochloric acid 186
4 Hydrogen Gas 20
5 Sodium Hypochlorite 34
6 Dilute Sulphuric acid (78-80%) 16
B Chlorotoluenes Plant (205 TPD)
1 Benzyl chloride 100
2 Benzaldeyde 50
3 Benzyl Alcohol 55
Co-products / Bi-products are listed below
4 Benzoyl chloride 5
5 Cinnamic aldehyde 5
6 Benzyl acetate 15
7 Benzal chloride (Intermediate Product) 85
8 Sodium benzoate 4
9 Di benzyl ether 15
C Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant (100 TPD)
1 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax 100
2 Hydrochloric Acid (33%) 180
3 Sodium hypochlorite 43
D Epichlorohydrin (ECH) Plant (84 TPD)
1 Epichlorohydrin (ECH) 84
E Chloromethanes (CLM) Plant (300 TPD)
1 Chloromethanes (CLM) 300
F Coal Based Captive Power Plant 130 MW
2.4.1 Cost of Project
The project cost is estimated to be INR 3,153 Crore. Plant-wise cost break up is given in Table 2-4 - Table 2-9.
Table 2-4: Estimated Cost – Chlor Alkali Plant

S. No. Particulars Cost (INR - Crore)
1 Land Cost + Land Development 25
2 Civil and Structures 167
3 Imported items including proprietary items 257
4 Indigenous items (without ED, which is moveable) 385
5 Erection/Insulation/Painting 62
6 EPCM charges 50

7 Startup Expenses 11
8 Pre-operative Expenses 62
9 Contingency Non-Firm 24
10 Finance charges 10
Total Project Cost 1,053
Table 2-5: Estimated Cost – Chlorotoluenes Plant

S. No. Items Cost (INR - Crore)
1 Plant and Machinery 184
2 Civil and Buildings 42
3 Technology and Engineering fee 20
4 Pre-operative expanses 25
5 Contingency @ 5 % 13
Total Project Cost 284
Table 2-6: Estimated Cost – Chlorinated Paraffin Wax

2 Civil and Buildings 3
3 Electrical cost 3
4 Other infrastructure cost 2
5 Contingency 5
Table 2-7: Estimated Cost – Epichlorohydrin (ECH)

1 Land and Site Development 8
2 Civil and Structural 35
3 Engineering 42
5 Erection and Commissioning 30
7 Misc. Expenses 10
Project Cost 275
8 Contingency @ 5% 15
Total Project Cost (in Lacs) 290
Table 2-8: Estimated Cost – Chloromethanes (CLM)

2 Civil and Structural 77
3 Engineering 97
5 Erection and Commissioning 66
7 Misc. Expenses 1
Project Cost 600
8 Contingency @ 5% 30

9 Financial Charges 53
Table 2-9: Estimated Cost – Captive Power Plant

2 Plant and Machinery coast including taxes/duties, initial spares etc. 605
3 Civil works 121
4 Construction and Pre-commissioning, Overheads etc. 25
5 IDC + FC 44
6 Margin money 9
2.4.2 Profitability
Since the project will cater to industries in the region by providing a suitable source for import, export and coastal
movement of pesticides, it will encourage industrial growth in the region and result in additional revenue for
government.
The project has been conceived assuming that there will be a growth in demand for the proposed products, leading
to a reasonable rate of return in the medium term. The project is considered ‘bankable’.
2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION
Approximate 22-24 Months will be required for the project completion from the date of getting EC. Project
implementation schedule describing various activities from finalization of site to project commissioning is described
in Table 2-10.
Table 2-10: Project Implementation Schedule

S. No. Activity Start Finish
1 EC Approval Feb-16 March-18
4 Tender floating Dec-17 --
5 Receipt of Bids / offer Jan-18 April-18
6 Evaluation of offers May-18 July-18
7 Finalization of Contractors Aug-18 Aug-18
8 Construction Sept-18 June-19
9 Civil Completion -- Jan-20
10 Mechanical Completion -- Feb-20
11 CTO Approval Sep-19 Feb-20
12 Commissioning -- March-20
2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Process description with process details are described as follows:

2.6.1 Caustic Soda – 800 TPD
Process Description
The process is based on Membrane Cell technology. The main steps in the process to manufacture caustic soda are
Purification of brine, Electrolysis, Concentration and flaking of caustic soda solution.
In the process Hydrogen and Chlorine gas are produced as the co-product.
Brine Purification
Brine for ion exchange membrane Chlor-Alkali process is prepared by dissolving salt in the return brine from the
electrolysis plant, and purified in two stages. Primary purification removes impurities like calcium, magnesium,
sulphate, iron, silica etc. to ppm level.
Secondary purification is required to make brine suitable for the ion exchange membrane Chlor-alkali process.
Primary Brine Purification

Primary Brine Purification section consists of Salt Handling system, Brine Saturator, Reactor Clarifier, Clarified Brine
Tank and associated facilities.
This process includes Brine saturation, chemicals dosage, reaction and sedimentation. The purpose of this process
is to re-saturate the return brine with raw salt and to remove impurities from the saturated raw brine.
The return brine is fed from the top of the Brine Saturator and saturated with salt. The salt is continuously supplied
to the top of the saturator by a Belt Conveyor System.
The saturated raw brine overflows from the Brine Saturator and flows into Reactor. Chemicals such as barium
carbonate, sodium carbonate, caustic soda are fed to Reactor.
Calcium, magnesium and other multivalent cations and sulphate anions in the raw brine react with these chemicals
and are changed to suspend solids while the brine is held in the reactor.
pH of the brine is controlled by the addition of caustic-soda to the brine. Then the brine overflows from the reactor
into the Brine Clarifier. Flocculent is fed to the brine line entering the clarifier.
Suspended solids in the brine are removed by settling in the Clarifier provided with water seal & insulated from the
sides. The brine, thus clarified, flows into clarified Brine Tank over the weir of Clarifier & is pumped out and
recirculated to the brine system before Reactor for better clarification. Slurry is periodically measured for better
control.
A part of slurry is sent to Sludge Filter System. The clarified brine is sent to Secondary Brine purification section by
clarified brine pump.
Secondary Brine Purification

Secondary Brine Purification Section consists of Brine Filter and Ion Exchange Resin Column.
The clarified brine is filtered through the filter and flows into filtered Brine tank. Suspended solids caught on the
filter element surface are blown down to Filter Slurry Pit. Filter Slurry in the pit is sent to centrifuge where most of
the brine is recovered and fed back to Return Brine Tank.
Ion Exchange Resin Column packed with special Ion Exchange resin is operated and controlled automatically from
control room.
This specially developed Ion exchange resin can remove multivalent cations harmful to the Ion exchange
membrane. The brine thus purified is fed to Electrolyser and electrolysis is conducted.

ELECTROLYSIS
Electrolysis section consists of 9 Nos. bipolar Electrolysers and their associated equipment.
Electrolyser
Electrolyser consists of number of bipolar type cell frames with the metal anode and the activated cathode, the
Ion exchange membrane, press unit for mounting cell frames, sub-headers for feeding anolyte and catholyte, sub-
headers, and oil pressure unit which supplies oil to oil cylinders.
Cell frames holding the Ion Exchange membrane in between are fixed by the oil cylinder installed at the end of the
press unit. This structure ensures no leakage of electrolytes because uniform pressure can be applied to gasket
surface and cell frame of metal structure ensures no electrolyte leakage caused by deformation even after a long
period of operation.
Anolyte Circulation
Anolyte circulation system is composed of Anolyte Circulation Tank and anolyte circulation pump. Anolyte is fed into
each of anode compartment of cell frames through sub headers and hoses, and recirculated to Anolyte circulation
Tank. Purified brine is fed to maintain anolyte concentration within a designed level. A part of the anolyte, is taken
out from Anolyte Circulation Tank to Depleted Brine Tank by overflow.
Anolyte Circulation system is designed to ensure steady and uniform distribution of anolyte to each cell and to
cope-up with any change in electrolysis conditions such as production rate change.
The diluted brine collected in Depleted Brine Tank is sent to De-chlorination Tower for removal of Chlorine gas.
Chlorine gas generated in electrolyser is separated in Anolyte Circulation Tank and sent to Chlorine gas cooling,
drying and compression section.
Catholyte Circulation
Catholyte Circulation System is composed of Catholyte Circulation Tank, Catholyte Circulation Pump and Catholyte
Cooler.
Catholyte is circulated through cathode compartment of cell frames to Catholyte Circulation Tank by Catholyte
Circulation Pump, and a part of it is taken out from Catholyte Circulation Tank to Caustic Soda Tank and sent out to
caustic evaporation section. To keep the concentration of caustic soda at designed level, demineralized water is fed
to catholyte inlet sub-header. Hydrogen gas generated in Electrolyser is separated from the catholyte in catholyte
Circulation Tank and sent to Hydrogen Gas Cooling and Compression Section. Heat generated in electrolyser is
removed by cooling water in Catholyte Cooler.
DE- CHLORINATION OF RETURN BRINE

De-chlorination section is composed of De-Chlorination Tower, De-Chlorination Tower Cooler, Ejector, Ejector
Cooler and associated facilities. Return brine, (depleted brine) from Electrolysis Section is saturated with chlorine.
In the tower, chlorine is stripped together with water vapour, and passed through De-chlorination Tower cooler.
The vapour are condensed there and the chlorine gas is sucked by the steam ejector to Ejector Cooler.
Steam is condensed there and the chlorine gas is then introduced to chlorine gas product main line.
The depleted brine dechlorinated through De-chlorination Tower, still contains small amount of free chlorine which
can cause damage to the filter elements in Brine Filters and damage ion exchange resin in Ion Exchange Resin
Columns. Sodium sulphite is added to kill free chlorine. Return brine is then fed to Return Brine Tank & pumped to
salt saturator.

Caustic Concentration
The caustic soda concentration system consists of triple effect falling film evaporators operating on backward feed
flow scheme. 30% caustic solution 80°C is fed to third effect evaporator. Vapours are separated from solution and
concentrated solution of third effect evaporator is pumped to second effect evaporator after passing through two
heat exchangers in series. In the second effect evaporator, flash evaporation of liquor takes place and liquor is
further heated by steam and vapours are separated in second effect evaporator to concentrate liquor.
The concentrate from the second effect evaporator is pumped through first effect evaporator after passing through
two heat exchangers in series. Steam at 11 kg/cm2a pressure is used to attain required concentration of caustic.
Chlorine Liquefaction & Bottling
Chlorine Gas Washing & Cooling

Chlorine Gas coming out of Anolyte circulation tank contains water vapour saturated at about 90°C and has little
amount of Sodium Chloride as entrainment. Gas is first washed by process water in a direct contact scrubbing
packed tower. Condensate is sent to dechlorination tower. The process water is in turn cooled by cooling tower.
Cooled gas is then passed through a packed tower having chilled process water circulation at 160 °C so as to cool
the gas to reduce water vapour load.
Chlorine gas temperature is generally around 15-20 deg C as cooling below 9-10°C will result into formation of
Chlorine hydrate. Cooled gas is then dried with direct spray of sulphuric acid in packed towers.
Chlorine Gas Drying

The cooled chlorine gas is led to chlorine Gas Drying Tower. The moisture of chlorine gas is absorbed into sulfuric
Acid of 98% concentration fed into the two stage chlorine gas drying tower, and gets diluted to 70% by
absorption of moisture from chlorine gas. Chlorine Gas Drying Tower has a cooler to cool circulating sulfuric Acid.
The Dry Chlorine gas is sent for compression.
Chlorine Gas Compression

Dry chlorine gas from chlorine Gas Drying Section is compressed to 4 kg/cm2 (a) by using Acid Ring type
Compressor.
Chlorine Gas Liquefaction and Filling

Chlorine gas from compressor is sent to chlorine Gas Liquefaction Unit to be condensed by the Freon 22 refrigerant.
The unliquefied gases along with inert gas from Liquefier are sent to HCL Synthesis unit for burning with Hydrogen
to produce HCl.
Liquefied chlorine enters Chlorine Storage Tank from where it is transferred by means of compressed dry air to
chlorine bottling section. Part of liquid Chlorine is vaporized and sent to nearby customers through pipeline.
Waste Chlorine Neutralization / Sodium Hypochlorite Section

Waste chlorine gas, only in case of plant emergency is led to the Sodium Hypochlorite Unit. Chlorine Gas during
start up and plant tripping is fed to the absorption tower. This unit consists of packed tower in which caustic
solution is circulated to absorb waste chlorine. Temperature of the liquid is controlled by heat transfer through plate
type heat exchanger with chilled water.
After a desired strength of sodium hypochlorite is reached, the solution is sent to a Hypo Reactor. Here it is reacted
with fresh chlorine to produce marketable quality Sodium Hypochlorite.

HCL Synthesis
The HCl Synthesis unit consists of combustion furnace fitted with absorbers. The chlorine gas reacts with Hydrogen
to form HCl gas which is cooled and absorbed in DM water. The flow rate of DM water is adjusted to obtain 30-33%
HCl Solution. The flow rates of Chlorine and Hydrogen are controlled by flow controllers. Safety Interlocking
provisions are made which get actuated by flame protection device. The Hydrochloric Acid Solution is collected in a
product tank from where is pumped to HC Storage Tanks.
Hydrogen Bottling and Storage

Hydrogen gas is compressed and filled in hydrogen cylinders banks of the customers and also stored in cylinder
banks.
Caustic Soda and Flaking Plant

Flaker plant is a double effect evaporator. 48% Caustic is feed to produce 98% Caustic Flakes. Salt mixture (KNO3,
NaNO2 & NaNO3) which is heated by burning Hydrogen is a heating media to increase Caustic lye temperature in
final concentrator. 98 % Caustic flakes is then cooled and packed using a polythene liner to avoid moisture pick-up
as it is a hygroscopic product.
Chemical Reaction:
CaCl2 + Na2CO3 -----> CaCO3 + 2 NaCl

MgCl2 + 2 NaOH -----> Mg(OH)2 + 2 NaCl
Ca++ + Na2 [resin] Ca [Resin] + 2Na+
Cl2 + 2NaOH -----> NaOCl + NaCl + H2O
Process Flow Diagram of Caustic Soda is given in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3: Process Flow Diagram of Caustic Soda

Material Balance
The material Balance for the Caustic Soda Plant is provided in Table 2-11.
Table 2-11: Material Balance for Caustic Soda
S. Input/MT of Product
No. Raw Materials Quantity (MT)
1 Salt 1.88
2 Sodium carbonate 0.02
3 Sulphuric acid 0.02
4 Reagent 0.0033
5 Water (for process) 3.00
6 HCl 0.03
7 Caustic soda (100 %) 0.02
Total 4.97
Output/MT of Product
S.
Waste Air Recovery/ Solid Remarks
No. Product
waster Emission Product Waste
1 Caustic soda (100 %) -- -- 1.00 -- Product

2 Water with caustic soda -- -- 1.06 -- Product
3 Chlorine gas -- -- 0.89 -- By-Product / Co product
4 Hydrogen gas -- -- 0.03 -- By-Product / Co product
5 Liquid effluent (from process) 1.94 -- -- -- To ETP
6 Sulfuric acid (100 %) -- -- 0.02 -- By-Product / Co product

7 Solid waste (dry basis) -- -- -- 0.03 To TSDF
1.94 0 3 0.03 --
Total
4.97
Note: ** All condensates generated will be used in process itself by implementing new recycle scheme
2.6.2 Chlorotoluenes - 205 TPD
Process Description:
Chlorination of Toluene
Chlorination of toluene in presence of ultra violet lights will produce chlorinated mass of BCL, OPCT, BCL2 and BTC.
Chlorinator is a set of three glass columns connected in series with overflow of first going to second and the
overflow of the second is going to third. Each chlorinator is fitted with UV lights. Chlorination is a highly exothermic
reaction, generating hydrogen chloride gas as a by-product. The vapours generated due to the exothermic of the
reaction are condensed in series of condensers and condensate is refluxed into chlorinators. The hydrogen chloride
coming from the vent of the condenser is scrubbed with chilled toluene in toluene scrubber to absorb any residual
chlorine coming from the chlorinators. Hydrogen chloride coming from scrubber condenser is absorbed in water in
HCl absorber to produce 30 % HCl.
Generated chlorinated mass is pumped to degasser to remove any dissolved gas from the chlorinated mass.
Degassed chlorinated mass is fed to toluene recovery column. Where at elevated temperature and reduced
pressure toluene is recovered from chlorinated mass along with OPCT & BCL are recycled to the Chlorinator. After
distillation of toluene, remaining chlorinated mass containing mixture of BCL, BCL2 & BTC is pumped to BCL
recovery column. The recovered BCL is stored in holding tank. The remaining mass is fed to intermediate distillation

column. In this column BCL2 fraction containing BCL2, BTC, higher and some BCL is distilled to remove BCL which
is recycled back to toluene recovery column. After the removal of BCL the BCL 2 fraction along with heavy is fed to
BCL2 fraction purification column BCL2 fraction is distilled in this column and stored in intermediate holding tank for
further processing at hydrolyser. Bottom of BCL2 purification column is fed to residue distillation column, in this
column distilled BCL2 residual recycle back to BCL2 purification column. The bottom residue column is pumped to
incinerator for disposal.
Chemical Reaction:
Hydrolysis of BCL2 / BTC:

Hydrolysis of mixture of BCL2 fraction containing BCL2 and BTC separated from chlorinated mass with 10 % dilute
solution of ferrous chloride in agitated hydrolyser at an elevated temperature and atmospheric pressure will
produce hydrolyzed mass of BCHO and BCOOH mixture and HCl vapours as a by-product. The vapours generated
during the reaction are condensed during the reaction condensed in series of condenser and condensate is refluxed
back to respective hydrolysers. The HCl coming from vent of the condensers are scrubbed from chilled toluene in
toluene scrubber to absorb any residual organic vapour coming from the hydrolyser. Uncondensed HCl vapours
escape from the vent of the scrubber condenser is absorbed in water in HCL absorber to produce 30 % HCl.
To make organic free, cool down the hydrolyzed mass containing BCHO and BCOOH to 40 – 45 deg. C. Give 10 %
wash to cooled hydrolyzed mass and allow separation in gravity separator. Separate light phase of mixture of
Fe2Cl3 and water recycle back to the hydrolysis process and heavy phase of mixture of BCHO and BCOOH pumped
to neutralization section for further purification.
Chemical Reaction:
Neutralization
BCOOH and BCHO mixture have limitation for separation due to similarly in their physical properties at some extent.
So soda ash solution into mixture of BCOOH and BCHO in the agitated neutralizer reactor. Neutralization of BCOOH
with soda ash solution will produce NaB solution. Produced neutralized mass of sodium benzoate and BCHO fed to
gravity separator and allow separation of NaB and BCHO in gravity separator. Separate light phase of BCHO send
for further purification at treatment section and heavy phase of NAB is fed to jacketed kettle to heat up and remove
water. Evaporated water is condensed in condensers. After water removal concentrated NaB solution pass through

activated carbon bed to make it free from organic material. Prepare flakes and powders of organic free, pure
sodium benzoate solution through drum dryer and send for packing.
Chemical Reaction:
Treatment and Purification

Separate light phase of BCHO treat with soda ash and NaB in batch operation for 4 – 5 hrs at elevated temperature
and nil the traces of BCL content from BCHO. After treatment separate out low purity NaB solution from the
treatment reactor and send for the storage. Remained BCL free BCHO separate from the treatment reactor and fed
to BCHO purification column and at elevated temperature and reduce pressure pure BCHO distillate collect into
receiver tank and pumped for storage. The bottom residue of column recycles back to crude BCHO purification
column.
Hydrolysis of BCL
Hydrolysis of BCL with fresh process water in agitated hydrolyser at temperature of 135 – 137 deg. C and at
elevated pressure will produce hydrolyzed mass of BOH and vapours of hydrogen chloride as a by-product/ Flash
out produced hydrolyzed mass at elevated temperature and reduced pressure to separate dissolved gases, un-
reacted BCL vapours and water from hydrolyzed mass. Flashed vapours then condense in series of condensers and
condensate collect into gravity separator through barometric seal pot. Separated organic layer of BCL is recycled
back to hydrolyser and aqua layer is recycled back to fresh process water tank.
Separation & Purification

Separate light phase of aqueous layer pumped to extractor and extract out low percentage (3.5 %) HCl produced
during hydrolysis of BCL solvent. Extract low percentage HCL then transfer to HCl absorber through tail gas
scrubber to recover HCl from 20 % HCl absorber. After extraction used BCL solvent from underflow of extractor
recycle back to the hydrolysis process.
Separate heavy phase organic layer from gravity separator fed to water and BCL fraction removal column. At
elevated temperature and an under vacuum recovered distillate BCL fraction recycle back to hydrolyser to produce
BCO. At certain temperature BCL reacts with benzyl alcohol and formed DBE ad some heavier. The left over bottom
residue containing crude benzyl alcohol and high boiling fraction fed to high boiling fraction removal column where
at elevated temperature and reduce pressure distillate of low boiling fraction separate out and left over high boiling
fraction containing DBE. Separate distillate of low boiling fraction fed to further recovery column and distilled out
LBF at temperature 123 deg. C from top and BOH at temperature 134 deg. C from bottom of the column and
transfer to storage tanks.

Chemical Reaction:
30 % HCl Absorption
HCL vapour generated during toluene chlorination, hydrolysis of BCL2 fraction and hydrolysis of BCL. HCl vapour
generated in toluene chlorination and hydrolysis of BCHO section pass through series of condensers. Uncondensed
vapours escape from the vent of the condensers is scrubbed with chilled toluene in toluene scrubber to dissolve any
residual chlorine. HCl vapours coming from scrubber condenser is passed through adiabatic absorber.
Dilute solution of HCl (2.4%) from extractor outlet is concentrated to solution strength of 8 & by evaporating excess
water. This evaporated water is then recycled back to hydrolyser, vaporizing this water helps to remove any organic
contamination in the dilute HCL the dilute 8 % HCl solution is fed to adiabatic absorber through tail gas scrubber.
Counter current flow of hydrogen chloride vapour and water in contact with each other will release adsorption
energy and HCl vapours will absorbs in water. Vapours generated during absorption are passed through series of
condensers. Collect condensed during absorption. Separate light phase of organic layer send to distillation kettle to
recover organic material at elevated temperature and vacuum and aqueous layer recycle. Redirect back to absorber
as a reflux. Uncondensed vapours escape after secondary condenser of 30 % HCl absorber pass through tail gas
scrubber and scrubber vapours fed to 30 % HCl absorber at the top. Any acidic fumes / vapours exhaust after tail
gas scrubber will get sucked by venture scrubber due to partial vacuum generated at the suction of venture
scrubber by circulation of dilute caustic to neutralize acidic fumes.
Cool down 30 % HCl generated at bottom of 30 % HCL absorber product cooler and send for storage tank.
Incineration for Residue (at Third Party)

Residue generated in the process will be burned by approved Incineration facility.
The process flow diagram of Toluene compounds are given in Figure 2-4, Figure 2-5, Figure 2-6, Figure 2-7 &
Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-4: Process Flow Diagram of BCL
Figure 2-5: Process Flow Diagram of BCHO

Figure 2-6: Process Flow Diagram of BHO
Figure 2-7: Process Flow Diagram of BAC
Figure 2-8: Process Flow Diagram of CNMD

Mass Balance
The mass Balance for Chlorotoluenes is given in Table 2-12.
Table 2-12: Mass Balance for Chlorotoluenes
1 Toluene 0.80
2 Chlorine 0.88
3 Soda Ash 0.04
4 Caustic Lye 0.07
5 Water for Process 3.36
Total 5.15
S.
Remarks
No. Waste Air Recovery/ Solid
Product
1 Benzyl Chloride -- -- 0.49 -- Product

2 Benzyldehyde -- -- 0.24 -- Product
3 Benzyl Alcohol -- -- 0.24 -- Product
4 Benzoyl Chloride -- -- 0.02 -- Product
5 Cinemic Aldehyde -- -- 0.02 -- Perfumary Product
6 Benzyl Acetate -- -- 0.06 -- Perfumary Product
7 Sodium Benzoate -- -- 0.02 -- By-Product / Co product
8 Di-Benzyl Ether -- -- 0.02 -- By-Product / Co product
9 Hydrochloric Acid -- -- 0.69 -- By-Product / Co product
10 Water with HCl -- -- 2.25 -- By-Product / Co product
11 Liquid Effluent from Process 0.68 -- -- -- To Incinerator
12 Solid Waste -- -- -- 0.005 To TSDF
Water with Solid waste
13 -- -- -- 0.005 To TSDF
(considering 50% moisture)
14 Condensate 0.43 -- -- -- To ETP
1.11 0 4.03 0.01 --
Total
5.15
2.6.3 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax – 100 TPD
Process Description
Normal/ Heavy Normal Paraffin (HNP), being straight- chain saturated hydrocarbons (alkanes) react with Chlorine
readily, replacing Hydrogen atoms to produce Chlorinated Paraffin & Hydrochloric Acid.
The reaction is exothermic:
CnH2n+2 + mCI2 (CnH2n+2-m) Clm + mHCL
Mass Balance of Chlorine Utilization

The stoichiometric Mass Balance of Chlorine utilization in CPW manufacturing is presented here under:
CnH2n+2 +XCI2 CnH2n+2 + XHCL
Chlorine reacts with Paraffin to produce Chlorinated Paraffin & HCL

C14H30 +6CI2 C14H24CI6 + 6HCL

198 426 405 219

1MT CPW (50 - 51% Chlorine content CP- 52 grade) will require 488 kg. HNP (carbon chain length C14 only) and
1.10 MT Chlorine (considering the process loss of 0.055 MT equivalent Chlorine, theoretically 1.05 MT Chlorine will
be required).
HCL released will be = 1.593 say 1.60 MT (30- 32%).
With HNP composition of C13- C16, the theoretical consumption will come to 489 kg/MT of CPW.
As the Chlorine concentration will go up, the consumption of Paraffin will come down and vice - versa will be
applicable for low Chlorine concentration in the product like CP- 45.
In this case CP- 52 is the major product where the following norms are fixed:
HNP -490 kg.
Chlorine- 1100 Kg.
HCL - 1600 kg. (30- 32%)
Process flow Diagram of Chlorinated Paraffin Wax is given in Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9: Process Flow Diagram of Chlorinated Paraffin wax
Mass Balance
The mass Balance for Chlorinated Paraffin Wax is given in Table 2-13.
Table 2-13: Mass Balance for Chlorinated Paraffin Wax
1 Heavy Normal Paraffin 0.49
2 Chlorine 1.20
3 Stabilizer (Soya epoxy) 0.01
4 NaOH (48 %) 0.24
5 Water (Process) 1.30
Total 3.24
S.
Waste Air Recovery/ Solid Remarks
No. Product
1 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax (Product) -- -- 1.00 -- --

2 HCl (33 %) (Product) -- -- 1.81 -- --

3 Sodium Hypochlorite (By - product) -- -- 0.43 -- --
4 Liquid effluent 0.00 -- -- -- --
0 0 3.24 0 --
Total
3.24
2.6.4 Epichlorohydrin Plant (ECH Unit) – 84 TPD
Glycerine Distillation (GLY Unit)
Neutralization and Drying of Crude-Glycerine

The Crude-Glycerine is neutralized in a vessel with about 32 % NaOH solution. In the first drying column the main
content of water is evaporated together with traces of Methanol. In the second drying column the water content is
reduced to less than 1 wt. % under vacuum.
Rectification
The condensed methanol streams are forwarded to a Methanol rectification column for separation of water and
methanol. The methanol stream is forwarded to a storage tank; the water is collected at a waste water tank and
used for dissolving of the salt streams. After the dryer section the dried crude Glycerine comes into a column on the
bottom and is evaporated in a forced circulation evaporator and rectified in 3 packing sections, where the middle
one is the product condenser and the top packing is the by-product condenser. The by-product is Glycerine which is
recycled into the column and only in case of bad Crude glycerine quality approx. 5% of the total produced Glycerine
has to be recycled back into the vessel.
Purification of bottom product

Depending on the salt concentration in the crude Glycerine a certain quantity of bottom product from the
rectification has to be pumped into a salt separation decanter / centrifuge where the salt contend is reduced below
10 %. After the decanter, one part of the centrifuged stream is recycled to the bottom of the distillation column and
another part is fed into a thin film evaporator where the main part of the Glycerine is separated and the remaining
part goes back into a lock hopper vessels. The bottom product consisting of approx. 60 % MONG and 40 %
Glycerine and polymers is removed from the lock hopper and is fed into the desalination reactor.
Salt utilization
The removed salt from the bottom of the column is transferred into a mixing vessel where the salt (75-80% of total
salt content of Crude Glycerine) is mixed with brine from the saponification (ECH) before the stream goes into the
BPP plant for treatment.
Activated carbon bed

In the activated carbon bed filter the Esther content is going to be reduced in order to light up the product and
reduce the smell.
MONG Desalination Unit

The bottom product of the thin film evaporator, consisting of about 60 – 70% MONG/Salt and 30 – 40% Glycerine
is fed into a Desalination Reactor where the stream is heated up to about 400°C. The desalination reactor is a
horizontal reactor consisting of a cylindrical, horizontal shell with heating jacket and a rotor in the shell. Due to the
required high service media temperatures, the desalination reactor will be heated by molten salt. The molten salt
system is included within the WIP system. The vapour stream of the reactor is discharged to the incinerator at the
WIP. The dry product stream is cooled in a downstream cooling screw and via the Rotary Feeder routed to a Mixing
Tank where waste water is added for dissolving. The overflow of this tank is routed to another mixing vessel, where

hydrogen chloride is added for neutralization and then the solution is pumped through a filter to remove solid
particles towards the Brine Purification Plant.
Epichlorohydrin Plant (ECH Unit)
Chlorination of Glycerine
The Glycerine is heated in a heat exchanger up to 100°C and is absorbing the excess of HCl Gas in a scrubber and
is reacting with the excess of HCl from the Chlorination reactors. The main Chlorination step is taking place in the
chlorination reactors, where the feed of the preheated Glycerine, HCl gas and the catalyst oxalic acid together with
the bottom product from the vacuum distillation Columns is entering on the bottom.
The reactions happens in two steps;
Step one:
C3H8O3 + HCl  C3H7ClO2 + H2O
Step two:
C3H7ClO2 + HCl  C3H6Cl20 + H2O
Step one is much faster than step two.
Separation of Reaction Products: Dichlorhydrine and Water
The overflows of the reactors are collected in a vessel and pumped into the vacuum distillation column where water
and Dichlorhydrine is separated from the Glycerine and Monochlorhydrine as a bottom product.
Separation of By-Products
A small purge is continuous separated from the reactor circuit and is partly evaporated in a heat exchanger to
recover most of the remaining Monochlorhydrine to reduce the product losses to the waste.
Saponification into Epichlorhydrine

Saponification works according to the following reactions;
C3H6Cl20 + NaOH  C3H5ClO + H2O + NaCl
To avoid polymerization as side reaction the NaOH is fed as a 20 wt % solution, which is prepared ISBL.
Separation of Epichlorhydrine from Brine

After each saponification step the brine is treated in a stripper column and an azeotropic mixture of water and
Epichlorhydrine is recovered on the top of the strippers. After condensing the vapours water rich phase and
Epichlorhydrine-rich phase is obtained. The water-rich phase is recycled into the stripper and the Epichlorhydrine
rich phase is the feed to the Epichlorhydrine purification units.
Purification of Epichlorhydrine (99.8 ~ 99.9 wt.%)

To obtain high quality Epichlorhydrine two rectification columns are necessary. In the first column the water
content is separated and in the second column the Epichlorhydrine is recovered as a top product and as bottom
product some polymers and equilibrium products are separated.
Brine Purification Unit (BPP Unit)
This Unit is designed to handle the brine of the Glycerine, Epichlorhydrine and the Epoxy Resin Units. After
adjustment of the pH value, the brine is mixed with the catalyst and feed into a high pressure reactor and
afterwards treated by an ion exchange unit. In the process the TOC value of the brine is decreased by more than

99.5% by high pressure oxidation. After the process the TOC value of the brine is lower than 10 ppm. The Catalyst
and Oxygen are recovered within the process.
Raw material input

The Brine is delivered to a surge tank where the catalyst, delivered as salt solution in water, is dissolved. Oxygen,
NaOH 32 wt% and liquid HCl 30 wt% are obtained from outside Battery Limit. The purified brine is retained to the
battery limit.
Feeding of input materials

The raw brine is stored in a surge drum and the pH is adjusted. A pump is mixing the tank content and pumps the
brine to the mixer where the catalyst is added. A high pressure pump pumps the brine through the high pressure
oxidation unit.
Waste Incineration Unit (WIP Unit)

The WIP Plant burns all liquid and gaseous residuals. In the MONG treatment unit the solid salt is separated and
the remaining system gas together with the other waste gases are fed into the incinerator of the WIP plant to
provide full oxidation of the combustible compounds. Recovered heat from the hot gas is used for preheating the
process gas required for the MONG Desalination Unit and steam production.
Incinerator
The process gases from the MONG desalination unit together with the off-gas from the Glycerine plant and the
Epichlorhydrine plant is fed into the Incinerator. The incinerator is operated at about 900 – 1,000°C which is
required for the oxidation of the chlorinated combustible compounds. Natural gas is used as fuel and to maintain a
certain minimum oxygen concentration for the combustion ambient air is added. The organic compounds are
converted to H2O and CO2.
Steam System
The process gas from the incinerator is cooled in two steps, comprising preheating of the MONG desalination
process gas and the evaporator, which is a tube heat exchanger. The steam system consist of the boiler feed water
pumps, boiler water circulation pumps and the steam drum, where separation of liquid and gas phase takes place.
Dioxin Filter
The dioxin filter is installed inline of the exhaust gas line from the heat exchangers towards the HCl-Scrubber.
Honeycomb shaped titanium oxide catalyst blocks are used for decomposition of the dioxin.
Tail Gas Scrubber

The tail gas scrubber removes the HCl from the process gas. It is a packed tower which uses a NaOH – solution as
washing fluid. In the recirculation pipe the washing fluid passes over plate type heat exchangers to cool it to the
required temperature. Cooling water is used as cooling media. NaOH solution and DM water is added to the
scrubber depending on the HCl load and liquid level in the bottom of the scrubber.
Mass Balance
The mass Balance for Epichlorohydrin Plant is given in Table 2-14.
Table 2-14: Mass Balance for Epichlorohydrin Plant
1 Technical Glycerin 1.07

2 HCl (Gas) 0.98

3 NaOH (20 %) 3.00
4 Oxalic Acid 0.01
5 Nitrogen 0.03
Total 5.09
S.
Waste Air Recovery/ Remarks
No. Product Solid Waste
waster Emission Product
1 ECH (Product) -- -- 1.00 -- --
2 Brine (Waste water) -- -- 4.03 -- --
3 Waste to WIP (Liquid) -- -- 0.02 -- --
4 Waste to WIP (Gas) 0.04 -- -- -- --
0.04 0 5.05 0 --
Total
5.09
2.6.5 Chloromethanes (CLM) – 300 TPD
Methanol Chlorination System
Methanol is reacted with concentrated hydrochloric acid which is recovered from hydrochloric acid treatment section
under the designated temperature and pressure. Less chlorinated methane product (mainly methyl chloride) is
produced in this section.
Thermal Chlorination Section
As the name implies, methyl chloride which is produced in Methanol Chlorination Section is reacted with chlorine in
this section under high temperature conditions. The reaction being exothermic, only a part of heat has to be
supplied. Before entering the reactors, recycle gas, methyl chloride and chlorine are thoroughly mixed in the
specially designed mixer to avoid risk of explosion. They are mixed and fed into thermal reactors and reacts with
chlorine in order to form methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride and hydrochloric acid as gaseous
products and they are further taken to Hydrochloric acid treatment section.
Photo-chlorination Section
This unit is installed to enhance the production capacity for C3 and C4. The reaction is carried out in presence of
Ultra Violet light in glass lined reactor in liquid phase. HCl formed during the reaction is stripped off by distillation.
Residual Chlorine/Hydrochloric acid in Chloromethanes is neutralized and washed in specially designed ‘U’ columns.
Moisture is removed with the help of azeotropic distillation and Chloromethanes are fed to distillation section for
separation.
Hydrochloric acid Treatment Section
The hydrochloric acid in component mixture formed in thermal chlorination section is absorbed by circulating weak
hydrochloric acid(diluted hydrochloric acid) to form concentrated hydrochloric acid, and the other gaseous product
are transferred to the following section, reaction gas treatment section.
The weak hydrochloric acid produced in the methanol chlorination section is utilized as the circulating weak
hydrochloric acid as mentioned above.
Reaction Gas Treatment Section
Reactor discharge gas after HCl absorption is passed through a series of six columns. In first column residual HCl
gas is removed by absorption in dilute HCl. In second column traces of HCl/ Chlorine are neutralized with NaOH

solution. The gas is dehumidified in third column with NaOH solution. The gas is dried in remaining three column
with 98%H2SO4 flowing in counter current direction.
Liquefaction Section
The gaseous products after being dried is compressed and liquefied. Most of the uncondensed gas is recycled back
the reactors and a part of it is withdrawn as purge gas to maintain inert gas/ oxygen concentration in recycle gas.
Purge Gas Treatment Section
Uncondensed Chloromethanes are removed from the gas in this section by scrubbing and Chloromethanes are
recovered after the gas has been scrubbed.
Crude Product Treatment Section
The crude Chloromethanes products containing small amount of hydrochloric acid and chlorine come from Photo-
chlorination section and fluids coming from other processes as drain are neutralized by chemical and then, the
crude Chloromethanes products are send to the following distillation section.
Distillation Section
Mixed Chloromethanes in liquid form from thermal chlorination section and photo-chlorination section are separated
with the help of distillation in bubble cap type columns. Some portions of the above distilled Chloromethanes
products are sent to thermal chlorination section and photo-chlorination section and then, for further chlorination.
Product Handling Section
Each of the above distilled Chloromethanes products are treated in a series of equipment to be further purified for
better application of products. Products and co-products hydrochloric acid are finally packed in the form of drums
cylinders and/or tank lorry for shipment according to the customer’s requirement.
Process Flow diagram of Chloromethanes is given in Figure 2-10.
Figure 2-10: Process Flow Diagram of Chloromethanes
Mass Balance
The mass Balance for Chloromethanes is given in Table 2-15.

Table 2-15: Mass Balance for Chloromethanes
No. Raw Materials Quantity (TPT)
1 Methane gas 0.012
2 Methanol 0.333
3 Chlorine 0.967
4 Caustic soda 0.015
5 Sulphuric acid 0.090
6 Water for process 0.300
Total 1.717
S.
Remarks
No. Waste Air Recovery/ Solid
Product
1 Methyl Chloride (C1) -- -- 0.043 -- Product

2 Methylene Chloride (C2) -- -- 0.697 -- Product
3 Chloroform (C3) -- -- 0.217 -- Product
4 Carbon Tetra Chloride (C4) -- -- 0.043 -- Product
5 High Boilers -- -- -- 0.017 To Incineration
Water with waste (20 - 25 % -- -- --
6 0.008 To Incineration
moisture)
7 Hydrochloric acid -- -- 0.248 -- By-Product / Co product
8 Spent sulphuric acid -- -- 0.080 -- By-Product / Co product
9 Spent caustic soda -- -- 0.070 -- By-Product / Co product
10 Solid waste -- -- -- 0.003 To TSDF
Water with Solid Waste (50 % -- -- --
11 0.003 To TSDF
moisture)
12 Liquid effluent 0.288 -- -- -- To ETP
0.288 0 1.398 0.031 --
Total
1.717
Note: ** generated condensate will be used in cooling tower makeup, if quality of condensate is not suitable for cooling
tower makeup water then it will be disposed in ETP
2.6.6 Power Plant – 130 MW
Start-up System
The LDO will be used as start –up /support oil system to bring the CFBC steam generator(s) up to the required
operating temperature during start up.
LDO system will comprise of 3x100% (2W+1S) pressurizing pump sets of adequate capacity to meet startup
requirement of steam generator(s), along with filters, strainers, burners, control valves, control and instrumentation
etc.
The burners will be complete with all piping, manual valves, strainers, instruments, pressure regulators, solenoid
valves, safety valves, and all necessary equipment and controls in accordance with NFPA 85C as applicable. Flexible
stainless steel hoses to connect the burners to the LDO piping will be provided.

Steam Generation System
Steam generator will be designed by manufacturer based on imported coal from overseas as described elsewhere in
the report. Steam generator shall also be suitable for fuel blending proportion of domestic coal & imported coal and
Gujarat Lignite & Imported coal. Steam generator will be designed to operate with the HP Heaters out of service
condition (resulting in lower feed water temperature at Economizer inlet) and deliver steam to meet the Turbo
generator requirement at 100% BMCR. The steam generator will be suitable for operation with Sufficient Turbine
bypass system envisaged for Turbo- Generator. The economizer section will be of non- steaming type with
provision for recirculation during start-up, chemical cleaning etc. Super heater section designed to maintain rated
steam temperature of 540±5°C at outlet over the control range of 60% BMCR to 100% BMCR load. Super heater
de-superheating station with provision for spraying water, tapped off from feed water piping, will be provided. Main
steam temperature control will be through the use of a temperature system.
The steam generator and its auxiliaries will be sized suitably such that the Unit could operate in synchronous with
interconnected electrical networks the frequency of which may go as low as 47.5 Hz.
Suitable draft system would be provided with two nos. centrifugal type Forced Draft Fans (FDF) with variable
frequency drive, two nos. centrifugal type Primary air Fans (PAF) with variable speed hydraulic coupling (VSHC)
frequency drive and two no’s radial centrifugal type Induced Draft Fans (IDF), with variable frequency drive (VFD).
Fans will be provided with margin on flow and head of not less than 20% and 30% respectively.
The complete boiler will be top supported type with all supporting steel platforms, galleries and two (2)
independent set of access stairs and one (1) elevator. Adequate weather protection will be provided to cover boiler
roof, drum level, burner operating floor, feeder floor and for instruments and operating personnel. Necessary lining
and insulation along with fixing materials to limit outside surface temperature to a safe value will be provided.
The boiler operates on the natural circulation principle. Boiler feed water will enter the economizer and will be pre
heated to sub saturated conditions to avoid steaming in the economizer. The pre heated feed water enters the
boiler steam drum. The entire evaporative surface will be located in the evaporative water walls of the CFB
combustion chamber and evaporator coils. The water steam mixture will be circulated by natural circulation through
down comers and up-risers to the steam drum. Saturated steam from the steam drum will be super heated in the
steam cooled enclosure of the convective pass super heaters located in the convective pass to the final steam
temperature.
Soot Blowers (If required)
The boiler will be provided with a set of soot blowers, which will be automatic, sequential, electrically operated
type, arranged for on-load cleaning of heat transfer surfaces (i.e. furnace, water walls, super heaters, reheaters,
economizer and air heaters etc.).
The soot blowers will be electric motor driven, steam blowing, automatic retractable or rotary type.
The system will be complete with all steam and condensate piping, temperature control, automatic thermal, drain
valves and drain piping, pressure control, safety valves, motors etc.
Air Pre-heater
Tubular air pre-heater will be arranged after the convective pass economizer to pre heat primary and secondary air.
An air heater air side bypass system for primary and secondary will be provided for protection against cold end
corrosion during start up.

HP Dosing System
The steam generator (s) will be provided with a tri-sodium phosphate based High pressure (HP) dosing system.
The HP dosing system will add the chemical to the boiler drum to take care of the ingress of the hardness salts and
to increase pH.
HP dosing system consisting of 3x100% (2W+1SB) pumps, one no SS storage tank, motorized agitator, viewing
glass, necessary piping, valves, fittings and strainer.
Steam Generating Unit
The steam generator(s) will be designed for firing imported coal and will be of semi outdoor type, sub – critical
pressure natural circulation, balanced draft, dry bottom type Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boiler
design to deliver Super-heated Steam at 109 Kg/cm2(a) pressure and 540+5 0C, main steam temperature.
CFBC System
The Steam Generator will be of latest generation Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion technology consisting of
either Hot or Cold cyclone or U-Beam separator. Combustor is operating at or below 900°C and having capability of
in-furnace capture of sulphur.
Fuel combustion in the circulating Fluid bed system will take place in a vertical Chamber. The Bed will be Fluidized
by Pre-Heated Primary Air Introduced through a nozzle grate at the bottom of the Bed. The air and gas flows
upward with a relatively high velocity, filling entire combustor with suspended solids. They have high concentration
at lower end of the combustor, but decrease continuously towards the top of the combustor. The combustor gas
entrains a considerable portion of solids in the combustor and carries them over to the recycle Cyclone, where the
entrained solids are separated from the gas.
The larger portion of the solids is continuously returned to the bed by recycle loop. The very high internal and
external Circulating rates of solids, characteristic of the circulating fluid bed results in consistently uniform
temperature throughout the combustor and the solid recycle system. Due to the high circulation rate a uniform
temperature in the combustion system is achieved preventing temperature peaks.
The long residence and contact times, coupled with the small particle sizes, efficient heat and mass transfer rates
produce high combustion efficiency.
Combustion air will be introduced in combustor in two levels. About 40% of the combustion air is passed as primary
fluidizing air through the bed at the bottom, the balance is admitted as secondary air through multiple ports in the
side wall of the combustor, and the complete combustion using excess air in the upper section.
Flue gas resulting from the combustion of fuel and entrained solids, exit the combustor at the combustion
temperature in the upper portion of the combustor water wall and will be ducted into recycling cyclone designed to
remove coarse solids from the gas from the combustion chamber.
The solids separated by cyclone will be collected in the fluidized seal pot provided with solids extraction valves.
Heat required for the steam generation will be absorbed from the system by the combustor water walls,
conventional connective pass, using the sensible heat of the flue gas and entrained solids.
Combustion and Fluidizing Air Supply System
Combustion air will be supplied to the CFB Combustor in two main streams. About 40% will be passed through the
bottom grate as primary fluidizing air. The balance will be admitted as secondary air, through the various ports in
the side walls of the combustor. Various purges and fluidizing air flows also contribute to the combustion air. The
flow of air will be automatically proportioned to the fuel feed rate in order to maintain the required excess air ratio
for combustion. Primary and Secondary air fans of 2 x 60% capacity with drive motor, Variable Speed Hydraulic
Coupling (VSHC) Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) control respectively, base plates, foundation bolts & nuts, inlet

bird and trash screen, suitable arrangement to prevent rain water entry, coupling and coupling guard will be
provided.
The pre-crushed fuel will be withdrawn from fuel bunker hoppers as required by the combustion process. The
bunkers storage shall be sized for 16 hours capacity for design coal. The fuel feeding system will comprise of
parallel trains.
Fuel will be withdrawn by variable speed Extraction drag link chain conveyers from the bunkers. The feeders will be
controlled by the boiler capacity control system and according to preselected ratio.
The extraction chain conveyors and self cleaning type rotary valves will feed the fuel into the return leg of the seal
pot. Slide gate valves will be provided for tight shut off during shutdown and maintenance.
Steam Turbine Generator Unit
Steam Turbine
Two steam turbines each of 65 MW TMCR rating will be single cylinder, high pressure, 8000/3000 RPM, multistage,
tandem compound, condensing reaction turbine unit with five (5) un-controlled extractions for regenerative feed
water heating & steam sealing. From these un-controlled extractions process steam extraction will also be derived.
The steam turbine will receive steam at a pressure of 105 kg/cm 2(a) & 5380C temperature from the boiler
superheater through the HP governing and emergency stop valves. The exhaust from the steam turbine is taken
out through axial exhaust and passed through the Water Cooled Condenser for steam condensing. The optimum
throttle conditions are normally determined considering minimum pressure and temperature drop in the main steam
lines.
Each turbine will be capable of supplying 35 TPH process steam to process plant.
Turbine will be complete with 2x100% condensate pumps, Steam Jet Air Ejectors, starting ejector, motor operated
vacuum breaker valve, gland steam condenser, deaerating heater, HP & LP heaters, steam and other miscellaneous
piping and valves associated with the boiler and the steam turbine, including all control stations and
instrumentation.
The turbine auxiliaries will comprise of the following:
 Automatic turbine test gear

 Turbine bypass system
 Low vacuum unloading gear
 Turbine governing system
 Initial pressure regulator
 Control fluid system
 Turning gear
 Turbine oil system complete with main oil tank, centrifuge & vapour extractor, shaft driven main oil pump, AC
auxiliary oil pump, emergency DC oil pump for bearings, generator seals, jacking, turning gear etc.
 Jacking oil pump (ac/dc motor driven) (if required)
 Lube oil purification system
 Oil cooler
Fully automatic gland sealing system will be provided.
Condensing Equipment
Liberally sized Water Cooled Condenser with adequate capacity capable of maintaining the required vacuum while
condensing steam at the maximum rating of the turbine. The steam gets condensed and collected in a hotwell in
water cooled condenser.

Two (2) horizontal condensate pumps each of 100% capacity will be provided to pump condensate from Hotwell to
the dearerator steam jet air ejector and starting ejector will be provided to maintain the vacuum in the condenser
by expelling the non-condensable gases.
Deaerator and Feed Heaters
The Common Deaerator will have minimum 12 minutes of BFP run as effective capacity and initial heating facility.
Deaerator will be designed to deaerate all the incoming condensate and drain flow to keep the oxygen content of
the condensate below the permissible limit of 0.005cc/lt. Deaerator will normally operate by taking extraction steam
from turbine casing except during low load operation and start up. It will be pegged with steam drawn from the
Main steam line. Deaerator will be located at suitable elevation to provide sufficient Net Positive Suction Head
(NPSH) for the boiler feed pumps.
Two no. high pressure and two no. low pressure feed water heaters will be either horizontal or vertical and
provided with both drain cooling and desuperheating zones in addition to the normal condensing zone. This will be
provided with Stainless steel U-type tubes.
The heaters will be provided with individual by-pass to allow isolation and maintenance facilities. ASME-TWDPS-I
recommendations for preventing water damage to turbine will be followed.
Boiler Feed Pump
3x50% boiler feed pumps will be provided with each BFP capable of meeting one boiler requirement.
The boiler feed pumps will be of horizontal, centrifugal type with stiff shaft design. The boiler feed pumps outer
casing will be of barrel type with end removal. The inner pump assembly comprising of shaft, impellers, stage
casings will be capable of being removed and replaced as a unit without disturbing the feed piping. Each feed pump
will be provided with ON-OFF / modulating type recirculation control valve to protect the pump under low flow
condition. The boiler feed water system will be designed to operate primarily in an automatic mode over the range
of system design loads. The arrangement will provide automatic start-up of the standby motor driven feed pump
under conditions like tripping of the running BFP’s and/or discharge header pressure low etc.
Feed Control station (1x30% low load feed control valve line & 2x100% full load control valve).
The operating parameters of each Turbine are as shown in Table 2-16.
Table 2-16: Parameters of Each Turbine

S. Base Size with Zero Normal Occasional
Particulars Units
No. Process Steam Operating Operating Condition
1 Gross Generation MW 65 61.5 58.5
2 Process Steam Flow TPH 0 17.5 35
3 Steam Flow at Turbine Inlet Tph 240 238 236
4 Steam Pressure at Turbine Inlet Kg/cm2(a) 105 105 105
5 Steam Temperature at Turbine Inlet C 538 538 538
Steam Temperature at Turbine
6 C 45.5 45 44.5
Exhaust
7 WCC Pressure ata 0.1 0.095 0.09
Energy Balance for 1 MW of the power generation is as shown in Figure 2-11.

Figure 2-11: Energy Balance – Power Plant
Bed Material Feeding System
Inert material such as bed ash or suitable sized ceramics, sand will be used for initial start-up or any subsequent
start-up when CFB combustion system will be emptied of ash. During normal operation, inert material will not be
required. Inert material will be received and stored in bed material silo.
Ash Handling System
Ash will be discharged from the CFBC Boiler at the following locations:
 Bed Ash from the lower combustor.

 Fly ash from the Collection hoppers below the convective pass and air heater sections.
 Fly ash from the ESP hoppers.
The ash handling plant will be designed to meet the requirements as mentioned in Table 2-17 and takes into
consideration to develop the plan for utilization:
Table 2-17: Ash Handling Unit Specifications

S. No. Particulars Unit Values
1 Coal consumption for each unit TPH 36.5
2 Ash content (for design coal) % 34%
3 Ash produced per unit TPH 12.41
4 Bed ash (30%) of total ash produced TPH 3.723
5 For design, 10% margin added TPH 4.095
6 Fly ash (80%) of total Ash produced TPH 9.928
7 For design, 10% margin added TPH 10.92
Bed Ash Handling System

Bed Ash formed will be collected in an adequately sized surge hopper and conveyed to bed (of 1 day actual ash
generation capacity) (common for two units) through ash vessels. The surge hopper shall have jacket for cooling

bed ash to about 200°C. Ash transport vessel shall be installed below each surge hopper. The bed ash from the ash
vessels will be conveyed to bed ash silo through compressed air tapped from Conveying Air Compressors.
Below each surge hopper, one isolation valve and metallic expansion bellow will be provided. Ash vessel will be
connected to expansion bellow through pneumatically operated Dome valve.
Fly Ash Handling System

Fly Ash from the air pre-heater, ESP and stack hoppers will be collected in an adequately sized ash vessel and
conveyed to one (1) fly ash silo (of 2 days actual ash generation capacity) (common for two units). The fly ash
from the ash vessels will be conveyed to fly ash silos through compressed air tapped from Conveying Air
Compressors through pressure conveying system. Compressed air required for conveying the fly ash from ash
vessels to fly ash silos will be tapped from Conveying air compressors.
Initially, all the pneumatically operated valves shall be closed. At the start command, ash inlet valve and vent valves
open and the vessel will be filled with dry bed/fly ash from various hoppers until the level switch of the ash vessel
signals high level. Inlet and vent valves will be closed and conveying compressed air valve opens. The fly ash shall
be transported through the pipe to the ash silo. As the fly ash is unloaded to the silo, the pressure starts decreasing
and based on the pressure setting the air inlet valve shall be closed. This shall be the end of the cycle and the next
cycle shall be repeated.
Hopper fluidizing will be provided for ESP hoppers to facilitate the flow of fly ash from the ESP hoppers. A group of
ash transport vessels will be connected to conveying streams based on the system requirement.
Fluidizing pads will be provided for silo bottom for free flow of ash. Three (3) outlets will be provided at each silo
bottom; one for transferring dry fly ash to closed trucks for disposal; the second one for transferring conditioned fly
ash to open trucks / railway wagons. The third one will be blanked suitably for future use.
Bed Ash / Fly Ash Storage Silos

To store the dry ash generated from the two boilers while firing imported coal, two (2) RCC silos, each of capacity
180 Tonne and 1000 Tonne will be provided. Out of 2 silos, one will be used for bed ash storage of the 2 units and
one silo will be used for storing dry fly ash from the 2 units.
Each silo will be provided with the following auxiliaries:
 One (1) telescopic spout for disposing dry fly ash from silos to closed tankers.
 One (1) Ash conditioner for providing necessary water spraying for unloading to open trucks.
 One (1) adequately sized open blind flange for future use.
 Silo fluidizing arrangement with accessories including adequately sized fluidizing pads along with heaters.
2x100% Silo Fluidizing blowers shall be provided for this purpose.
 Two (2) - 2x100% ESP/APH Fluidizing blowers arrangement with accessories including adequately sized
fluidizing pads along with heaters for ESP, APH and Stack hoppers.
 A set of adequately sized vent filters with fans and accessories for venting the air limiting dust particles to 50
mg/Nm3.
 An adequately sized pressure/vacuum relief access door for each silo to access in to silo for
maintenance/inspection.
 3D level scanner/transmitter type detection devices to indicate ash levels.
 Adequately sized pressure relief valve to handle any unusual pressure surges in the silo.
 2 x 100% Ash conditioner pumps for conditioning dry ash below silos.
No ash pond will be constructed for the proposed project. Undertaking for the same is attached as Annexure 5,
Pg. 288.

Flue Gas System
ID Fan including ESP

The flue gas system will comprise of the cyclones, convection pass, tubular air heater and 2x60% ID Fans.
Hot flue gases of about 9000C will exit the recycling cyclone and enter the convective pass. The convective pass
includes super heater and economizer section and from there the flue gas will enter tubular air preheaters.
The flue gas will be cooled down to 1400C as they exit the air preheater, utilizing the heat for primary and
secondary air heating. Flue gas will pass through Electro Static Precipitators, where the particulate matter will be
removed to the extent required and collected in the ESP ash hoppers.
The pressure at the cyclone outlet will be controlled to about atmospheric conditions and from that point to the
suction of the fan, the pressure becomes negative and the system will be under vacuum. The ID fans provide the
necessary energy for the draft loss and boost the flue gas pressure sufficiently as it enters the stack.
The two radial Induced draft fans of 60% capacity each with inlet and outlet damper fitted with variable frequency
drive will induce the flow of flue gases from the cyclones to the stack.
Electrostatic Precipitator
Each steam generating unit will be provided with one (1) electrostatic precipitators each may having two (2)
parallel gas paths. Each path comprises adequate roof fields in series for collection of fly ash. The ESP will have a
collection efficiency of corresponding to 30 mg/Nm³ as per the latest regulation of Central Pollution Control Board.
Each ESP will be provided with ash hoppers having capacity 6 hours ash storage of the first field and 8 hours for
the rest of the fields considering worst fuel firing at 100% BMCR.
The operating parameters of each Boiler are as tabulated in Table 2-18.
Table 2-18: Parameters of CFBC Boilers

S. No Particulars Units 100 % BMCR
1 Steam flow at SH outlet TPH < 255
2 Steam pressure at super heater outlet Kg/cm2(a) 109
3 Steam temperature at super heater outlet. °C 540±5
4 Feed water temperature at economizer inlet °C Not to exceed 240
5 Flue gas temperature after final heat recovery (Air Preheater) °C < 140
2.7 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The details of raw material, storage facilities for raw material and finished goods, water requirement and waste
water generation, stack and emission and solid waste generation are described in this section.
2.7.1 Raw Material Details
Raw material shall be sourced from registered supplier within India and Imported (if required) based on the need
and availability. Details of raw material along with the Quantity, Source and Mode of Transport is given in Table
2-19.
Table 2-19: Details of Main Raw Material Quantity and Means of Storage
S. Proposed Quantity Mode of
Raw Material Source
No. (MTPA) Transport
A) Chlor-Alkali Plant
1 Salt 7,12,800 Dahej, Jambusar and Bhavnagar
Trucks
2 Sodium Carbonate 5,400 Local Market

S. Proposed Quantity Mode of

Raw Material Source
No. (MTPA) Transport
3 Sulphuric acid 5,040 In-House Pipeline
4 Sodium Bisulphate 172
Local Market
5 Alpha cellulose 1,150 Trucks
6 Caustic soda (internal) 432
In-House
7 Hydrochloric acid (internal) 2,160 Pipeline
8 Flocculent 5.76 Local Market Trucks
B) Chlorotoluenes
1 Toluene 48,180 Open market Truck
2 Chlorine 58,400 In-house Pipeline
3 Soda ash 638.75 Local market Truck
4 Caustic soda lye 182.5 In-house Pipeline
5 Stabilizer 109.5 Local market Truck
6 Ferric chloride 91.25 Local market Truck
C) Chlorinated Paraffin Wax
1 Heavy Normal Paraffins 17,885 Local market Truck
2 Chlorine 43,800 In-house Pipeline
3 Stabilizer (Soya Epoxy ) 109.5 Local market Truck
4 Sodium Hydroxide (48%) 8,318.3 In-house Bags
D) Epichlorohydrin (ECH)
1 Crude Glycerine 42,210 Local Market Tanker
2 Caustic Soda 17,755 In House Pipeline
3 Hydrochloric Acid 27,805 In House Pipeline
4 Catalyst for ECH unit 201 Local Market Drum
5 Catalyst for BPP unit 50.25 Local Market Drum
6 Oxygen for BPP unit 1,35,675 (m3/A) In House Compressor Pipeline
E) Chloromethanes (CLM)
1 Methane gas 1,206 Authorized Gas Supplier Pipeline
2 Methanol 33,466.5 Local Market Tanker
3 Chlorine 97,183.5 In House Pipeline
4 Caustic soda 1,507.5 In House Pipeline
5 Sulphuric acid 9,045 Local Market Tanker
F) Coal Based Power Plant
Imported Coal from Indonesia / South
1 Coal 5.85 Lac Africa & Indigenous washed coal will Trucks
be used.
2.8 UTILITIES
The estimated list of utilities required for the project is as given below:
2.8.1 Power Requirement
Power requirement of ~ 130 MW for proposed plants will be met through Captive power plant. In case of plant
start-up, emergency, scheduled / un-scheduled stoppages, 3 Nos. DG set of 1,000 kVA for Caustic Soda plant & 1
No. DG set of 225 kVA for Chlorinated paraffin wax plant will be provided.

2.8.2 Fuel Requirement
Imported Indonesian/ South African Coal having ~ 0.55 % Sulphur and ~ 15.0 % ash content will be used for the
proposed Boilers and HSD/LDO will be used for DG Sets. Willingness letter is available for coal supply from Adani as
shown in Annexure 6. Coal Details of the same are tabulated in Table 2-20.
Table 2-20: Fuel Details

S. No. Type of Fuel Used in Quantity Source
Imported Coal from Indonesia
Boilers Open Market /
1 / South Africa blended with 1,760 MT/Day
(2 Nos, 280 TPH Capacity each) Nearest Port
Indigenous washed coal
DG Sets – Local Depot/
2 HSD/LDO 800 Ltr/Hr.
4 Nos. (3 x 1,000 kVA & 1 x 225 kVA) Suppliers
Local suppliers
3 NG Incinerator of ECH Plant 30 Nm3/hr
like GSPL
70,000 Nm3
4 H2 / NG Caustic Flakes Plant In House/GSPL
H2/2,50,000 Nm3
Note: Fuel used for DG sets is not in continuous basis. It will be used only in case of plant start-up, emergency,
scheduled / un-scheduled stoppages.
2.8.3 Water Requirement
15.34 MLD of water requirement will be met from GIDC Reservoir. Assurance Letter from GIDC for Water Supply
upto 20.82 MLD to GACL is availed and attached as Annexure 7.
2.8.4 Manpower
During the construction phase around 500 workers will be hired. During operation phase, project will generate
direct employment for more than 750 people along with indirect employment for approx. 500 locals. They may be
hired locally. First preference shall be given to skilled, semi-skilled work force of local community, i.e. for people of
Bharuch District.
2.9 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT
Proposed project will require following infrastructure:
2.9.1 General
 Administrative buildings;
 Quality control labs;
 Roads;
 Parking;
 Security office;
 Security watch tower;
 Utility area;
 Raw water reservoir;
 Central effluent treatment plant (Lagoon).
2.9.2 Plant specific
Caustic Soda Plant
 Salt handling unit;

 Brine handling unit;

 Cell house;
 Flaker unit;
 Raw material and finished goods storage tanks;
 Control room building;
 Storage area;
 Mechanical / Electrical / Instrument workshop.
Coal based power plant
 Coal handling area;

 Boiler area;
 Turbine generator area;
 Stacks;
 Mechanical / Electrical / Instrument workshop.
Chloromethanes plant / Epichlorohydrin plant / Chlorinated paraffin wax / Chlorotoluenes plant
 Reactor area;
 Process building;
 Storage area;
 Roads;
 Mechanical / Electrical / Instrument workshops.
2.10 AIR EMISSIONS
Due to proposed project various sources of air pollution are identified during construction and operation phase.
Identified air emission sources are as follows:
Construction Phase:
Vehicular emissions due to movement of construction machinery and vehicles.
Operation Phase:
Point Source
Likely air pollutants from proposed project will be PM, SO2 & NOx from boiler stack and DG Sets. From various
process vents & Incinerator stack, emissions of NOx, CO, HCl, C2H4Cl2, Cl2, SO2, TOC, Dioxin.
Line Source
SPM emissions from movement of vehicles on paved roads & vehicular emissions like SPM, CO & HC’s from exhaust
of the vehicles are envisaged as line source emissions.
Area Source
SPM emissions from coal stock piles.
Others
Fugitive emissions from storage & handling of various hazardous chemicals used as either raw material or finished
product.

2.10.1 Action Plan to Control Ambient Air Quality
Point Source Emissions & Control
Details of gaseous emissions from Process and Flue gas and attached Air Pollution Control Equipment are given in
Table 2-21 & Table 2-22.

Table 2-21: Details of Stacks, Fuel Used and APCM attached to Flue Gas Stacks
Stack Exit Exit
S. Expected Efficiency of Stack Top
Stack Attached to Fuel Used Quantity of Fuel APCM Height Temp. Velocity
No. Pollutants APCE Dia. (m)
(m) (°C) (m/s)
Boilers
1 Imported Coal 1,760 MT/Day ESP PM, SO2 & NOx > 99.5 % 80 3.25 140 15
(2 Nos.)
DG Sets (3 Nos. 1,000 Adequate
2 HSD/LDO 750 Ltr/Hr. PM, SO2 & NOx - 15 0.5 150 10
kVA each) Stack Ht.
Adequate
3 DG Set (225 kVA) HSD/LDO 50 Ltr/Hr. PM, SO2 & NOx - 9 0.25 150 10
Stack Ht.
Table 2-22: Details of Stacks, APCM attached to Process Gas Stacks / Vents
Exit
S. Stack Stack Top Exit Temp.
Stack Attached to Area / Section APCM Expected Pollutants Velocity
No. Height (m) Dia. (m) (°C)
(m/s)
1 Waste air De-Chlorination Unit Caustic Soda Plant 3 Stage Caustic Scrubbing System Cl2 30 0.4 45 3.0
Single Stage DM Water Scrubbing
2 HCl synthesis Unit Caustic Soda Plant HCl, Cl2 30 0.15 45 3.0
System
Chlorotoluenes
3 Reactor of Chlorotoluenes Caustic Soda Scrubber HCl, Cl2 33 0.4 45 3.0
Plant
Chloromethanes HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx, HC,
4 Reactor of MCA - Sec I Water + Alkali Scrubber 30 0.15 50 3.0
Plant Dioxin
NOx, CO, HCl, C2H4Cl2, TOC,
Epichlorohydrin Dioxin (< 0.1 ng-TEQ/Nm³),
5 Incinerator of ECH Plant Caustic Scrubber 25 0.5 70 10
Plant NG (30 Nm3/Hr) will be used
as start-up fuel

Area Source Emissions
From the proposed project, area source, emitting PM, is identified as open storage of coal.
Line Source Emissions & Control
During construction phase, vehicular emissions will be from use of construction machinery and vehicles. Apart from
it, application of heavy machinery and earth movers will generate emissions. Suitable dust suppression techniques
such as water sprinkling will be taken at these times as relevant.
During operation phase, vehicular emissions due to transportation of raw materials, finished goods and local travel
of employees are envisaged. Approximately, 325 trucks per day carrying raw material and finished goods shall be
using the state highway connecting Site with Bharuch & then after, NH-8, which connects site to Mumbai-Delhi and
others major cities. Employees and contract workers (~5 buses, 50 cars, 100 two wheelers & 100 cycles) shall use
the same route during peak hours (i.e. morning 0800 hours to 1200 hours and evening 1600 hours to 2000 hours).
Fugitive Emissions & its Control
Details of fugitive emission and control measures to keep work area environment as per the norms of GFR is
provided in this section.
Caustic Soda Plant

The processes (reactions) in caustic soda plant are in closed system. To detect and control the fugitive emissions of
Cl2 (only pollutant of fugitive nature) in the workplace environment, online sensors with alarm will be provided at
different locations in Caustic Soda plant. Immediate actions / process safety measures may be initiated from control
room in case of Cl2 level beyond TLV of 3 mg/m3 as specified under Factories Act.
Coal Based Captive Power Plant

Dusting in the material handling section, fugitive emission of Lime stone dust, coal dust, fly ash dust are possible.
To control these emissions, following steps will be taken:
 Enclosed conveyors for the transportation of the solid fuel;

 Water sprinkling system in the material storage yard to suppress the dusting due to winds;
 Storage of the fly Ash only in the closed silo;
 Transportation of the fly Ash in the Bunker.
Process Areas of Other Units

During leakage, fugitive emissions of HCl gas vapours /Chlorine gas leakages / H2SO4 vapour may occur. To control
these emissions, following steps will be taken:
 Installation of the chlorine and HCl leak detectors in the plant for early indication of the fugitive emission to
minimize the impact;
 Potable evacuation system connected the caustic scrubbing section at various location of the plant which is
having the probability of more fugitive emission;
 All the joints, flanges, pumps, glands, seals, valves will be maintained in good conditions through timely
predictive and preventive maintenance.
 Regular workplace monitoring will be carried out.
 Boundary wall as Wind breaker will be provided to restrict the dispersion of odor/dust from the site.
 Phase-wise development of green belt will be undertaken in which green belt will be developed along with
construction activity.
 All tanks being used for storage of odorous chemicals/ products/ byproducts will be connected to vacuum
system. Manometers will be provided on these tanks. The vacuum will be monitored on daily basis.

 All pumps and other equipment where there is a likelihood of HC leakages shall be provided with LDAR and LEL
indicators.
 Manual Handling of various chemicals will be avoided and latest automation technology will be implemented.
 All venting equipment will have vapour recovery system.
 SOP will be established and followed especially for do and don’t during plant operation.
2.11 NOISE GENERATION

From the proposed project, noise shall be generated from the various activities. Source of noise generation are:
 The heavy machinery like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will be used during daytime;
 Operation of boilers, blowers, compressors, chillers, DG sets, etc.;
 Vehicle movement for transportation of raw material and finished goods.
2.12 WATER CONSUMPTION AND EFFLUENT GENERATION
The principal areas of water consumption in the existing unit are Process, Boiler, Cooling Tower, Washings &
Scrubbing, Safety Shower, Domestic use, Gardening & Fire Fighting.
The total fresh water consumption for the proposed unit is estimated to be 15,350 KLD. The combined water
consumption and wastewater generation from the proposed project is presented in Table 2-23.
Table 2-23: Combined Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation from Proposed Project
Water Wastewater
Sr.
Description Consumption Generation Treatment and Disposal Facility
No.
in KLD in KLD
1 Raw Water Treatment Plant 438 438
2 DM Plant 170 170 To ETP followed by RO
3 Power Plant Boiler 1,060 405
4 Chloromethanes Plant 90 0 No effluent generation
5 Chloro Paraffin Wax 130 0 No effluent generation
6 Chlorotoluenes Plant 1,120 140
To ETP
7 Epichlorohydrin 220 20
9 Caustic Soda Plant 4,135 540
To ETP followed by RO
10 Cooling Tower 10,114 1,880
11 Washings 50 50 15 KLD (CT, CM, ECH, CPW) to ETP-1
50 KLD (CSP + Utilities B/d) to ETP-2
12 Safety Showers 45 15 followed by RO
To be treated in STP and treated water use
13 Domestic 100 85
for gardening
14 Gardening 375 - -
15 Total Water Consumption 18,047 3,763
16 Recycled Water from Process 2,697 2,612 KLD from RO & 85 KLD from STP
17 Fresh Water Required 15,350
Water balance diagram for the proposed project is given in Figure 2-12.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-12: Water Balance Diagram

2.13 WASTE WATER GENERATION, SEGREGATION, TREATMENT & DISPOSAL PLAN
2.13.1 Waste Water Generation
Wastewater will be generated from the proposed unit from various areas such as Process, Cooling Tower, Boiler,
Domestic use, Washings, Safety Showers & from other Utility Blow downs etc.
2.13.2 Wastewater Segregation
Segregation were carried out at source based on wastewater characteristics as below.
Stream A: Wastewater generated from Process, washing and safety showers from Chloromethane, Chlorotoluene,
Epichlorohydrin and Chlorinated Paraffin Wax, plant will be treated in ETP-1 and treated water will be discharged
into GIDC effluent collection system for sea discharge.
Stream B: Wastewater generated from Process, washing and safety showers from Caustic soda plant, Power plant
and other utilities blow downs/backwashes water will be treated in ETP-2 followed by RO. RO permeate will be
recycled in plant and Reject water will be used for dust suppression and sprinkling in coal handling area.
Stream C: Domestic sewage will be separately treated in STP and treated sewage will be reused in gardening.
2.13.3 Wastewater Treatment Facility
The generated effluent will be treated in ETP 1 & ETP 2. Treated effluent from ETP 2 will be fully reused in the
process. Treated effluent from ETP 1 after meeting the deep sea discharge norms / GPCB Norms will be discharged
into GIDC effluent collection system for final disposal in the sea. Sewage generated will be treated in STP and
treated water will be reused in gardening.
No effluent from Chlor – Alkali & Power Plant will be discharged into GIDC effluent collection system, it will be fully
utilized within the plant premises. Separate waste water stream and storm water line will be provided.
Separate electrical meter will be provided for ETP. Undertaking is given in Annexure 8. Permission Letter from
GIDC for Treated Wastewater Discharge into GIDC effluent collection system is provided as Annexure 9.
ETP - 1
Stream A: CLM, CT, ECH, CPW Plant
Wastewater Characteristics
The wastewater generated from the different process plant is presented in Table 2-24.
Table 2-24: Stream wise Wastewater Characteristics with Stoichiometric Calculation

Epi Floor Combined After
Sr Chlorot Inlet
Parameters Chloro Washings/ Characteristics for Primary
No. oluene to ETP
Hydrin Safety Shower Fenton Treatment Treatment
Effluent quantity
1 140 20 35 195 195 195
(m3/day)
2 COD (mg/l) 9,000 2,000 2,500 7,115 2,846 3,500
3 BOD (mg/l) 150 500 180 191 160 200
4 TDS (mg/l) 20,000 7,000 3,500 15,705 17,000 17,000
5 SS (mg/l) 150 100 200 153 100 150
6 O & G (mg/l) 5.00 5.00 10.00 5.9 5.00 10
Inlet and outlet design characteristics of proposed ETP-1 is presented in Table 2-25.

Table 2-25: Inlet & Outlet Design Characteristics for Proposed ETP-1
Design Inlet Design Outlet
Sr No. Parameters Unit
Characteristics Characteristics
1 Effluent quantity m3/day 200 200
2 COD mg/l 3,500 100
3 BOD mg/l 200 30
4 TDS mg/l 17,000 -
5 SS mg/l 150 100
List of ETP-1 Units with Capacity

The list of ETP-1 units with capacity is given in Table 2-26. Process Block Diagram of ETP 1 is provided in Figure
2-13.
Table 2-26: List of ETP-1 Units with Capacity
Sr No ETP Treatment Units No of Unit Volume (m3)
1 Equalization Tanks 2 204.1
2 Fenton Reaction Tank 3 104.0
3 Primary Settling Tank 1 16.51
4 Aeration Tank I (1 Stage)
st
1 357.2
5 Secondary Settling Tank 1 20.3
6 Aeration Tank II (2 nd
Stage) 1 250.9
7 Final Settling Tank 1 20.3
8 Intermediate Collection Tank 1 34.2
9 Pressure Sand Filter 1 10 m3/hr
10 Activated Carbon Filter 1 10 m3/hr
11 Final Collection Tank 1 102.1
12 Sludge Collection Sump 1 13.5
Adequacy of ETP-1 Units

The adequacy of ETP-1 treatment units is provided Table 2-27.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9,
NALCO GIDC, DAHEJ PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Table 2-27: Adequacy of ETP – 1 Treatment Units
Sizing of Units (in m)

Total Flow Retention Retention
Volume (m3) (m3/day) time (hrs.) time (day)
L B H
1 Equalization Tanks 2 5.40 5.40 3.50 102.1 204.1 200 24.5 -

2 Fenton Reaction Tank 3 3.40 3.40 3.00 34.7 104.0 200 12.5 -
3 Primary Settling Tank 1 3.20 2.40 2.15 16.5 16.51 200 2.0 -
4 Aeration Tank I (Ist Stage) 1 12.60 6.30 4.5 357.2 357.2 200 - 1.8
5 Secondary Settling Tank 1 3.50 2.70 2.15 20.3 20.3 200 2.4 -
6 Aeration Tank II (2nd Stage) 1 11.20 5.60 4 250.9 250.9 200 - 1.3
7 Final Settling Tank 1 3.50 2.70 2.15 20.3 20.3 200 2.4 -
8 Intermediate Collection Tank 1 3.70 3.70 2.50 34.2 34.2 200 4 -
9 Pressure Sand Filter 1 10 m /hr
3
200 - -
10 Activated Carbon Filter 1 10 m3/hr 200 - -
11 Final Collection Tank 1 5.40 5.40 3.50 102.1 102.1 200 12 -
12 Sludge Collection Sump 1 1.50 1.50 2.00 4.50 13.5 200 - -

Figure 2-13: Process Block Diagram of ETP-1

Process Description of Effluent Treatment Plant – ETP-1
Unit wise process description of ETP-1 is as below.
Equalization Tanks
The combined effluent from the Process, washings and Safety shower will be taken to the Equalization tank. The
prime purpose of these tanks is for collection and storage of effluents generated and to have proper equalization of
effluents in order to have constant load onto the further treatment units. The equalized effluent will be further
transferred to Fenton Reaction Tank.
Fenton Reaction tank

Wastewater generated from stream A is not directly treated in ETP because of high COD. It undergoes pre-
treatment process of Advance Oxidation Process with Fenton Reagent. Pre Treatment with Fenton Reagent with
different dosing was carried out for optimizing Fenton reagent dosing. The dose of COD to H 2O2 ratio to be
maintained for dosage for effective COD removal. Pre treated waste water after Fenton can be further treated in
ETP in combined mode.
Primary Settling Tank

Overflow from Fenton Reaction Tank will pass through the Primary Settling Tank. The settling tank is equipped with
Tube Settler Media bed in order to have enhanced settling characteristics. Clear effluent will then transferred to
Aeration Tank-I. The sludge will be collected into sludge drying beds.
1st Stage Aeration Tank-I

Aeration Tank-I will be provided for biological treatment of combined effluent. Overflow from primary settling tank
will go to Aeration Tank-I. Diffuser with blower will be provided to suffice oxygen requirement of biomass. Overflow
from 1st stage aeration tank will be taken to the secondary settling tank under gravity for sludge settlement to
maintain MLSS level in aeration tank.
Secondary Settling Tank

The treated effluent from 1st stage aeration tank will be taken to secondary settling tank. Clear effluent will
overflow to 2nd stage aeration tank for further treatment. The settled sludge will be collected into sludge drying
beds and leachate will be re circulated to 1st stage aeration tank.
2nd Stage Aeration Tank-II

2nd stage Aeration Tank will be provided for further biological treatment. Diffuser with blower will be provided to
suffice oxygen requirement of biomass. Overflow from 2nd stage aeration tank will be taken to the final settling tank
under gravity for sludge settlement to maintain MLSS level in aeration tank.
Final Settling Tank

The treated effluent from 2nd stage aeration tank will be taken to final settling tank under gravity. The biological
sludge will settle here. Clear effluent will overflow to intermediate collection tank for further treatment. The settled
sludge will be collected into sludge drying beds and leachate will be re circulated into 2nd stage aeration tank.
Intermediate Collection Tank

The clear effluent from the final settling tank shall be collected in an intermediate collection tank. In this tank liquid
chlorine in form of Sodium Hypochlorite (NaOCl) will be mixed using aeration grid provided at the bottom of the
tank. The aeration will help to achieve effective mixing of chlorine solution with dosage of NaOCl for disinfection.
The effluent is then pumped to Pressure Sand Filter & Activated Carbon Filter for tertiary treatment.

Pressure Sand Filter

Pressure Sand Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual suspended solids. The
filter consists of different gradations of gravel & sand bed. The filter will be provided with necessary valve
arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be
taken to the Equalization tank / Primary Settling Tank for re treatment.
Activated Carbon Filter

Activated Carbon Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual organics, odour and
colour. The filter consists of gradations of gravel & sand sub bed and over which is provided activated carbon of
high iodine value. The filter will be provided with necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and
backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be taken to the Equalization tank / Primary
Settling Tank for re treatment.
Final Collection Tank

The outlet of PSF & ACF will be taken to the final collection tank. From this final collection tank the treated
wastewater will be discharged into GIDC effluent collection system for sea discharge meeting with effluent disposal
norms given by GPCB.
Sludge Collection Sump

Primary chemical sludge from primary settling tank and secondary biological sludge from secondary settling tank
and final settling tank will be taken to sludge collection sump and then to filter press for further drying of sludge.
Dried sludge will be packed in HDPE/LDPE bags & will be stored in hazardous waste storage area for final disposal
in TSDF. Leachate generated will be recycled back into Equalization Tank.
ETP – 2
Stream B: CSP, CPP and Other Utilities Blow downs/Back washes – ETP 2
Wastewater Characteristics
The wastewater generated from the different process plant is presented in Table 2-28.
Table 2-28: Stream wise Wastewater Characteristics with Stoichiometric Calculation

DM Combined Inlet
Cooling Boiler Washings &
Sr regeneration & Characteristics - to
Parameters CSP Tower Blow Safety
No. RWTP ETP
B/D Down shower
backwashes Stoichiometrically
Effluent
1 quantity 540 1,880 405 50 608 3,483
(m3/day)
2 COD (mg/l) 250 200 150 200 500 254
3 BOD (mg/l) 100 70 50 60 200 60
4 TDS (mg/l) 40,000 1,500 2,500 6,000 5,000 7,388
5 SS (mg/l) 250 100 50 200 200 101
6 O & G (mg/l) 5.00 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00 4.20
Inlet and outlet design characteristics of proposed ETP-2 is presented in Table 2-29.
Table 2-29: Inlet & Outlet Design Characteristics for Proposed ETP-2


1 Effluent quantity m3/day 3,500 3,500
2 COD mg/l 300 100
3 BOD mg/l 100 30
4 TDS mg/l 7,500 -
5 SS mg/l 150 100
List of ETP-2 Units with Capacity

The list of ETP-2 units with capacity is given in Table 2-30. Process Block Diagram of ETP 2 is provided in Figure
2-14.
Table 2-30: List of ETP-2 Units with Capacity
1 Equalization Tanks 2 2,941.8
2 Primary Settling Tank 1 664.9
3 Pressure Sand Filter 2 75 m3/hr
4 Activated Carbon Filter 2 75 m3/hr
5 Final Collection Tank 1 1,756.2
6 Sludge Drying Beds 3 66.2
Adequacy of ETP-2 Units

The adequacy of ETP-2 treatment units is provided Table 2-31.

Table 2-31: Adequacy of ETP – 2 Treatment Units
Sizing of Units (in m) Total Retention

No of Volume Flow
Sr No ETP Treatment Units Volume time
Unit (m3) (m3/day)
L B H (m3) (hrs)
1 Equalization Tanks 2 20.5 20.5 3.5 1,470.9 2,941.8 3,500 20.2
2 Clarifier 2 11 m dia 3.5 332.4 664.9 3,500 4.6
3 Pressure Sand Filter 2 75 m /hr
3
75 150 3,500 -
4 Activated Carbon Filter 2 75 m /hr
3
75 150 3,500 -
5 Final Collection Tank/RO Feed Tank 1 22.4 22.4 3.5 1,756.2 1,756.2 3,500 12
6 Sludge Drying Beds 4 3.5 3.5 1.35 16.5 66.2 3,500 -

Figure 2-14: Process Block Diagram of ETP-2

Process Description of Effluent Treatment Plant – ETP-2
Unit wise process description of ETP-2 is as below.
Equalization Tanks
The combined effluent from the Process, washings and Safety shower will be taken to the Equalization tank. The
prime purpose of these tanks is for collection and storage of effluents generated and to have proper equalization of
effluents in order to have constant load onto the further treatment units. Caustic dosing were carried out in this
tank. The equalized effluent will be further transferred to clarifier.
Clarifier
The equalized effluent will be further transferred to primary clarifier for settlement and removal of chemical sludge.
Settled sludge will be taken to sludge drying beds under gravity. Clear effluent will be taken to pressure sand filter
and then activated carbon filter for tertiary treatment.
Pressure Sand Filter

Pressure Sand Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual suspended solids. The
filter consists of different gradations of gravel & sand bed. The filter will be provided with necessary valve
arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be
taken to the Equalization tank.
Activated Carbon Filter

Activated Carbon Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual organics, odour and
colour. The filter consists of gradations of gravel & sand sub bed and over which is provided activated carbon of
high iodine value. The filter will be provided with necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and
backwashing of the system. The backwash water of the system shall be taken to the Equalization tank / Primary
Settling Tank for re treatment.

The outlet of PSF & ACF will be taken to the final collection tank. From this final collection tank the treated
wastewater will be discharged into GIDC effluent collection system for sea discharge meeting with effluent disposal
norms given by GPCB.
Sludge Drying Beds

The Sludge from the clarifier is to be taken into the Sludge Drying Beds. The Beds consist of Gravel, stones, sands
to filter the water sludge. The sludge to be dried under the sun and dried sludge will be suitably disposed and the
filtrate will be taken to the equalization tank.
STP
Stream C: Domestic Sewage Water
Sewage Characteristics
Inlet and outlet design characteristics of proposed STP is presented in Table 2-32.
Table 2-32: Inlet & Outlet Design Characteristics for Proposed STP


1 Effluent quantity m3/day 100 100
2 COD mg/l 600 <50
3 BOD mg/l 300 <10
4 TDS mg/l 800 <2,100
5 SS mg/l 300 <20
List of STP Units with Capacity

STP will be designed for 100 KLD capacity. List of STP units with its capacity is given in Table 2-33. Process Block
Diagram of STP is provided in Figure 2-15.
Table 2-33: List of STP Units with Capacity

Sr No STP Treatment Units No of Unit Volume (m3)
1 Oil & Grease Tank 1 8.8
2 Collection cum Equalization Tanks 1 50
3 MBBR Tank 2 27.7
4 Settling Tank 1 5.96
5 Chlorine Contact Tank 1 12
6 Dual Media Filter 1 5 m3/hr
7 Final Collection Tank 1 100
8 Sludge Drying Beds 1 9 m2
Figure 2-15: Process Block Diagram of STP

Process Description of Effluent Treatment Plant – STP
Unit wise process description for proposed STP is given below.
Oil & Grease Tank

Oil & Grease trap is provided where floating oil & grease is removed from surface manually. The outlet of the Oil
and Grease Trap enters the Collection cum Equalization Tank.
Collection cum Equalization Tank

An inlet collection sump is proposed to be provided for initial storage of sewage waters from in plant. The sewage
waters will be collected under gravity and further taken to the MBBR tanks.
MBBR Tanks
Moving Bed Biological Reactors are provided with plastic media bed for biological treatment of sewage waters. Air
blowers are provided for diffused aeration system for keeping the media bed into suspension and providing oxygen
for biomass.
Settling Tank
A Secondary settling tank is provided for settlement of the biomass (biological slimes) generated from the MBBR
Tanks.
The sludge from the bottom shall be wasted to sludge drying beds. Overflow from the settling tank will be collected
into chlorine contact tank.
Chlorine Contact Tank

Chlorine contact tank is provided for intermediate collection and disinfection treatment of the biologically treated
sewage waters. The tank also acts as intermediate storage of treated sewage for further pumping to tertiary
Treatment system.
Dual Media Filter

A Dual media filtration is provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of suspended solids & removal of
residual organics.
The filter consists of different gradations of gravel and sand bed which activated carbon granular porous media
having high iodine value is proposed to be provided for filtration of suspended solids & removal of residual
organics. The filter is provided with necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the
system. The backwash water of the system shall be taken to the inlet collection sump.

A final collection tank is provided for collection of final outlet of the STP. From this final tank the sewage waters will
be reused for gardening.
Sludge Drying Bed

Sludge drying beds will be provided besides for solar drying of biological slimes generated from the MBBR Tanks.
The sludge’s will then be packed in HDPE / LDPE bags and further disposed off as manure.
2.13.4 Water Conservation Measures
Following measures are to be proposed to conserve natural resources and reduce the overall water demand.

 Use of condensate recovery from boiler as a makeup water for steam generation.
 Use of treated sewage for greenbelt development.
 Fresh water will be reduced by providing tertiary advance treatment i.e. recycling RO. RO permeate will be
reuse in plant and RO reject water will be used for dust suppression and sprinkling in coal handling area.
 High pressure wash water system will be proposed for washing activities and washing water will be again reuse
for washing purpose wherever possible.
 Online flow meters will be installed to avoid leakage problem.
 All the water saving technologies will be adopted as a water saving measures.
2.13.5 Sludge Generation & Management
Sludge generated from the ETP-1 & ETP-2 will be estimated about 700 kg/day and it will be disposed at approved
TSDF facility.
The STP sludge i.e. 32 Kg/day will be used as Manure.

2.14 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE AND

DISPOSAL
2.14.1 Hazardous Waste and Other Solid Waste
Brine Sludge will be generated from Chlor Alkali plant. It is a non-hazardous waste as per OM No. 23-206/2014-
HSMD dated 02-05-2016 and shall be disposed off in TSDF of BEIL-Dahej.
Hazardous waste generated from proposed plants will be handled in environmentally sound manner, stored in
adequate space and disposed of as per HWR, 2016 to authorized recyclers and/or TSDF or incineration site.
Membership has been taken from M/s. BEIL. Copy of the same is attached as Annexure 10. Other inorganic waste
like used paper and waste wood shall be recycled or reused through recyclers, Waste metal shall be sold as scrap,
Waste plastic shall be sold to recyclers.
Table 2-34: Hazardous & Other Solid Waste Details

S. Physical Means of
Waste Name Category1 MT/Year Source Disposal Method
No State storage
1. Hazardous Wastes
Incineration (In-
High M.P Liquid Chlorotoluenes
1 26.1 666 Liquid Drums house / BEIL-
Impurities Plant
Dahej)
Sold to GPCB
2 Used/spent oil 5.1 100 Liquid DG Sets Drums authorized
reprocesses
Collection,
decontamination &
Discarded drums 6,000
3 33.1 Solid Process As it is sold to GPCB
and containers Nos./year
authorized
recyclers
Oil Contaminated
cotton rags or Poly Bag /
4 33.2 1 Solid Handling Incineration
other cleaning Drums
materials
TSDF of BEIL-
5 ETP waste 35.3 250 Solid ETP HDPE Bags
Dahej
HDPE Bags
which are in
TSDF of BEIL-
6 Incineration Ash 37.2 80 Solid ECH Plant turn packed
Dahej
in HDPE
Drums
Common
Waste Will be sold to
Waste residue
storage Authorised
7 from industrial use 21.1 0.85 Solid Entire site
areas / recyclers by
of paint
scrap yard in auction process
the site
Sold to recyclers
registered with
Common
MSTC and
Waste
possessing
Lead washers etc. Schedule storage
8 5.0 Solid Entire site requisite valid
as Lead scrap II-A5 areas /
Environmental
scrap yard in
permissions from
the site
respective State
Pollution Control
-------------------------------------------------------------
1
As per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

No State storage
Boards by auction
process
Sold to recyclers
registered with
MSTC and
Common
possessing
Waste
requisite valid
Schedule storage
9 Nickel Scrap 5.0 Solid Entire site Environmental
II-A68 areas /
permissions from
scrap yard in
respective State
the site
Pollution Control
Boards by auction
process
Sold to recyclers
registered with
MSTC and
Common
possessing
Copper tubing, Waste
requisite valid
caps and cables Schedule storage
10 11.0 Solid Entire site Environmental
etc. – As Copper II-A66 areas /
permissions from
scrap scrap yard in
respective State
the site
Pollution Control
Boards by auction
process
Common
Waste
Incineration in
storage
11 Spent Carbon 36.2 5.0 Solid Entire site captive incinerator
areas /
/ BEIL incinerator
scrap yard in
the site
Common
Discarded bags /
Waste Will be sold to
liner / packing
storage Authorised
12 material, 33.3 90 Solid Entire site
areas / recyclers by
Discarded PPEs,
scrap yard in auction process
gaskets
the site
2. Non-Hazardous Wastes
Inhouse
TSDF of BEIL-
1 Brine Sludge -- 28,800 Solid Chlor Alkali temporary
Dahej
storage area
Shall be given to
Fly ash Brick /
Cement
manufacturing
Industries as per
2 Fly Ash -- 1,00,000 Solid Power plant Silos provisions and
guidelines of the
Fly Ash
notification, 1999
as amended till
date
3. Other Wastes
Construction Shall be handled

phase = 150 as per the Solid
kg/day Waste
Municipal Solid Canteen,
1 - Solid HDPE Drums Management
Waste Operation Office blocks
Rules, 2016 as
phase = 225 amended from
kg/day time to time

No State storage
Waste Types
Storage will
as
be done as
mentioned Shall be handled
per Bio-
in the Bio- as per the Bio-
Medical
Medical On-site Medical Waste
As and when Waste
2 Biomedical Wastes - Waste Occupational Management
generated Management
Management Health centre Rules, 2016 as
Rules, 2016
Rules, 2016 amended from
as amended
as amended time to time
from time to
from time to
time
time
Shall be handled
Company
Common as per the
owned
Waste Batteries
Used Lead Acid As and when vehicles, other
3 - Solid storage (Management &
Batteries generated devices being
areas in the Handling) Rules,
operated
site 2010 as amended
within the site
from time to time
Shall be handled
As and when
Waste as per the E-Waste
generated
Storage (Management &
4 Electronic wastes - due to Solid Entire site
areas within Handling) Rules,
equipment
the site 2011 as amended
obsolescence
from time to time
Generated
during Shall be handled
project as per the
Common
Construction Construction and
Construction and Waste
phase & Demolition Waste
5 Demolition (C&D) - Solid Entire Site storage
maintenance Management
Wastes areas in the
/ repair work Rules, 2016 as
site
during amended from
Operation time to time
Phase
2.14.2 Decontamination of Discarded Drums/ Containers
There are numbers of chemicals which will be used in manufacturing process. Many of these chemicals will be
brought in the plastic or MS drums. After the use of these chemicals, drums will be sent back to the suppliers for
refilling or it will be decontaminated and sold to approved authorized recyclers. Decontamination will mainly be
done by washing and generated wash water will be treated with effluent in the ETP. The company will maintain the
record of generation of drums/carboys & final disposal to registered vendors for reuse recycle through log books.
2.15 MITIGATION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE
Description of operational control incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards, environmental
operating conditions are given in Table 2-35.

Table 2-35: Operational Controls at Design Stage

Operational Controls at Design Stage
Air Water Solid / Hazardous Waste
S.
Name of Plant Parameters
No. MSW rules and Hazardous Waste
Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Water (Prevention & Control of
(Management Handling & Trans
Act – 1981 Pollution) Act – 1974
Boundary Movement) Rules, 2008
Energy Energy efficiency will be considered during technology selection
HCl Single Stage DM Water Scrubbing System -- --
Caustic Soda Cl2 3 Stage Caustic Scrubbing System -- --
1
Plant
Waste Water -- pH Correction in Neutralization pits --
Brine sludge will be disposed off into TSDF of
Solid Waste -- --
BEIL
HCl, Cl2, CO,
SO2, NOx, HC, Water + Alkali Scrubber -- --
Chloromethanes Dioxin
2
Plant
Waste Water -- pH Correction & activated carbon adsorption. --
Incineration at M/s BEIL or given to

Solid Waste -- --
authorized vendors as per the requirement.

HCl Caustic Soda Scrubber -- --
Cl2 Caustic Soda Scrubber -- --

3 Chlorotoluenes

Solid Waste -- --
4 ECH HCl, Cl2, SO2,

NOx, HC & Caustic Scrubber -- --
Dioxin

Operational Controls at Design Stage

Air Water Solid / Hazardous Waste
S.
Name of Plant Parameters
No. MSW rules and Hazardous Waste
Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Water (Prevention & Control of
(Management Handling & Trans
Act – 1981 Pollution) Act – 1974
Boundary Movement) Rules, 2008

Solid Waste -- --
CT blow down and floor washing is
Waste Water -- --
Chlorinated neutralized in ETP
5
Paraffin Wax Incineration at M/s BEIL or given to
Solid Waste -- --
Adequate Stack Height, low sulphur content
SPM, SO2, NOx -- --
will be purchased.
6 Power Plant CT blow down and floor washing is

Waste Water -- --
neutralized in ETP
Shall be given to Brick/Cement manufacturing
Solid Waste -- --
Industries

2.16 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY

All technologies being used are proven. In case these technologies are being procured from specific licensors, the
names of the licensors are mentioned. Details are provided as follows.
2.16.1 Coal based Power Plant
CFBC Boiler for steam generation from pulverized coal.
2.16.2 Caustic Soda Plant
Membrane cell technology of M/s. ThyssenKrupp Industrial Solutions, Germany.
2.16.3 Chloromethanes Plant
Name of technology supplier: Shin – Etsu, Japan.
Method of Production: Thermal and Hydro Chlorination of Methane gas and Methanol.
2.16.4 Chlorotoluenes Plant
Name of technology supplier: LeLe Associate and Consultants, Mumbai.
Method of Production: Photo – Chlorination of Toluene.
2.16.5 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant
Method of production: Chlorination of Heavy Nitro Paraffin.
2.16.6 Epichlorohydrin Plant
Name of technology supplier: M/s. KVIT, Austria.
Method of production: Chlorination of Glycerine in presence of HCl gas.

M/S. GACL IN JV DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC DESCRIPTION OF THE
WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ ENVIRONMENT
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 STUDY AREA

The study area is considered within 10 km radius of the project site. Study area map of proposed project on Google
image and Toposheet is shown in Map 3-1 & Map 3-2. Sampling location map within the study area is shown in
Map 3-3.
3.2 PERIOD
Baseline monitoring study and surveys of the study area has been carried out in Post Monsoon season from
October 2016 to December, 2016.
3.3 COMPONENTS
The baseline environmental data of valued environmental components with respect to air, noise, water, land, flora,
fauna, socio-economic and soil quality in the study area was collected by conducting primary data collection which
includes sampling/field studies, survey & secondary data collection as mandated by the TOR issued by EAC.
3.4 METHODOLOGY
The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey obtained from the guidelines given in the EIA
Manual of the MoEFCC. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and soil quality in the study area was
collected by conducting Primary data collection which includes sampling/field studies, Survey & Secondary data
collection.
Field monitoring for meteorological conditions, ambient air quality, water quality, noise quality, Soil quality etc. has
been carried out, which constitutes major portion of the baseline environmental studies. In addition to these
important parameters, certain aspects like land use, socio-economic studies, Ecological and Biodiversity studies etc.
are covered during the study period. This information is based on secondary information sources and constitutes
remaining part of the baseline environmental studies.
The data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys, interaction with
locals, government agencies and departments.
3.4.1 Primary Data Collection
Primary Data collected includes:
Sampling/Field Studies Survey
 Ambient air quality  Land Use Pattern

 Noise  Flora and Fauna
 Ground water/Surface water quality
 Soil Quality

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Map 3-1: Study Area Map – 10 Km from Project Site

Map 3-2: Map showing Project Site on Toposheet No. NF-43-09 – 10 Km Radius Circle

Map 3-3: Sampling Location Map

3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection
This includes review of secondary/published information on:
 Long Term Meteorological Data from IMD;

 Socio-Economic profile;
 Sensitive area as biosphere reserve, forests, sanctuaries, places of historical, archeological, tourist’s
importance, etc. if any.
3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS
3.5.1 Long Term Meteorology2
The climate of the study area is based on information from the most recent published long-term climatological
tables (1981 – 2010) by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), for Surat3 (Station ID: 42840).
The observatory was situated in the compound of the Civil Hospital.
A copy of the long-term climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 12. These tables give useful information
about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 29-year period.
Temperature
The mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures recorded were 36.7°C (in the month of April) & 15.2°C (in
the month of January) respectively. The highest temperature recorded was 45.6°C on 15 th April, 1952, 1st May,
1956 & 10th June, 1901. The lowest temperature recorded was 4.4°C on 31 st January, 1929.
During the post monsoon season, i.e. for months of October, November & December, mean daily maximum and
minimum temperatures remain between 16.5 oC – 35.1oC.
Humidity
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, post-monsoons, and winter in that order.
Mornings are more humid than evenings and relative humidity ranges from a high of 78 – 86% in monsoon
mornings to a low of 34 – 43% in winter evenings.
During post monsoon season, relative humidity during morning and evening remains between 65 – 73 % and 43 –
52% respectively.
Rainfall
The distribution of rainfall in the region, which includes the study area, is regular. Annual total rainfall in the region
is 1,202.8 mm.
Distribution of rainfall by season is 1,147.1 mm in monsoons (June, July, August, September), 48.9 mm in post-
monsoons (October – November), 2.4 mm in winter (December, January, February) and 4.5 mm in summer
(March, April, May). About 95.3 percent of the annual rainfall in the region is received during the monsoon months
i.e. June to September. July is the rainiest month having maximum number of rainy days as 14.6.
Heaviest rainfall in 24 hours was recorded as 459.2 mm on 2nd July, 1941.
-------------------------------------------------------------
2
Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1981 – 2010, Surat District.
3
Since IMD station at Bharuch is not in operation since 1978. Nearest IMD data of Surat was considered.

Cloud Cover
The area remains cloudy between June - September, which is the active period of the monsoon season. Generally
cloud cover ranges from 2.0 to 6.3 OKTAS during this monsoon season.
In the post monsoon season cloud cover ranges from 0.3 to 2.0 OKTAS range.
Wind
Long term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-1. Overall for the whole year, first predominant wind
directions are from SW Direction (30.4 %), second predominant wind direction is from W (10.8 %) and third
predominant wind direction is from NW Direction (10.7 %).
During the study period, i.e. post monsoon period (October to December), first predominant wind direction is from
NE direction (16.5 %), second predominant wind direction is from N Direction (13.0 %) and third predominant wind
direction is from NW Direction (11.8 %).
Table 3-1: Predominant Wind Direction IMD – Surat

Predominant Wind
Month First Second Third
Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening
January N N NE NW NW NE
February N NW NE N NW W
March N NW NW SW NE W
April SW SW S W N NW
May SW SW W W S S
June SW SW W S S W
July SW SW W W S S
August SW SW W W S S
September SW SW W W S S
October SE SW NE NW E W
November NE NW E NE N N
December NE NW N N E NE
Average Long Term Meteorological Condition
Average meteorological condition is given in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition based on Long-term Data

Mean Daily
Temperature Rainfall (mm) No. of Relative Humidity Relative Humidity
Month
Monthly Total Rainy days (%), (Morning) (%), (Evening)
Max Min
January 30.8 15.2 1.5 0.1 68 41
February 32.3 16.7 0.3 0.1 64 34
March 35.4 20.7 0.4 0.0 64 33
April 36.7 24.0 0.2 0.0 66 42
May 35.8 26.8 3.9 0.3 70 58
June 34.0 27.0 245.2 7.0 78 70
July 31.2 25.9 466.3 14.6 86 80
August 30.8 25.5 283.8 12.7 86 79
September 32.3 25.4 151.8 6.7 83 70

Mean Daily
Temperature Rainfall (mm) No. of Relative Humidity Relative Humidity
Month
Monthly Total Rainy days (%), (Morning) (%), (Evening)
Max Min
October 35.1 23.3 41.8 1.7 73 52
November 34.1 19.6 7.1 0.5 65 44
December 31.9 16.5 0.6 0.0 67 43
Total -- -- 1,202.9 43.7 -- --
Average 33.4 22.2 -- -- 72.5 53.8
3.5.2 Site Specific Meteorology
Baseline meteorological data has been collected hourly by installing automatic meteorological station at roof top of
SEZ office, which is ~ 8.30 Km in W direction from the project site. Photographs showing Meteorological Station set
up is given in Photograph 3-1.
Photograph 3-1: Photographs of Meteorological Station Setup
Meteorological Station at rooftop of SEZ Office
Methodology for Collection of Meteorological Parameters
Methodology for meteorological data collection is given below Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: Methodology for Meteorological Data Collection

Sample collection Total
S. Sampling Sampling
Sampling Sensitivity/ Sampling Methodology
No. Parameters Frequency
equipment Detection Limit Period
Anemometer cup
1 Wind Speed counter 0.25 m/s
(0 to 65 m/s)
Wind vane
2 Wind Direction 1° Instruments are
(0° to 357°) calibrated as per
Thermometer Hourly manufacturer’s
3 Temperature 0.1°C November manual
(-40° to 60°)
2016
Relative Humidity (IS 8829 -1978).
4 Humidity meter 3%
(0-99%)
5 Rainfall Rain gauge 0.5 mm
Visual Inspection by
6 Cloud Cover -- -- 4 Hourly
the observer.

Site Specific Meteorological Data – (Post Monsoon, 2016)
Compiled mean meteorological data is represented in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: Mean Meteorological Data of Post Monsoon Season for Rahiyad
Relative Wind Speed Wind
Time Temp °C Cloud Cover Rainfall, mm
Humidity % (m/sec) Direction
0:00 22.7 33.8 2.8 NE 1.5 0.0
1:00 21.4 33.2 2.7 NE 0.0 0.0
2:00 21.1 34.0 2.5 NE 0.0 0.0
3:00 20.8 35.7 2.7 NE 2.0 0.0
4:00 21.4 35.2 2.5 NE 0.0 0.0
5:00 21.7 36.0 2.5 ENE 0.0 0.0
6:00 21.8 37.9 2.6 ENE 1.7 0.0
7:00 23.9 35.7 2.6 ENE 0.0 0.0
8:00 25.0 34.8 2.6 ENE 0.0 0.0
9:00 27.2 34.1 2.7 ENE 1.1 0.0
10:00 27.8 31.0 2.7 ENE 0.0 0.0
11:00 29.4 28.4 2.7 ENE 0.0 0.0
12:00 32.6 23.4 3.0 ENE 1.0 0.0
13:00 31.3 25.1 2.8 ENE 0.0 0.0
14:00 31.7 24.1 2.9 ENE 0.0 0.0
15:00 32.7 23.8 2.8 NE 1.2 0.0
16:00 30.4 24.6 2.7 NE 0.0 0.0
17:00 29.4 26.9 2.5 NE 0.0 0.0
18:00 28.7 31.4 2.8 NNE 0.8 0.0
19:00 27.4 29.5 2.4 NNE 0.0 0.0
20:00 26.5 30.1 2.6 NNE 0.0 0.0
21:00 25.5 32.2 3.1 NE 1.0 0.0
22:00 24.2 30.8 2.6 NE 0.0 0.0
23:00 23.0 31.7 2.6 NE 0.0 0.0
Average /
26.1 31.0 2.7 NE / ENE 0.4 0.0
Predominant
Site-specific meteorological data shows that:
 Average wind speed in the Post Monsoon season was 2.7 m/sec. Maximum wind speed recorded was 7.2 m/sec
at 1800 Hrs, 25th October.
 Wind blows predominantly from NE direction (26.8%). Calm wind contributes to about 3.14 % of all winds.
Wind rose diagram is shown as Figure 3-1.
 Average temperature recorded for post monsoon was 26.1°C with maximum temperature recorded as 36°C at
1200 Hrs, 29th October and minimum of 15°C at 0500 Hrs, 28th December.
 The average relative humidity was 31% with maximum humidity recorded as 79% at 0500 Hrs, 25th October
and minimum of 19% at 1400 Hrs, 31st December.

Figure 3-1: Wind Rose Diagram for Post Monsoon Season, 2016

3.5.3 Land Use
Methodology Adopted for Land Use / Land Cover Study
Classification of Land Use and Land Cover is provided in Annexure 13. The project area was placed, based on co-
ordinates taken on the site, on satellite imagery and determined the study area for the proposed project. The
resulting satellite data of study area was interpreted through onscreen visual interpretation using basic elements of
interpretation resulting in the combined land use/cover map for the proposed project.
To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:
 Study and collection of relevant documents and maps

 Interpretation of satellite data
 Ground truth study/field survey
 Final map preparation
Study and Collection of Relevant Documents and Maps

This covers:
 Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having high resolution
(<1.0 m) imagery.
 Topographical maps as base map.
 Reconnaissance survey of the study area to get a general feel of the entire ground area which can aid in the
preliminary interpretation of the data.
Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery was imported to software and geo referencing of the imagery was done by
registering it to the SOI maps through identification of common points between the map and the image.
Considering the basic elements of interpretation, such as tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association,
shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary information collected during the preliminary
reconnaissance survey, the interpretation was accomplished.
Ground Truth Studies/Field survey

A detailed ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. It comprises of data
collection of ground features along with the respective geographical position in terms of latitudes and longitudes.
The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land use / cover are correct thus improving
the quality of the output. Interaction was done with local people to gather background information.
The field survey consisted of traversing the study area, cross-checking of unidentified features. Field notes were
kept in the form of log sheets recording information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified land
use/cover. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.
Table 3-5 & Photograph 3-2 enumerates the land features in the study area and its corresponding GPS readings
of all the ground truthing locations verified.
Table 3-5: GPS Reading Enumerating the Land Use Features in Study Area
S. No. Latitude Longitude Location Classes
1 21°42’55.9”N 72°39’19.7”E Jolwa Village

2 21°43’27.5”N 72°39’42.8”E Jolwa Scrub land
3 21°43'16"N 72°42’7.89”E Atali Prosopis cover
4 21°41'47.67"N 72°39'41.63"E Suva Prosopis and grass cover

S. No. Latitude Longitude Location Classes
5 21°34’44.7”N 72°46’50.5”E Ambheta Water Body

6 21°40’48.6”N 72°35’39.3” E Ambheta Mudflat
7 21°45’07.6”E 72°38’40.9”E Wav Water body
8 21°45 55.6 N 72°38’43.5”E Kadodara Village
9 21°47 09.5 N 72°36’17.7”E Padariya Grassland
10 21°42'14.90"N 72°46'50.50"E Kaladara Prosopis cover
11 21°45'32.80"N 72°43'53.40"E Nadida Habitation
12 21°44'21.90"N 72°45'07.40"E Khojbal Agriculture land
Photograph 3-2: Photographs Showing Different Type of Land Use in Study Area
Prosopis covered area at Kaladara Cotton cultivation at Vadadla village
Open Sea at Suva Dahej Industrial Area
Class Wise Area Statistics
The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6: Area Statistic for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area
S. Primary Area, Secondary Class Area, Primary

Secondary Classification
No. Classification km2 Ha. ~% km2 Ha. ~%
Built-up Land Residential / Commercial 3.49 348.7 0.98

1 14.4 1,440.0 4.06
or Habitation Industrial 10.91 1091.4 3.8
Agricultural
2 Crop Land/Fallow Land 114.20 11,419.9 32.20 114.20 11,419.9 32.20
Land
3 Wastelands Land without Scrub 16.76 1,675.7 4.72 54.05 5,405.8 15.24

S. Primary Area, Secondary Class Area, Primary

Secondary Classification
No. Classification km 2
Ha. ~% km 2
Ha. ~%
Mudflat 37.29 3,729.1 10.52
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds /
3.57 356.9 1.01
Tanks
4 Water Bodies 69.36 6,936.3 19.55
River 63.96 6,396.4 18.04
cricks 1.83 183.0 0.52
5 Other Saltpan 2.89 289.1 0.82 2.89 289.1 0.8
Scrub 64.96 6,496.0 18.32
Open Vegetation 22.20 2,219.6 6.26
Vegetation Close Vegetation 3.24 323.7 0.91
6 99.75 9,973.9 28.12
Cover Marshy Vegetation 9.33 933.1 2.63
Grass Cover 0.02 1.5 0.01
Total 354.63 35,463.95 100
Pie chart showing landuse distribution in the study area is shown in Figure 3-2.
Figure 3-2: Pie Chart – Landuse of Study Area
Following were observed and noted during the study:
 The most observed category in the region was Agriculture land followed by Vegetation cover, Water bodies and
Wastelands, as per area covered.
 Crop cultivated in the study area are mostly cotton (Gossypium herbaceum), and in some area Castor (Ricinus
communis) and Wheat (Triticum aestivum).
 The irrigation is essentially through rain water and in some area through bore wells and canals.
 Open vegetation region includes Prosopis juliflora dominated vegetation cover. Vegetation in the beyt area was
mostly marshy species.
 Narmada River flows on the southern side of the project.
 The dried water body where grass were grown was termed as grass cover region.

Final Map Preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for
the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and
were then represented on land use and land cover map, Map 3-4.
Important Features of Project Site & Study Area
There is no Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Sanctuary & Reserved Forests within the study area. However,
details of the important features in the study area are provided in Table 3-7.
Table 3-7: Important Features within the Study Area

S. N. Features Details falling within study area
1 Critically Polluted Areas None Identified
2 National Park / Wildlife Sanctuary None Identified
Tiger Reserve / Elephant Reserve / Turtle
3 None Identified
Nesting Ground
4 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve None Identified
5 Reserved / Protected / Social Forests None Identified
6 Habitat for migratory birds None Identified
Estuary: Narmada Estuary ( ~ 2.8 Km towards S)
Estuary / Sea / Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / River: Bhukhi River (~ 7.5 Km towards E)
7
Streams / River Ponds: 27 Ponds within study area, having 9 ponds within 5 Km
from project site as tabulated in Table 3-8.
8 Mangroves None Identified
9 Mountains / Hills None Identified
10 Archaeological Sites (as per ASI) None Identified
11 Defense Installation None Identified
Table 3-8: Ponds within the Study Area

S. No Pond Distance Direction
1 Atali 0.7 NE
2 Koliyad 1.2 SSE
3 Rahiyad 1.3 SW
4 Galenda 3.1 NW
5 Jolwa 3.1 W
6 Vegni 3.2 SE
7 Ahkod 3.8 NE
8 Samatpur 3.9 NNW
9 Suva 4.2 SW
10 Kaladra 5.4 SE
11 Sambheti 5.4 NNW
12 Wardla 5.6 WNW
13 Nandirda 5.6 NE
14 Vav 5.7 NW
15 Bhelsli 6.4 E
16 Khojbal 6.6 ENE
17 Janiyadra 6.7 NNW
18 Kadodara 6.8 NE

S. No Pond Distance Direction

19 Nandarkha 7.1 NE
20 Mehegam 7.9 SE
21 Padariya 8.6 NW
22 Vajapur 8.9 NE
23 Narnavi 9.4 NNW
24 Kesrol 9.4 E
25 Pankhajan 9.6 NNE
26 Manad 9.6 ESE
27 Ambheta 9.7 WSW

Map 3-4: Draft Land Use Map

3.5.4 Air Quality
Ambient Quality Monitoring was conducted at Ten (10) locations within the study area.
Sampling Frequency
The frequency of monitoring was 24 hours (PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), HCl & Cl2) at
each station spread over the entire season. Grab sampling for gaseous parameters like HC (Methane and
Nonmethane) & CO taken at least twice a month.
Parameters Monitored and Method Used
The parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), NH3, HCl, Cl2, HC, CO.
These parameters have been selected based on the guidelines given by the MoEFCC. The detailed monitoring
methodology for ambient air is given in Table 3-9.
Table 3-9: Methodology of Analyzing Ambient Air Monitoring Parameters

Sampling Analytical Detection
Sampling equipment Sensitivity Methodology
Parameters Equipment Limit
Respirable Dust Sampler IS: 5182 (Part 23)
PM10 Electronic balance ±1 µg 1 μg/m3
(RDS) APM - 460 2006
Fine particulate sampler CPCB Guideline
PM2.5 Electronic balance ±1 µg 1 μg/m3
AAS- 127 (Gravimetric)
Gaseous Flow Meter with
Spectro-
SO2 impinger module (attached ±0.001 nm 3.75 μg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part 2) 2001
photometer
to RDS)
Gaseous Flow Meter with
Spectro-
NOX impinger module (attached ±0.001 nm 6 μg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part 6) 2006
photometer
to RDS)
Gaseous Flow attachment Spectro – CPCB Guideline
NH3 ±0.001 nm 10 µg/m3
with RDS Sampler Photometer (Nessler Method)
Gaseous Flow attachment Mercuric Nitrate
HCl - - 1 µg/m3
with RDS Sampler Method
Gaseous Flow attachment Spectro – IS : 5182 (Part 19)
Cl2 ±0.001 nm 1 µg/m3
with RDS Sampler Photometer 1982 (RA-2003)
Gas Chromatography
CO Bladder with pump Gas chromatograph 1 ppm 1 ppm
& Flue Gas Analyser
Gas Chromatography
HC Bladder with pump Gas chromatograph 1 ppm 1 ppm
method
AAQM Monitoring Location
The locations for AAQM were decided based on the prescribed guidelines 4. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain
the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of
air at important human settlements (residential areas).
Details of AAQM monitoring locations and justification for selecting these stations are presented in Table 3-10.
Table 3-10: AAQM Locations with Justification

Distance from
Code Location Direction Latitude Longitude Justification
Site (Km)
AA01 Site 0.0 Base 21°42'45.26"N 72°41'20.39"E -
AA02 Atali 1.05 NE 21°43'22.98"N 72°42'11.43"E 1st Up wind
-------------------------------------------------------------
4
As per Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by CPCB, MoEF Published as SERIES: NAAQMS/ …/2003-04, April, 2013

Distance from
Code Location Direction Latitude Longitude Justification
Site (Km)
AA03 Galenda 2.70 NW 21°44'14.61"N 72°40'11.97"E 2nd Cross wind
AA04 Jolwa 3.11 W 21°42'49.93"N 72°39'5.67"E 1st Cross Wind
AA05 Rahiyad 1.21 SW 21°42'9.64"N 72°40'15.41"E 1st Down Wind
AA06 Koliyad 1.61 S 21°41'36.87"N 72°41'34.53"E 2nd Down Wind
AA07 Kaladara 4.72 SE 21°41'39.43"N 72°44'25.51"E 3rd Cross Wind
AA08 Suva 3.32 SW 21°41'20.54"N 72°39'19.50"E 3rd Down Wind
AA09 Akhod 3.79 NNE 21°45'1.11"N 72°42'15.90"E 2nd Up wind
AA10 Nr. Kaladara 3.71 E 21°42'57.53"N 72°43'49.08"E 3rd Up Wind
Photograph 3-3: Photographs of AAQM Sampling Stations
AAQM Location: Rahiyad Village AAQM Location: Jolwa Village
AAQM Location: Suva Village AAQM Location: Atali Village
AAQM Results
Complied average result of AAQM data are represented in Table 3-11. Detailed results are provided in Annexure
15. The comparison of the results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB (Annexure 14) and Factories
Act indicates:
 Concentration of PM10 recorded ranged from minimum 45 µg/m3 (Koliyad Village) to maximum 133 µg/m3
(Jolwa Village);
 Concentration of PM2.5 recorded raged from minimum 14 µg/m3 (At Koliyad Village) to maximum 61 µg/m3
(Jolwa Village);

 It is noted that the PM10 results exceeds the permissible limits of 100 µg/m3 for 24 Hrs. at Jolwa village which
could be due to:
 Vehicular movement on the “kaccha” roads of the villages;
 Industrial & infrastructure development activities in study area (PCPIR & residential projects);
 Rural activities like burning of cow dung for household purposes like using it in “chullas”.
 The concentration of SO2 (<8.0– 14.1 µg/m3), NOx (<10.0 – 26.9 µg/m3), CO (<1,142 µg/m3) are within
permissible limits as prescribed by CPCB & Factories act;
 The concentration of HC to be in range of 982 – 1,588 µg/m3;
 An average concentration of all other parameters, NH3 (<10 µg/m3), HCl (<1.0 µg/m3), Cl2 (<1.0 µg/m3) are
observed to be well below the detectable limit.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DAHEJ DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Name of Pollutant, Time for sample collection & Average Pollutant Concentration
Note: All units are in µg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10
All stations are in
µg/m3 for NOX & NH3 , 1.0 µg/m3 for Cl2, HCl & 800 µg/m3 for HC and 1,142 µg/m3 for CO.
Station Industrial, Residential,
code Rural & Other Areas PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx NH3 HCl Cl2 HC CO
(CPCB)
24 Hr. 24 Hr. 24 Hr. 24 Hr. 24 Hr. 24 Hr. 24 Hr. Grab Grab
[100] [60] [80] [80] [400] NS NS NS [2,000]
AA1 At Project Site
Maximum 84 32 9.8 20.3 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,588 <1,142
Minimum 55 20 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,184 <1,142
Average 72 26 <8.0 13.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,308 <1,142
98%tile 84 32 9.3 19.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,568 <1,142
AA2 Atali
Maximum 97 36 10.3 21.2 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 ` <1,142
Minimum 55 17 <8.0 10 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,183 <1,142
Average 75 27 <8.0 15.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,316 <1,142
98%tile 94 35 10.3 21 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,512 <1,142
AA3 Galenda
Maximum 82 31 9.5 16.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
Minimum 52 16 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
Average 68 24 <8.0 13 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,144 <1,142
98%tile 80 31 9.2 16.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,245 <1,142
AA4 Jolwa
Maximum 133 61 13.2 25.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,561 <1,142
Minimum 78 28 5.9 11.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
Average 94 40 9.8 19.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,370 <1,142
98%tile 129 59 13.1 25.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,545 <1,142
AA5 Rahiyad

All stations are in
(CPCB)
[100] [60] [80] [80] [400] NS NS NS [2,000]
Maximum 95 56 14.1 26.5 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,292 <1,142
Minimum 56 18 <8.0 12.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,087 <1,142
Average 76 32 9.5 18.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,152 <1,142
98%tile 93 51 13.7 26.1 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,274 <1,142
AA6 Koliyad
Maximum 73 31 10.7 17.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,215 <1,142
Minimum 45 14 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
Average 58 21 <8.0 13.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,058 <1,142
98%tile 71 30 10.5 17.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,203 <1,142
AA7 Kaladara
Maximum 78 31 9.9 17.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,135 <1,142
Minimum 53 18 <8.0 10.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 995 <1,142
Average 66 23 <8.0 13.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,055 <1,142
98%tile 78 30 9.8 17.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,130 <1,142
AA8 Suva
Maximum 88 43 12.8 26.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,210 <1,142
Minimum 58 20 <8.0 11 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,050 <1,142
Average 73 29 8 15.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,114 <1,142
98%tile 86 42 12.3 25.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,202 <1,142
AA9 Akhod
Maximum 67 25 7.8 15.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,063 <1,142
Minimum 47 15 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 982 <1,142

All stations are in
(CPCB)
[100] [60] [80] [80] [400] NS NS NS [2,000]
Average 60 20 <8.0 12.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,007 <1,142
98%tile 67 25 7.6 15.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,061 <1,142
AA10 Nr. Kaladara
Maximum 78 26 8.6 15.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,147 <1,142
Minimum 51 16 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
Average 61 20 <8.0 11.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,043 <1,142
98%tile 75 26 7.9 15.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,139 <1,142

3.5.5 Traffic Survey
Traffic Survey was carried out on SH – 6 in S direction of the proposed site, road connecting site to Dahej &
Bharuch on 12th April, 2017. The road width of this road is 15 meters, which is a 3 Lane (One Way) Arterial Road 5.
Average peak hourly (i.e. morning 0800 hours to 1200 hours and evening 1600 hours to 2000 hours) traffic on this
route i.e. from Dahej to Bharuch and from Bharuch to Dahej is 1,634 and 1,522 PCU respectively as tabulated in
Table 4-11 and Table 4-12.
Traffic Survey sheets are attached as Annexure 19.
3.5.6 Noise and Vibration
The objective of monitoring background noise level in study area is to establish baseline noise level to identify
impact due to proposed activity.
Methodology for Noise Level Analysis
Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable monitoring locations. Background noise quality is monitored at
the selected locations, in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n).
Monitoring methodology for noise monitoring is given in Table 3-12.
Table 3-12: Noise Level Monitoring Methodology

Sample collection
Envt. Sampling Sampling Sampling
Methodology Sampling Detection
Component Location Frequency Parameter
Equipment Limit
Once during the
Sound Level Decibels –
study (Hourly Noise Level
Ambient Noise 8 Locations Measurement 0.1 dB (A)
reading for 24 hours Meter dB (A)
(SLM)
at each location)
Following methodology is followed to conduct baseline monitoring, impact assessment and to propose suitable
mitigation measures:
 Site visit (for existing plant) and identification of sources of noise and vibrations;
 Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment from proposed activities;
 Identifying monitoring locations and conducting Noise monitoring;
 Prediction of incremental noise levels by using SoundPlan software;
 Checking whether the increase of SPL in the locations surrounding the project makes conflicts with stipulated
allowable norms;
 Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of sources exceeding the
allowable limits of SPL.
The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones
Ambient Air Quality Standards in Area Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Category
Respect of NOISE Code Day Time Night Time
A Industrial 75.0 70.0
The Noise Pollution
B Commercial 65.0 55.0
(Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
C Residential 55.0 45.0
-------------------------------------------------------------
5
As per The Indian Road Congress - Guideline for capacity of roads in urban Area. (IRC:106-1990), Table-2, Recommended
Design Service Volumes, page – 11.

Ambient Air Quality Standards in Area Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Category
Respect of NOISE Code Day Time Night Time
D Silence 50.0 45.0
Note:  Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM
 dB (A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is
relatable to human hearing.
Noise Level Monitoring Locations
Receivers were placed nearby project site, at a distance of 1.5 Km maximum from the source of noise generation
and at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring i.e. habitation area.
Noise readings were taken at Eight (8) different locations within the study area as presented in Table 3-14.
Photographs showing monitoring location is given in Photograph 3-4. Map showing monitoring station locations is
given in Map 3-3.
Table 3-14: Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Location Date of Category of Distance from Direction w.r.t.
Location
Code Monitoring Area / Zone Project Site in Km Project Site
NL1 At Project boundary(NE) 22.11.16 Industrial - -
NL2 At Project Boundary (NW) 23.11.16 Industrial - -
NL3 At project Site 25.11.16 Industrial - -
NL4 At Project boundary (SW) 24.11.16 Industrial - -
NL5 Atali Village 25.11.16 Residential 1.05 NE
NL6 Nr Jolwa Village 21.11.16 Residential 1.50 E
NL7 Rahiyad Village 26.11.16 Residential 1.38 WSW
NL8 Koliyad Village 28.11.16 Residential 1.30 S
Photograph 3-4: Photographs of Noise Level Monitoring Stations
At Project Site (NE) At Project Site (NW)

Rahiyad Village Jolwa Village
Noise Level Results
The average noise levels at monitoring stations are presented in Table 3-15.
Table 3-15: Noise Level Monitoring Results

CPCB Limits in Average Noise levels
Location dB (A) in dB (A)
Location Date Category
Code Day Night Day Night
Time Time Time Time
NL1 At Project boundary(NE) 22.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.9 54.5
NL2 At Project Boundary (NW) 23.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 61.2 57.2
NL3 At project Site 25.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.5 52.3
NL4 At Project boundary (SW) 24.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.8 51.8
NL5 Atali Village 25.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.1 45.5
NL6 Nr Jolwa Village 21.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.5 45.9
NL7 Rahiyad Village 26.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.7 45.1
NL8 Koliyad Village 28.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.2 44.8
Observations:
Based on the noise monitoring results, it is observed that:
 Noise level during day time & night time, in Industrial area, were within the CPCB standards i.e. Industrial area
(75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)).
 Noise level during day & night time, in Residential area, were slightly higher than the CPCB standards (55 dBA
(d) & 45 dBA (n)) which is due to vehicular movements in nearby highways.
Vibration
Vibration is a mechanical phenomenon whereby oscillations occur about an equilibrium point. The oscillations may
be periodic such as the motion of a pendulum or random such as the movement of a tire on a gravel road.
Major sources of vibration are due to blasting, vibration caused by motions of engines, electric motors, or any
mechanical device in operation theses are typically unwanted. Such vibrations can be caused by imbalances in the
rotating parts, uneven friction, the meshing of gear teeth, etc. such vibrations can be reduced by proper designing.
Vibration is an issue at the power plant, however suitable dampening is planned as a part of the project. Vibration
(minor) is associated with various equipment of mechanical nature but will not be perceived beyond plant
boundary.

3.5.7 Hydrology, Surface Water & Ground Water
The objective of monitoring surface and ground water in study area is to establish baseline water quality to identify
impact due to proposed activity.
Source of Water
26.46 MLD of water requirement will be met from GIDC Reservoir. Water is being pumped from Narmada River,
near Bhadbut by GIDC for supplying it to industries falling in the Industrial Estate.
Methodology Adopted for Surface and Ground Water Sampling
Surface water was collected from Eight (8) locations, including Two (2) Estuary water samples and Ground water
from Eight (8) locations. The samples were collected as grab samples, from each location, once during the study
period and the analysis methodology is given in Table 3-16.
Table 3-16: Analysis Methodology for Analyzing Surface & Ground Water Samples
Parameters Analyzed in
Minimum
S. River
Parameters Analysis Methodology Surface Ground Detection
No. (Estuary)
Water Water Limit
Water
1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B*, pH meter √ √ √ 1
2 Color APHA: 2120 *, Visual Comparison √ √ 1 Pt-Co
APHA: 2550 B *, Standard
3 Temperature √ 1 Deg C
Thermometer
4 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B *, Nephelometric √ √ 4 NTU
5 TDS APHA: 2540C *, Gravimetric √ √ 20 mg/l
Electrical
6 APHA: 2510 B *, Conductivity meter √ √ 1µmho/cm
conductivity
APHA: 5220 B *, Titrimetric Open
7 COD √ <5 mg/l
reflux method
8 BOD IS: 3025 (part-44), Iodometric √ √ √ <3 mg/l
9 Chlorides APHA:4500Cl- B *, Titrimetric √ √ 1.5 mg/l
10 Phenol APHA: 5530-D *, colorimetric √ √ 0.001 mg/l
APHA:4500-E as SO4 *, Turbid
11 Sulphates √ √ < 1 mg/l
metric
APHA: 2340-C *, Titrimetric (EDTA
12 Total Hardness √ √ < 10 mg/l
method)
APHA: 3500-B-Ca * Titrimetric,
13 Ca++ Hardness √ √ < 4 mg/l
(EDTA method)
14 Mg++ Hardness APHA: 3500-B-Mg *, By difference √ √ 8 mg/l
15 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B *, Titrimetric √ <10 mg/l
16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34),3.3 , colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l
17 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D*,Colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l
APHA:3500 Na-B *, Flame emission
18 Sodium √ <1 mg/l
Photometric
APHA: 3500 K-B * Flame emission
19 Potassium √ <1 mg/l
Photometric
APHA Edition 22 (3500 Ca- B)
20 Calcium √ 1 mg/l
Titrimetric (EDTA Method)
APHA Edition 22 (3500 Mg- B), by
21 Magnesium √ 3 mg/l
difference
APHA: 2520 B *, Electrical
22 Salinity √ -
Conductivity method

Parameters Analyzed in
Minimum
S. River
Parameters Analysis Methodology Surface Ground Detection
No. (Estuary)
Water Water Limit
Water
APHA: 4500 N Org, Micro Kjeldahl
23 Total Nitrogen √ 0.06 mg/l
Distillation *, Titrimetric
24 Total Phosphorous APHA: 4500 P-C *, colorimetric √ <1 mg/l
25 Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500O-C *, Iodometric √ √ √ 0.5 mg/l
Ammonical APHA: 4170-B */IS:3025 (part-34),
26 √ <0.01 mg/l
Nitrogen 1988, Distillation & colorimetric
27 SAR Flamephotmetric & EDTA method √ √ -
28 Heavy Metals
APHA: 3500-As-A */ APHA: 3111-
a Arsenic (as As) √ √ <0.002 mg/l
B(AAS)*
APHA: 3500-Cd-A */ APHA: 3111-
b Cadmium (as Cd) √ √ √ <0.003 mg/l
B(AAS) *
c Chromium (as Cr) APHA: 3500-Cr-B *, colorimetric √ √ <0.003 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Cu-A */ APHA: 3111-
d Copper (as Cu) √ √ <0.05 mg/l
B(AAS)* IS:3025(part42):1992
APHA: 4500 CN- D & E*,
e Cyanide (as CN) √ √ 0.003 mg/l
colorimetric
f Iron (as Fe) APHA: 3500-Fe-B *, colorimetric √ √ √ <0.1 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Ld-A */ APHA: 3111-
g Lead (as Pb) √ √ √ <0.01 mg/l
B(AAS)*
APHA: 3500-Hg-A */ APHA: 3111-
h Mercury (as Hg) √ √ √ <0.001 mg/l
B(AAS)*
APHA: 3500-Mn-A */ APHA: 3111-
i Manganese (as Mn) √ √ √ <0.04 mg/l
B(AAS) *
APHA: 3500-Ni-A */ APHA: 3111-
j Nickel (as Ni) √ <0.02 mg/l
B(AAS)*
APHA: 3500-Zn-A */ APHA: 3111-
k Zinc (as Zn) √ √ <0.08 mg/
B(AAS)*
l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 B-C *, colorimetric √ <0.02 mg/l
APHA: 9221-B *, Multiple Tube 1.8
29 Total Coliform √ √
Fermentation MPN/100ml
APHA: 9221-E *, Multiple Tube 1.8
30 Faecal Coliform √ √ √
Fermentation MPN/100ml
31 Free Ammonia √ -
32 Floating Matters APHA: 2530 - B * √ -
APHA: 2540 - D *, Gravimetric
33 Suspended Solids √ 2 mg/L
Method
Oil and Grease
(including APHA: 5520 - B *, (Partition -
34 √ 1.5 mg/L
Petroleum Gravimetric Method
Products)
Sludge Deposits,
Solid refuse floating
35 APHA: 2710 - C * √ -
Solids, Oil Grease
and Scum
* denotes methods as per 22nd Edition

Surface Water Results
Surface water samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area as shown in Table
3-17, Map 3-3 & Photograph 3-5. Analysis results of collected samples are given in Table 3-18, Pg. 118.
Table 3-17: Surface Water Sampling Locations – Ponds and River (Estuary)
Distance from Direction Justification of Sample

Code Location Source Date of Sampling
Site (in Km) w.r.t Site collection
SW 1 Jolwa Pond 22.11.16 3.15 W
SW 2 Suva Pond 22.11.16 1.2 SW
SW 3 Koliyad Pond 22.11.16 1.4 S To check quality of the
stagnant water body
SW 4 Atali Pond 22.11.16 1.2 NE coming in the study area
SW5 Galenda Pond 22.11.16 2.92 NNW
SW6 Ahkod Pond 22.11.16 3.56 NNE
SW7 Nr. Koliyad Estuary 22.11.16 4.84 SE Upstream direction
SW8 Nr. Suva Estuary 22.11.16 3.03 SW Downstream direction
Photograph 3-5: Photographs of Surface Water Sampling
Jolva Village Pond Suva Village Pond
Koliyad Village Pond Atali Village Pond

Table 3-18: Surface Water (Ponds) Analysis Results

IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking
Samples
water
Requirement Permissible limit in
S. SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
Parameters Units (Acceptable the absence of
No. (Jolwa) (Suva) (Koliyad) (Atali) (Galenda) (Akhod)
Limit) alternate source
Source Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond

Date of sampling 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16
1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 8.4 7.95 7.99 8.17 7.70 7.83
2 Temperature oC NS NS 29 29 29 29 27 23
3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 3.6 2.5 2 2.1 7.4 2.3
4 TDS mg/lit 500 2,000 1,875 1,342 560 2,900 672 840
5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm NS NS 3,200 2,400 1,177 1,510 960 1,268
6 COD mg/lit NS NS 56 60 32 69 24 57
7 BOD mg/lit NS NS 17 18 10 22 7.0 17
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1,000 839 574 256 593 226 327
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 303 209 48 375 111 153
11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 600 120 200 90 120 500 370
12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 32 132 80 90 240 320
13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 88 68 10 30 260 50
14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 320 230 240 280 180 200
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 30.18 31.62 30.43 8.50 35.76 46.29
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.53 0.05 0.80 1.17 0.84 0.93
17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 386.6 238.4 113.6 228.5 101.9 101.2
18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 31.1 29.8 34.2 40.3 32.9 18.5
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 12.8 52.9 32.1 36.1 96.1 128.2
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 21.4 16.5 2.4 7.3 63.1 12.1
21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 1,512 1,034 460 1,069 226 573
22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 NR 6.16 9.00 7.30 3.40 9.24 11.2


Samples
water

Date of sampling 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16
23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS NS 4 4.2 4.1 4.3 4.3 3.9
25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.01 1.84 0.94 1.63 0.17 0.15
26 SAR - NS NS 15.30 7.30 5.20 9.00 1.97 2.28
27 Heavy Metals
a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.001 <0.001
b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
c Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 2.179 4.467
g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.004 <0.004
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 0.03 0.057 <0.03 <0.03 0.040 0.020
Shall not be Shall not be
28 Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 4,300 3,500 2,200 5,400 2,100 5,200
detectable detectable
29 Faecal Coliform MPN/100 ml 1,400 1,300 940 1,700 1,600 1,350
* - Drinking Water Stander IS-10500, 2012
Note: NS – Not Specified; NR – No Relaxation

Table 3-19: Analysis Result of Estuary Water Sample

Nr. Koliyad Nr. Suva
SW7 SW8
S. Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls
Parameters Unit Narmada Narmada
No.
Estuary (U/s) Estuary (D/s)
SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V 22.11.16 22.11.16
1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 7.31 7.34
2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.5 4.0
No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour
3 Colour and Odour -
No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour
4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 NS None None
None from
Sewage or
5 Suspended Solids mg/l NS NS NS NS 40 61
Industrial waste
Origin
6 Turbidity NTU NS 30 30 NS NS 1.1 1.3
7 BOD mg/l NS 3 NS 5 NS 5 7
Oil and Grease
8 (including Petroleum mg/l 0.1 NS NS NS NS <0.4 <0.4
Products)
9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001
10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.01 <0.01
11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001
12 Dissolved Iron (as Fe) mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS <0.05 <0.05
Dissolved Manganese ( as
13 mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS <0.04 <0.04
Mn)
14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) NS 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 <1.8 <1.8
Sludge Deposits, Solid refuse None except for treated
15 floating Solids, Oil Grease NS NS NS NS NS Sewage and Industrial None None
and Scum waste Effluent
Note: NS – Not Specified

Classification of River Water as per their Intended Use

Class Intended Use
A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection
B Outdoor bathing (organized)
C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection
D Propagation of wild life, fisheries
E Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.
Quality of Surface water (Pond)
The quality of Jolwa, Suva, Koliyad, Galenda and Ahkod is comparable with class D and quality of Atali is
comparable with class E as inland surface water standards. If there is no alternate source for potable water then it
can be used for drinking purpose with suitable treatment
It is observed that:
 Atali Pond (SW 4) is worst polluted source where total 8 parameters are more than acceptable limits, whereas
Koliyad Pond (SW 3) pond is the least polluted sources.
 Parameters such as TDS, Chloride, Sulphates, alkalinity, fluoride, total nitrogen and coliforms are above
acceptable limits in major pond sources, there by requiring necessary treatment if utilized for drinking
purposes, if so required.
 As per classification of inland surface water standards, analysis results for all surface water of all ponds could
be considered under Class “C” except for BOD values which range from 7 mg/l to 22 mg/l. This is due to
anthropogenic sources such as washing, bathing etc.
Classification of Coastal/Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses

Class Designated Best Use
SW-I Salt
SW-II Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing
SW-III Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics
SW-IV Harbor
SW-V Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal
Quality of Surface water (Estuary)
It is observed that:
 The Quality of Narmada estuary (upstream and downstream) is nearly matching with class SW-I as per causal
water marine standards.
Ground Water
Ground water samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area as shown in Table
3-20, Map 3-3 & Photograph 3-6. Analysis results of collected samples are given in Table 3-21.
Table 3-20: Ground Water Sampling Locations
Date of Distance from
Code Location Source Direction w.r.t Site Sampling Rational
Sampling Site (in Km)
GW1 Rahiyad Bore Well 22/11/2016 0.39 ENE
GW2 Suva Bore well 22/11/2016 1.10 SW To check ground
GW3 Jolwa Bore well 22/11/2016 1.85 NW water quality within
GW4 Atali Hand pump 22/11/2016 4.24 NE study area
GW5 Koliyad Well 22/11/2016 2.22 ESE

Date of Distance from

Code Location Source Direction w.r.t Site Sampling Rational
Sampling Site (in Km)
GW6 Vegni Bore Well 22/11/2016 3.44 SE
GW7 Akhod Bore Well 22/11/2016 3.80 NE
GW8 Galenda Bore Well 22/11/2016 2.12 NNW
Photograph 3-6: Photographs of Ground Water Sampling
Atali Village Suva Village
Jolva Village Rahiyad Village

Table 3-21: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples

Sampling Code & Location
IS 10500:2012 Standard GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8

S.
Parameters Unit Limits for drinking water (2nd Hand Bore Bore Bore Bore
No. Bore well Bore well Bore well
Revision) Acceptable limit Pump well well well well
Rahiyad Suva Jolwa Atali Koliyad Vegni Akhod Galenda
1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 7.8 8.01 7.78 8.28 8.12 8.11 8.13 7.93
2 Temperature oC NS 29 29 29 29 29 21.7 23.3 21.8
3 Turbidity NTU 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
4 TDS mg/lit 500 1,142 3,929 6,852 1,693 570 4,552 488 1,456
5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm NS 2,300 6,900 11,000 3,100 1,200 6,502 697 2,080
6 COD mg/lit NS <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4
7 BOD mg/lit NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 434 1,822 3,053 781 246 1,336 171 438
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 241 549 1,175 191 57 478 105 105
11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 240 200 360 190 140 3,800 250 1,120
12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS 126 80 160 76 78 1,040 66 408
13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS 114 120 200 114 62 2,760 184 712
14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 200 240 200 300 260 260 260 220
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 14.2 58.23 8.67 15.22 22.78 80.92 <0.08 81.3
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 0.03 1.42 0.83 1.29 0.05 0.18 1.55 0.09
17 Sodium mg/lit NS 214 922 1,264 312.3 76.4 16.9 39.7 23.8
18 Potassium mg/lit NS 25.9 88.3 101.3 41.6 36.5 6.9 12.9 18
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 51 32 64 30 31 41 26 25
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 28 29 49 28 15 67 44 17
21 Salinity mg/lit NS 782 3,284 5,502 1,407 443 4,208 307 789
22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 3.36 12.88 1.87 3.29 5.09 19.6 <0.001 19.04


S.
23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 0.06 0.06 0.06
24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.2 3.3 3.3 2.9 3.1
25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.8 <0.01 0.17
26 SAR - NS 6 28.2 28.85 9.81 2.8 0.12 3.6 0.31
27 Heavy Metals
a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
c Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.03
e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.307 <0.01 0.901
g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04
h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 0.03 <0.03 0.041 0.034 <0.03 0.11 0.06 0.02
Shall not be detectable in any 100

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
ml sample

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
ml sample

Quality of Ground Water
 The presence of high TDS and Chlorides is imparted by saline geological formation.
 The geological formation is having low storability since it is made up of fine sand and silt thus groundwater
supply will always be limited.
3.5.8 Geology
This section describes environmental setting covering baseline conditions with respect to geology.
Methodology
The methodology adopted for the study of baseline environment started with desk study followed by secondary
data collection.
Secondary data like recent Google imageries, District Resource Map, information published by GSI studies were
used to collect basic information on Geology, Hydrogeology, aquifers, identification of Topography and Structural
features of site and surrounding area.
A field visit was conducted to study site specific geological and hydrogeological conditions includes lithology,
drainage patterns, water bodies, ground water condition and any possible impact to the environmental setting due
to project.
Topography and Geomorphology
Topographically, the entire area is almost flat with gentle dipping toward west. Geomorphologically the area
belongs to flood plains of Gulf of Khambhat. The average elevation is 6 – 8 m above MSL.
Regional Geology
A concise description of Geology is given by Geological Survey of India, as summarized in Table 3-22.
Table 3-22: Regional Geology6

Formation Lithology Geological Age
Younger alluvium Soils and blown sand Holocene
Highly weathered red colored Alluvium with
Older Alluvium Pleistocene
kankar and calc crusts
Jhagadia Formation Agate conglomerate Pliocene to Middle Miocene
Clay, marl, Limestone, Sandstone, siltstone and
Kand Formation Lower Miocene
conglomerate
Ferruginous sandstones, Clay pebbly sandstone
Babaguru Formation -
and conglomerate
Tarakeshwar Formation Bentonite clay, clay stone and sandstone Lower Eocene to Oligocene
Argillaceous Limestone and clay with
Nummulite Formation Lower to Upper Eocene
Nummulite
Clay Friable sandstone, pebbly sandstone and
Vadadkhol Formation Lower Eocene
Conglomerate
Deccan Volcanics Basics Dykes, Plugs Rhyolite and Basalt etc. Upper Cretaceous To Eocene
Bagh Beds Sandstone, limestone and clay Middle to Upper Cretaceous
-------------------------------------------------------------
6
Geological Survey of India, Published in 2001

Geology and Hydrogeology at Site
Dahej GIDC is located on west of Bharuch at Gulf of Khambhat. Geologically, entire area is covered with recent age
deposits of fluvial and marine origin. Major part of the study area is covered with gray to yellow coloured silty
loam. Tube well data and its lithological log of Dahej area is procured from Gujarat Water Resource Department
and Cooperation (GWRDC) and same is shown in Figure 3-3 & Figure 3-4.
Figure 3-3: Tube Well data for Dahej Village

Figure 3-4: Well Lithological Data – Dahej Tube Well
Hydro geological conditions
The main hydrogeological unit in the area is alluvium formation. The alluvium formation mainly comprises of alternate
bands of sand and clay. The sand formation consists of medium to fine-grained material and works as an aquifer.
The ground water in area is highly saline so no efforts are seen to extract ground water.
The groundwater occurrence in this area is under water table and semi-confined condition. As per discussion with
local people and well owners, depth to water level, within study area is 8 to 10 m and total depth of wells ranging
from 15 to 20 m. At site the applicable transmissibility value may ranging from 60-90 m2/day and permeability may
range form 3-6 m/day and specific yield value may range from 3-4%.

The groundwater in this area is saline. The aquifers will be having fine sand and silt with low porosity, permeability
and transmissibility. At some places, post monsoon water, shows slight improvement in terms of quality. However
with passage of time it turns saline. Drinking water is supplied by tankers or pipe lines in most of the villages at
vicinity of GIDC and SEZ area.
Seismicity
Gujarat is categorized in the seismic zone III7, which is classified as having a fairly high probability of earthquake
shocks measuring 5 or 6 on the Richter scale, low probability of shocks of 6 or 7 on the Richter scale.
Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat is shown as Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-5: Earthquake Zoning Map of Gujarat
3.5.9 Soil
The project area falls under South Gujarat Agro-climatic Zone II and Agro-ecological region-21. The soils are
predominantly of trap origin deep black soils (63%), however coastal black (14%) and loam soils (23%) are also
present. Taxonomically these soils are classified as Vertisols. The soils at the GIDC site are also clayey having very
high water holding capacity and porosity, but permeability is very low. The soil depth is > 100 cm and soil slope is
1-3 %. As the area is in the proximity of sea, waters and soils are likely to be saline/alkaline. The crops of the
surrounding areas are paddy, cotton and sugarcane and in winter sorghum and wal are grown. The cropping
intensity of the area is 117%.
Soil Sampling Locations
Soil samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area as shown in Table 3-23, Map
3-3 & Photograph 3-7. Analysis results of collected samples are given in Table 3-25.
-------------------------------------------------------------
7
Source: www.gujarat.earthquake.gov.in

Table 3-23: Soil Sampling Locations

Sample Sampling Distance from Direction w.r.t
Date of Sampling Justification
Code Location Project Site in Km Project Site
ST01 Site 23/11/2016 - -
ST02 Rahiyad 22/11/2016 1.39 NNE
ST03 Suva 22/11/2016 1.13 SW
ST04 Jolwa 22/11/2016 1.6 NNW To check surface
soil quality within
ST05 Atali 23/11/2016 4.29 ENE study area.
ST06 Koliyad 22/11/2016 2.45 ESE
ST07 Vegni 22/11/2016 3.44 SE
ST08 Akhod 22/11/2016 3.8 NE
Photograph 3-7: Photographs of Soil Sampling
Soil sampling at Jolwa Village Soil sampling at Atali Village
Soil sampling at Rahiyad Village Soil sampling at Site

Methodology Adopted for Soil Sampling
Various parameters were monitored in soil. The detailed monitoring methodology for soil sampling is given in Table
3-24.
Table 3-24: Methodology for Analyzing Soil Samples
Sampling Sample
Analytical Equipment Methodology Remarks
Parameters Collection
Porosity - IS: 2720 Part 7
Water holding capacity Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK Trial pit method for
topsoil sample
Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17 collection; disturbed
Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2 samples
Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4
Particle size Manual sample
Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4
Distribution collection using
Cation Exchange hammer and
Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976) 5% Leachate to be
Capacity container tube
for collecting made and analyzed as
F. Photometer (Na, K),
SAR undisturbed top Calculation per APHA, “Standard
Titration ( Ca & Mg)
soil. Methods”.
pH pH Meter 4500 H+B All method numbers
Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 -2000 are as per APHA
Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B “Standard Methods”
(21st edition, 2005)
Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B
Sodium (Na) F.Photometer 3500 Na B
Potassium F.Photometer 3500 K B
Table 3-25: Soil Analysis Results

Sampling Location
S.
Parameter Unit ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6 ST7 ST8
No
At Site Rahiyad Suva Jolwa Atali Koliyad Vegni Akhod
1 Porosity % 59 56 58 61 57 55 58 57
2 Water Holding Capacity % 70 67 75 77 77 72 65 71
3 Permeability mm/hr 5.88 7.58 6.43 0.37 6.8 12.5 6.62 7.24
4 Particle Size Distribution -
a Sand % 23 10 10 12 10 26 24 17.12
b Silt % 36 63 53 32 56 49 20 52
c Clay % 42 26 36 45 34 26 38 30
Silty Silty silty
Clay Silty Clay clay
5 Texture - Clay Clay Clay Loam clay
Loam Loam loam
Loam Loam loam
meq/100g
6 Cation Exchange Capacity 40 38.5 35 34.5 33 30.5 32.5 31
m
7 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 442 333 506 334 258 178 223 448
8 Sodium Absorption Ratio 1.67 1.11 1.78 1.53 1 0.98 0.74 0.73
9 Exchangeable Sodium % 1.18 0.38 1.34 0.98 0.21 0.19 1.28 0.87
10 pH 8.08 8.21 8.12 8.26 8.15 7.86 8.39 8.12
11 Calcium gm/kg 0.32 0.21 0.16 0.48 0.24 0.22 0.35 0.33
12 Magnesium gm/kg 0.24 0.21 0.29 0.05 0.24 0.16 1.24 0.27

Sampling Location
S.
Parameter Unit ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6 ST7 ST8
No
13 Sodium gm/kg 0.73 0.43 0.73 0.59 0.41 0.35 0.59 0.36
14 Potassium gm/kg 0.17 0.18 0.29 0.3 0.16 0.09 0.19 0.15
Soil Quality Results
It is observed that at different locations:
 The porosity ranged from 55% (Koliyad village) to 61% (Jolwa village) and WHC varied from 67% (Rahiyad
village) to 77 % (Jolwa & Atali village);
 The soil permeability was low to medium which ranged from 0.37 mm/hr (Jolwa village) to 12.5 mm/hr
(Kolliyad village), however soil texture in all the soil samples was clay loam, hence whatever variation observed
was mainly due to variation in organic matter content of soils;
 The EC of soil ranged from 178 dS/m (Koliyad village) to 506 dS/m (Suva village), while ESP varied from 0.19
(Koliyad village) to 1.78 (Suva village);
 These soils are neither saline nor sodic as ESP is < 5.0;
 The pH of soil ranged from 7.86 (Koliyad village) to 8.26 (Jolwa village), which indicates that soils are neutral
to slightly alkaline.
The overall soil quality indicates that soils are normal as the area is located in GIDC and not under cultivation since
long and whatever salts were there are washed off or leached down due to rain water over the years.
3.5.10 Ecology and Biodiversity
This section represents existing biodiversity status of the project site (core zone) and its surrounding environ of the
study area (buffer zone).
The field visit was conducted on 3rd February, 2016 & 17th June, 2017.
Ecological Sensitivity / Habitats of the Study Area
There is no Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger / Elephant Reserve, Migratory Corridors, Reserve forests
falls in the project study area of 10 km radius. Study area encompasses industrial areas, urban areas, agriculture
land, seasonal water bodies and Narmada River. Details of sensitive ecological attributes are given in Table 3-26
and Table 3-27.
Forest /National Park / Sanctuary

No National Park, reserve forest or Sanctuary falls within buffer zone.
Rivers and Ponds

There is one river in the study area. Details of Ponds in the Buffer Zone are given in Table 3-26.
Table 3-26: Details of Ponds/River of Buffer Zone

Direction from the
S. No Water Bodies Approx. Distance in Km
project Site
1 Bhukhi River 7.5 E

2 Atali Pond 1.33 NE
3 Kadodara Pond 2.4 NNE
4 Galenda Pond 2.79 NNW
5 Sambhati Pond 5.5 NNW

6 Samatpor Pond 3.99 NNW

7 Vav Pond 5.85 NW
8 Koliyad Pond 1.39 SSE
9 Suva Pond 3.88 SW
10 Jolwa Pond 3.16 W
11 Vadadla Pond 5.7 WNW
12 Rahiyad Pond 1.5 WSW
13 Ambetha 9.5 WSW
Estuary
Details of nearest estuary in the buffer zone is tabulated in Table 3-27.
Table 3-27: Details of Nearest Creeks and Estuary in the Buffer Zone
S. No. Features Distance Direction
1 Narmada Estuary 2.8 S
Methodology Adopted for Ecology & Biodiversity Study
Secondary Literature Review

Since the proposed project surrounding environ (buffer zone) encompasses various industries, some studies have
been conducted by our organization and other agencies to carryout EIA projects. In this report, secondary
information on ecology and biodiversity aspect has been used from reports of these recently conducted EIAs and
other information available on websites of Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Gujarat
Biodiversity Board, published literature, reports and research papers. However, efforts have been made to verify
same in the field and interaction with local people.
Field Data Collection / Inventory
Terrestrial Ecology
Since project site falls in the industrial area and no natural vegetation exists at site, efforts have been made to
enlist existing species. Similarly, the buffer zone is mainly dominated with crop / fallow land while forest area is
entirely invade by an invasive species Prosopis juliflora. So, secondary data from various EIA reports have been
extracted and verified through ground surveys.
Aquatic Ecology
Secondary data extracted from above said reports have been used to understand status of the marine environment
of project study area.
Threat Assessment Criteria

Indian wild Life Protection Act, 1972, ENVIS Database, IUCN Database, Red Data Book etc.
Terrestrial Ecosystem
Flora
Core Zone
The core zone area is dominated by Prosopis juliflora. There is no tree species at site. Overall 11 species of
common flora were recorded from the core zone of the study area.

Species names are followed by vernacular names/local names and families are given in Table 3-28.
Table 3-28: Floral Species Reported from the Proposed Project Site / Core Zone
Sr. No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family
SHRUBS
1 Abutilon indicum Kanghi Malvaceae
2 Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae
3 Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae
4 Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae
HERBS
1 Amaranthus spinosus Katanudant Amaranthaceae
2 Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nictaginaceae
3 Euphorbia hirta Duddhi Euphorbiaceae
4 Sida cordifolia Bala Malvaceae
GRASSES
1 Apluda mutica Phophal Poaceae
2 Cyndon dactylon Duv Poaceae
3 Cyprus rotundus Motha Cyperaceae
Buffer Zone
Overall 104 species of flora were recorded from the buffer zone of the study area. On the behalf of the qualitative
analysis, the maximum species were trees (40) followed by herbs (27), shrubs (26), climbers (6) and grasses (5).
Species names are followed by vernacular names/local names and families are given in Table 3-29.
Table 3-29: Floral Species Reported from the Buffer Zone

TREES
1 Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae
2 Acacia Senegal Gorad Fabaceae
3 Aegle marmelos Bili Rutaceae
4 Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae
5 Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni Apocynaceae
6 Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae
7 Bauhinia racemosa Katmauli Fabaceae
8 Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Fabaceae
9 Butea monosperma Khakhro Fabaceae
10 Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae
11 Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae
12 Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae
13 Delonix elata Sandsro Fabaceae
14 Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae
15 Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae
16 Ficus elastica Rubber Plant Moraceae
17 Ficus carica Gular Moraceae
18 Ficus religiosa Pipalo Moraceae
19 Ficus virens Pakar Moraceae


20 Gmelina arborea Sevan Verbenaceae
21 Grewia tiliifolia Dhaman Tiliaceae
22 Liminia acidissima Kaith bel Rutaceae
23 Manilkara hexendra Rayan Sapotaceae
24 Melia azadirachta Bakan Neem Meliaceae
25 Millingtonia hortensis Desi Buch Bignoniaceae
26 Moringa oleifera Saragvo Moringaceae
27 Morus alba Shetur Moraceae
28 Parkinsonia aculeata Rambaval Fabaceae
29 Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Fabaceae
30 Phoenix sylvestris Kahjoor Arecaceae
31 Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amli Fabaceae
32 Pongomia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae
33 Salvadora oleiodes Bada Pilu Salvadoraceae
34 Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae
35 Tamarindus indica Amli Fabaceae
36 Tectona grandis Sag Verbenaceae
37 Terminalia catappa Badam Combretaceae
38 Thespesia populnea Paras piplo Malvaceae
39 Vitex negundo Nagod Verbenaceae
40 Ziziphus Mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae
SHRUBS
1 Abelomoschus manihot Jagali bhindi Malvaceae
2 Abutilon indicum Kanghi Malvaceae
3 Achyranthes aspera Aghedo Amaranthaceae
4 Aegiceras corniculatum Halsi Myrsinaceae
5 Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvel Nyctaginaceae
6 Calotropis gigantea Safed Ankdo Asclepediaceae
7 Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae
8 Capparis decidua Karir Capparaceae
9 Capparis sepiaria kanthar Capparaceae
10 Cassia auriculata Aval Fabaceae
11 Clerodendrum inerme Madhi Verbenaceae
12 Datura metel Daturo Solanaceae
13 Euphorbia neriifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae
14 Grewia abutilifolia Kad dhamni Tiliaceae
15 Grewia tenax Gango Tiliaceae
16 Ipomoea carnea Morning Glory Convolvulaceae
17 Ipomoea fistulosa Besharam vel Convolvulaceae
18 Jatropha curcas Ratanjot Euphorbiaceae
19 Jatropha gossypifolia Pardesi Devalo Euphorbiaceae
20 Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae
21 Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae


22 Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae
23 Prosopis sinereria Khejri Fabaceae
24 Salvidora persica Pilu Salvadoraceae
25 Solanum surattense Kantakari Solanaceae
26 Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae
HERBS
1 Abutilon glaucum Khapat Malvaceae
2 Aerva javanica Gorakh Ganjo Amaranthaceae
3 Alternanthera sessilis Jar Bhaji, Jar Bhangaro Amaranthaceae
4 Amaranthus viridis Adbau Rajgaro, Rajgaro Amaranthaceae
5 Amaranthus spinosus Katanudant Amaranthaceae
6 Ammannia baccifera Jal Agiyo Lythraceae
7 Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae
8 Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nictaginaceae
9 Blumea lacera Pilo Kapurio Asteraceae
10 Cassia tora Pumvadiyo/Kawaria Fabaceae
11 Chenopodium album Bathua Chenopodiaceae
12 Cleome gynandra Ghandhatu, Dholi Talwani Capparidaceae
13 Corchorus aestuans Kag Shing, Chunch Tilaceae
14 Datura metel Dhaturo Solanaceae
15 Ecipta alba Bhangro Asteraceae
16 Eclipta prostrata Bhangro Asteraceae
17 Euphorbia hirta Duddhi Euphorbiaceae
18 Indigofera linnaei Neel Fabaceae
19 Ipomoea aquatica Nali ni Bhaji Convolvulaceae
20 Nymphaea stellata Kamal Nymphaeaceae
21 Ocimum basilicum damaro Lamiaceae
22 Pentanema indicum Sonasali Asteraceae
23 Polygonum glabrum Kamole Polygonaceae
24 Sida cordifolia Bala Malvaceae
25 Tridex procumbens Tridaksha Asteraceae
26 Typha angustata Patera, Gha-Bajariyu Typhaceae
27 Xanthium strumarium Chhota Gokhru Solanaceae
CLIMBERS
1 Coccinia grandis Giloda Cucurbitaceae
2 Cuscuta chinensis Amarval Cuscutaceae
3 Ipomoea aquatica Nali ni Bhaji Convolvulaceae
4 Ipomoea nil Kaladana Convolvulaceae
5 Ipomoea pes-tigridis wagpadi Convolvulaceae
6 Tinospora cordifolia Giloy Menispermaceae
GRASSES
1 Apluda mutica Phophal Poaceae
2 Cenchrus biflorus Dhaman Poaceae


3 Chloris barbata Mindadiu Poaceae
4 Cyndon dactylon Duv Poaceae
5 Cyprus rotundus Motha Cyperaceae
Some floral species reported from Study Area is shown in Photograph 3-8.
Photograph 3-8: Floral Species Reported from Study Area
Euphorbia hirta Ficus religiosa Calotropis procera
Salvodora persica Boerhavia diffusa Solanum surattense
Euphorbia Caducifolia Indigofera linnaei Typha angustata
Fauna
Core Zone
Only 3 common species of birds were reported from the project site. While, no direct or indirect evidences of
mammals were reported from the core zone. Avifauna Reported from Core Zone / Project Site is shown in Table
3-30.
Table 3-30: Avifauna Reported from Core Zone / Project Site

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA-1972 Schedule

1 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler IV, LC
2 Corvus splendens House Crow IV, LC
3 Dicrurus adsimmlis Black drongo IV, LC
Buffer Zone
Overall 54 species were reported from the buffer zone of the proposed project. Canis aureus (Jackal) was observed
and rescued from the industrial drain of GIDC, Dahej, Phase II with the help of Forest department during site visit.
On the behalf of the qualitative analysis, the maximum species were Birds (39) followed by Mammals (9) and
herpetofauna (6).
Species name are followed by common/English names along with threatened status have been tabulated in Table
3-31.
Table 3-31: Status of Faunal Groups (Mammals, Reptiles and Birds) in Buffer Zone
S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA-1972 / IUCN Category
MAMMALS
1 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai III, LC
2 Canis aureus Jackal II (PartI)
3 Funambulus pennanti Striped squirrel IV, LC
4 Herpeste edwardsii Common Mongoose II (PartI)
5 Indian field mouse Mus booduga Schedule-V, LC
6 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV,LC
7 Rattus Rattus Black rat Schedule-V, LC
8 Sus scrofa Wild Boar III, LC
9 Vulpes bengalensis Indian fox II, LC
REPTILES
1 Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait IV, LRnt
2 Calotes vesicolor Garden lizard IV
3 Eryx johini Red sand boa LC
4 Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake LC
5 Naja naja Cobra II
6 Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake II
BIRDS
1 Acridotheres ginginianus Common Myna IV, LC
2 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna IV, LC
3 Aedeola grayii Pond Heron IV, LC
4 Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher IV, LC
5 Apus affinis Little Swift IV, LC
6 Apus apus Common Swift IV, LC
7 Amauronis phoenicunus White breasted water hen IV, LC
8 Bulbucus ibis Cattle Egret IV, LC
9 Centropus sinensis Common Crow Pheasant IV, LC
10 Columba livia Blue rock pigeon IV, LC
11 Corvus splendens Common Crow V
12 Dendrocitta vagabunda RufousTreepie IV, LC

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA-1972 / IUCN Category
13 Dicrurus adsimmlis Black Drongo IV, LC

14 Eremopterix grisea Blackbellied Finch LC
15 Eudymamys scolopacea Koel IV, LC
16 Egretta garzetta Little Egret IV, LC
17 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Partridge IV, LC
18 Haliatuar indus Brahminy kite IV, LC
19 Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher IV, LC
20 Lanius excubitor Grey shrike IV, LC
21 Lonchura malabarica White Throated Munia IV, LC
22 Meropsles chenaulti Chestnut-headed Bee-eater IV, LC
23 Merops orientalis Small Green Bee-Eater IV, LC
24 Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird IV, LC
25 Orthotomus sutorius Tailor bird IV, LC
26 Passer domesticus House sparrow IV, LC
27 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl I, LC
28 Pondiceps ruficolis Little Grebe IV, LC
29 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet IV, LC
30 Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul IV, LC
31 Porphyrio porphyrio Purple Moorhen IV, LC
32 Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat IV, LC
33 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin IV, LC
34 Streptopelia senegalensis Little brown dove IV, LC
35 Streptope liachinensis Spotted Dove IV, LC
36 Streptope liadecaocto Eurasian Collared-Dove IV, LC
37 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler IV, LC
38 Upupa epops Hoopoe IV, LC
39 Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing IV, LC
Source: District Gazetteers of Bharuch, District Forest Department of Bharuch, literature survey & Field Survey by
KEC Team Members.
Photographs showing direct animal evidences in the project area is shown in Photograph 3-9.
Photograph 3-9: Direct Animal Evidences in the Project Area
Canis aureus (Jackal) reported from Calotes vesicolor (Garden lizard) Sighting of Porphyrio porphyrio (Purple
GIDC, Dahej Moorhen) in buffer zone

Sighting of Bubulcus ibis (Cattle Funambulus pennantii reported in Vanellus indicus (Red wattled lapwing)t
egret) near site Buffer zone reported near site
Aquatic Ecosystem
Status of fishery, phytoplankton & zooplanktons of the study area buffer zone is discussed further.
Fishery: Marine and Narmada Estuary

Bharuch District contributes less than 1% to the total state marine production. Bombay duck ( Harpadon nehereus)
constitutes the dominant fishery (13%) of the region of the total marine catch. The coastal water also serves as the
migratory route for the clupeid Hilsa (Tenualosa ilisha) on their way to the Narmada River for breeding and the
outward route for the newly hatched juveniles and some of the adults. This makes Hilsa fishery an important
activity inside the Gulf and the estuarine region of Narmada.
Water near confluence is heavily silted and turbid. No commercial fishery takes place in river or along the coast due
to strong water currents. Pagadiya type fishing is operational in intertidal zones. Very few fishing boats present
coastal villages which operate only during rainy season when large fishes are available.
Phytoplankton and Zooplankton

Status of phytoplankton and zooplankton in various village water bodies has been tabulated in Table 3-32 &
Table 3-33.
Table 3-32: Status of Phytoplankton in Various villages of the Study Area
S. No. Genera Village Names
1 Cladophora Jolwa, Vadala, Ambheta
2 Coelastrum Suwa, Jolwa
3 Desmium Jolwa
4 Gonatozygon Jolwa, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala
5 Melosira Suwa, Jolwa
6 Microspora Kadodara, Vadala
7 Nitschia Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala
8 Pediastrum Suwa
9 Penium Suwa
10 Phormidium Jolwa, Suwa, Vadala
11 Protococcus Kadodara, Vadala
12 Richterella Jolwa
13 Scenedesmus Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala
14 Spirulina Jolwa, Vadala
15 Synedra Suwa, Jolwa
16 Zygnema Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Vadala
Table 3-33: Status of Zooplankton in Various villages of the Study Area

S. No. Genera Village Names

1 Bosmina Suwa
2 Branchionus Suwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Jolwa, Vadala
3 Canthocampus Suwa, Jolwa, Vadala
4 Ceriodaphnia Suwa, Jolwa
5 Cyclops Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala
6 Daphnia Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala
7 Diaphanosoma Suwa
8 Diaptomus Jolwa, Suwa, Vadala
9 Eubranchionus Jolwa, Vadala
10 Leptodora Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala
11 Limnocalamus Suwa, Jolwa, Ambheta, Vadala
12 Macrothrix Suwa
13 Monas Suwa
14 Nauplius Suwa, Jolwa, Vadala
15 Polyphemus Suwa
16 Sida Vadala
Status of Threatened and Endemic Biodiversity
No any threatened species of plants were reported from the area under study while most of the fauna reported,
from the buffer as well as core zone falls under Schedule-IV of IWPA, 1972 except Indian Peafowl (Schedule-I, Lc).
Among recorded faunal species, none of the species can be designated as an endemic 8.
Agriculture and Horticulture
The Tuver (Cajanus indica), Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) are cultivated as major
crops in this area. Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides) and Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) are cultivated in few pockets
immediately after monsoon period.
Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Tuver (Cajanus indica), Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and Cotton
(Gossypium herbaceum).
Minor crops: The minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) and Divel
(Ricinus communis).
Vegetables: The vegetables grown in the study area are, Rigan (Solanum melongena), Tomato (Lycopersicon
lycopersicum) and Val, Valpapadi (Lablab purpureus).
Major horticultural crops: Horticulture activity is very less. Keri (Mangifera indica), Chikoo (Manilkara zapota),
Papaya (Carica papaya) and Banana (Musa Paradisiaca).
3.5.11 Socio-Economics
The aim / objectives of the study is to comply with the requirement of MoEF guidelines. The SE methodology is
given in Table 3-34.
Table 3-34: Approach and Methodology for Conducting the SE Study
-------------------------------------------------------------
8Venkataraman, K., Chattopadhyay, A. and Subramanian, K.A. (Editors). 2013. Endemic Animals of India (Vertebrates):1–235+26 Plates. (Published by the Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata)

Area
S. No. Aim / Objective Study Core Area Methodology
Area Only
1 To Identify and Assess
Social status of society in the core and buffer zones. To do
1.1.
this it is required to get reliable information with regards to:
People residing in the core and buffer zones along with key
Secondary data collection
demographic figures as per the secondary data (mainly
1.1.1 √ and collation from Census
Census of India) giving information on: population, literacy,
of India
gender and occupation
Main sub-communities dwelling in the core zone by caste From interviews with PRI
1.1.2 √
and religion representatives
People who are vulnerable classes such as: Below Poverty
From interviews with PRI
1.1.3 Line (BPL), Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes √
representatives and census
(ST)
Economic status of society in the core / buffer zone. To do
1.2
this it is required to get reliable information with regards to:
Occupational pattern from secondary data (mainly Census of Secondary data collection
1.2.1 India) giving information on: main workers / marginal √ and collation from Census
workers / non-working population of India
Sources of revenue available to Panchayati Raj Institutions From interviews with PRI
1.2.2 √
(PRIs) representatives
Economic well-being of different classes by gaining an
understanding of: prevailing daily wage rates for labor (male
From interviews with PRI
1.2.3 / female), status of land holding across different classes / √
representatives
landless households, major crops and farmer support,
livestock and animal husbandry
Status of physical and social infrastructure within the core
1.3 and buffer areas. To do this, it is required to get reliable -
information with regards to
Physical infrastructure - reliable information on availability
and adequacy with respect to: educational facilities, road From interviews with PRI
1.3.1 √
infrastructure, power, water for drinking and irrigation, representatives
sanitation, garbage / MSW, banking facilities
Social infrastructure – reliable information on availability and
adequacy with respect to infrastructure associated with: From interviews with PRI
1.3.2 √
sports, community events and community self-help / support representatives
group
From published literature
1.3.3 Cultural heritage of the area √
and site visits
1.4 Effects of -
Ongoing impacts of other developments in the vicinity of the
subject development on people and their lifestyle within the From focus group
1.4.1 √
core impact zones, as determined by the EIAC in interaction discussions
with FAE (WP / AP&AQ / SHW / RH & NV)
Likely impacts of proposed operations (if a greenfield
From focus group
1.4.2 project) on people and their lifestyle within the core impact √
discussions
zones mentioned above
2.0 To Determine -
Needs of different communities based on the work done in From data analysis,
2.1 √
identification and assessment mentioned above internal / client discussions
3.0 To Propose -
A Social Management Plan with budgets, timelines and From data analysis,
3.1 √
actionable items to achieve the expected outcomes internal / client discussions

Study Area - Socio-Economics
The study area is defined as an aerial distance of 10 km from the proposed project boundaries. The core area for
socio-economic impacts study has been taken as 5 Km from the proposed site. The approach of conducting
Baseline Social Survey is to bring views of the people as to what are the issues that they face; what is their
understanding of development; which are the areas that need to be worked upon, and so on. Baseline Social
Survey is recommended by the DPE Guidelines to know the needs of the communities so as to implement
sustainable CSR interventions.
This Baseline Social Survey was conducted by KEC in consultation with GACL team in the villages / habitation like
Atali, Rahiyad, Galenda, Jolwa & Koliyad. These villages directly falls in around the close proximity of the proposed
project. The field visit was done by the social experts from 29th to 30th August, 2017 in order to cull out the needs
of the communities and thereby develop a sustainable CSR / Social Development approach which can be replicated
into meaningful interventions in the surrounding areas of the proposed site.
In the selected villages focused group discussions, consultation with people of various cross section of the society
like teachers, vulnerable groups etc., was conducted. Socio-economic survey mainly focuses on the population,
household composition, education levels, general health status, livelihood strategies, employment, income level,
etc. and social concerns/issues in relation to the proposed project. The Primary Census Abstract of 2011 data was
used as secondary data. Photographs showing expert doing Focus Group Discussion (FGDs) during his visit are
shown in Photograph 3-10.
Photograph 3-10: Stakeholders Consultation
Consultation with Head Master Rahiyad Meeting with Teachers at Atali Village
Social Profile
Population Distribution
The project study area consists of a section of the population whose land has been acquired for SEZ. Due to
decrease of agricultural activity in recent past people work as daily wage and contractual labours to carve out their
livelihood. Fishermen community exists in the study area villages who lives on a daily earn basis. Demographic
status of study area is shown in Table 3-35.
Table 3-35: Demographic Status of the Study Area

Household
Sr. No. District Sub-district Habitation Distance Population (2011)
(2011)
1 Bharuch Vagra Atali 0 - 3 Km 239 1,150
2 Bharuch Vagra Rahiyad 0 - 3 Km 355 1,694
3 Bharuch Vagra Galenda 0 - 3 Km 120 611
4 Bharuch Vagra Jolwa 0 - 3 Km 338 1,442

Household
Sr. No. District Sub-district Habitation Distance Population (2011)
(2011)
5 Bharuch Vagra Koliyad 0 - 3 Km 152 676
Sub- Total 1,204 5,573
6 Bharuch Vagra Samatpur 3 - 5 Km 79 367
7 Bharuch Vagra Akhod 3 - 5 Km 174 831
8 Bharuch Vagra Suwa 3 - 5 Km 413 1,920
9 Bharuch Vagra Vengani 3 - 5 Km 202 908
Sub- Total 868 4,026
10 Bharuch Vagra Sambheti 5 - 7 Km 82 416
11 Bharuch Vagra Vav 5 - 7 Km 155 727
12 Bharuch Vagra Vadadla 5 - 7 Km 201 822
13 Bharuch Vagra Kaladra 5 - 7 Km 393 1,663
14 Bharuch Vagra Khojbal 5 - 7 Km 287 1,513
15 Bharuch Vagra Nandida 5 - 7 Km 160 719
16 Bharuch Vagra Bhensili 5 - 7 Km 228 1,123
Sub- Total 1,506 6,983
17 Bharuch Vagra Kadodara 7 - 10 Km 420 1,995
18 Bharuch Vagra Padariya 7 - 10 Km 131 647
19 Bharuch Vagra Janiyadra 7 - 10 Km 150 729
20 Bharuch Vagra Nandarkha 7 - 10 Km 92 447
21 Bharuch Bharuch Kesrol 7 - 10 Km 165 818
22 Bharuch Bharuch Mahegam 7 - 10 Km 244 1,235
23 Bharuch Bharuch Manad 7 - 10 Km 233 1,076
24 Bharuch Vagra Pakhajan 7 - 10 Km 255 1,286
25 Bharuch Vagra Ambheta 7 - 10 km 347 1,552
26 Bharuch Vagra Narnavi 7 - 10 Km 151 692
27 Bharuch Vagra Vajapur 7 - 10 Km - -
Sub- Total 2,188 10,477
Grand Total 5,766 27,059
Source: Census Data-2011
According to Census Data-2011 it is revealed that the density of the population in the study area is around 5 person
per households. Within the aerial distance of 0-3 km it seen that Scheduled Tribes community are the dominating
caste followed by other backward caste and general.
Sex Ratio
The Sex Ratio of the study area is given in Table 3-36.
Table 3-36: Sex Ratio of the Study Area

2011
Distance Sex Ratio
Male Female
0 - 3 km 2,916 2,657 911
3 - 5 km 2,052 1,974 962
5 - 7 km 3,704 3,279 885

7- 10 km 5,391 5,086 943

Total 14,063 12,996 924

The above table depicts that the Sex ratio of the study area is 924 persons per thousand. In the villages
surrounding the proposed project site i.e. 0-3 km aerial distance it is 911 per thousands.
Vulnerable Groups
SC/ST population in the study area has been shown in Table 3-37.
Table 3-37: Details of SC/ST Communities in the Study Area

2011
Distance % SC % ST
Total Male Female Total Male Female
0 - 3 km 9.38 53.73 46.27 19.70 50.18 49.82
3 - 5 km 4.37 47.73 52.27 24.52 50.86 49.14
5 - 7 km 5.34 49.60 50.40 31.76 52.30 47.70
7 - 10 km 4.54 52.10 47.90 25.93 50.72 49.28
Total 5.72 51.55 48.45 25.94 51.15 48.85

According to the above table it is reflected that the Scheduled Communities are more than Scheduled Communities
in the study area. The ST communities are 25.94% while SC communities are 5.72% of the total population of the
study area. Further Muslims communities is also prevalent in abundant numbers in the surrounding villages of the
proposed project site.
Educational Facility
Almost all the villages/habitation is the study is area is being provided with the Primary Schools. For higher
education like professional degree/diploma the students visit Bharuch or nearby cities. During field visit it could be
traced that in few villages like Atali, Rahiyad, Galenda, Jolwa & Koliyad there is absence of Secondary and Senior
Secondary School.
Anganwadi is present in each villages of study area.
The Educational facilities in the study area are shown in Table 3-38.
Table 3-38: Educational Facilities in the Study Area

Government Private
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Distance
Primary
Primary
College
College
School
School
School
School
School
School
Senior
Senior
(Km)
0 - 3 km 6 1 - - - - - -
3 - 5 km 4 - - - - - - -
5 - 7 km 7 1 - - - - - -
7 - 10 km 12 1 - - 1 - - -
Total 29 3 - - 1 - - -

The literacy rate in the study area is shown in Table 3-39.
Table 3-39: Literacy Rate of the Study Area

2011
Distance % Literacy
Total Male Female
0 - 3 km 74.70 80.32 68.54
3 - 5 km 69.25 76.90 61.30
5 - 7 km 70.16 77.56 61.79
7 - 10 km 73.02 80.73 64.84
Total 72.06 79.25 64.29

The literacy rate of the people in the study area is 72.06 % as shown in the above table. The literacy rate of males
is more than that of females.
Photograph 3-11: Educational Infrastructure
Primary School at Koliyad Village Mid-Day Meal in the Study Area
Source: Primary Social Survey-2017
Health Facilities
During field survey it could be found that Primary Health Centre is readily available in the villages having the large
number of population. For major treatment the people need to travel to Bharuch. In emergency, the facilities of
108 ambulance is always available and even several times the companies in the close proximity of the area provides
their respective ambulance(s). In the study area at many places a few companies are running Medical or Health
Check-up Camps through NGOs or registered societies. The Health facilities in the study area are shown in Table
3-40.
Table 3-40: Health Facilities in Study Area
Medical facilities Out
Mobile Health Clinic
Maternity And Child
Primary Health Sub
Veterinary Hospital
Community Health
Non-Government
Welfare Centre
Primary Health
Family Welfare
Patient
Centre
Centre
Centre
Centre
Distance
0 - 3 km - - 2 - - - - 2
3 - 5 Km - - - - - - - -

5 - 7 Km - - - - - - - -
7 - 10 Km - 1 1 - - - - 1
Total - 1 3 - - - - 3
Source: Census Survey-2011

According to the census data-2011, the community Health Centre, Veterinary Hospital Family welfare centre, TB
Clinic & Dispensary is absent in the study area.
Drinking water Facilities

There is lack of drinking water facilities in the surrounding areas. There is absence of alternate source of water
except tanker which is also not regular according to villagers. The water connectivity is provided by the GIDC. At
few habitation of the study area the existing companies provide drinking water through tanker or giving tap
connection water from their companies.
It was observed that that many of the families were washing clothes through pond or gutter line or blocked rain
water. Photographs showing villagers washing clothes in study area are represented in Photograph 3-12.
Photograph 3-12: Washing Facilities in the Study Area
Clothes Being Washed by Gutter Line Water Washing Facilities in the Study Area
Source: Primary Social Survey-2016
Housing Condition and Sanitation Facility
Housing Condition
The housing condition in the study area, mainly of tribal falias, are in poor condition. Photographs showing tribal
houses in study area is shown in Photograph 3-13.
Photograph 3-13: Tribal Houses of the Study area

View of Tribal Houses of the Study Area
Source: Primary Social Survey-2016 & 2017
Sanitary Toilet Facility

The baseline survey reveals that open defecation is being practiced in especially in tribal falias or fisherman
communities of the study area. The people having pucca houses generally had the toilets built in their house. The
people who were living in Indira Awas or Sardar Awas Yojana in kutcha houses generally not having the toilet
facility available at their homes. Few household had got toilet constructed under the Government Scheme but they
were not in working condition because of absence in regular supply of water or not fully constructed. So they have
been left with no other option except to defecate in open.
Economic Profile
Agriculture
Agriculture is totally depended on monsoons in the study area. The major crops grown are Wheat, Cotton, Pulses
and Bajri. Agriculture provides employment in the form of daily wage labour during the harvesting season. People
who have less or no land do labour in others field on daily wage basis. The average wage for the male is INR 300
per day and for the female is INR 250 per day.
Industries/Factories
PCPIR located at Dahej, is spread over the blocks of Vagra and Bharuch, South Gujarat. This region has been
specifically delineated Investment Region planned for the establishment of production facilities for petroleum,
chemicals and petrochemicals. Vagra Taluka is the place where the proposed project is coming. The major company
that are there in GIDC Dahej Phase II are: Gujarat Narmada Valley Fertilizer Company, Adani Power Dahej Ltd.,
First Carbon Technologies Pvt. Ltd., GACL, SRF Limited, Narmada Bio Chem Pvt. Ltd., Indofil Chemicals Company,
BOC, Meghmani Organics Ltd. etc.
Cultural Profile
Village life has always been the resemblance of simple society, informal relations and traditional livelihood patterns.
The upcoming of the industries and creation of SEZ has made changes in the rural life of Gujarat.
This has impacted the lifestyle of the villagers to some extent. The in-migration of population due to the industries
has led way for the apartment system that can be easily seen in the Jolwa and Rahiyad villages. The scope for civic
nuisance emerges with the coming of the migrant population. Local villagers giving houses on rents have added on
to their incomes. There can be seen blending of certain common attributes like fooding, common practices, lifestyle
patterns, educational preferences etc. of the rural community by coming in contact with in-migrated population in
their area.

Majority of the people in the study area are vegetarian. A traditional ‘Gujarati Thali’ consisting of dal (lentils), roti,
rice and vegetables apart from salads, farsan and sweet dish followed by chhaas, forms the staple diet. Evening
food consist of ‘bhakhri-shaak’ or ‘khichdi-kadhi.’ Mainly, the diet of the people consists of cereals, pulses, green
vegetables, fruits, milk, ghee, butter-milk, etc. A variety of cuisine sub-ordinates like pickles, chutney, papad,
yoghurt, etc serve as fillings on main menu. However, non-vegetarian food is also available in certain Muslim
dominated areas like Jolva village etc.
Due to the coming of the industries now there can be seen hotel/restaurant facilities available in the study area
serving all Indian cuisines like Punjabi, South Indian etc. along with traditional Gujarati Thali with ‘chaas’ and
‘papad’.
The local language spoken is ‘Gujarati’. However, use of Hindi language was also found in some rural and most of
the urban areas.

ANTICIPATED
M/S. GACL IN JV DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ & MITIGATION MEASURES
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES
In this chapter, we:
 Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment;
 Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities;
 Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance;
 Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation
measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation;
 In case impact are low or moderate and can be suitably managed by SOP’s / OCP’s, to minimize / control the
consequences, no specific management plans are prescribed;
 If consequences are high / indicating significant impact, implementation of mitigation measures requires
specific management plan, these are prescribed.
4.1 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Details of investigated environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project
construction, regular operations and final decommissioning are discussed in this section.
Key Definitions, identification of impacts, methodology of component wise risk assessment is described in
Annexure 16. This methodology is used in this chapter for preparing impacts and their listing evaluation.
Mitigation measures are formulated based on the significance of the impact.
A programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as an Environmental Monitoring
Program and Environmental Management Plan, presented in Chapter 6 & Chapter 10 respectively.
Impact on environment have been identified, based on an assessment of various environmental aspects associated
with the project activities and has been summarized in Table 4-1.

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ MEASURES
Table 4-1: Aspect – Impact Identification from Proposed Project

Potential Impacts
N / AN / E
Ecology & Resource
Air Water Land Social
S No. Project Activity Identified Aspect Biodiversity Depletion
AP / Effluent / LU / OH /
NV SW GW Soil HW ISW MSW TER. AQUA. RD Infrastructure Economic
AQ Sewage LC (H&S)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20
1 Project Location
Increase in traffic on state highways and internal
1.1 Site selection N • • (+ve) •
roads in study area
2 Project Design
Non-compliance of Environmental standards due to
failure in designs of the following:
1) Air Pollution Control Equipment • •
2) Boilers / Compressors / Other utilities • •
Design & selection of technology,
2.1 3) ETPs, RO, Incinerator & Hazardous waste storage
reactors/ equipment / site layouts, etc. • • • • •
area AN
4) Chlorine & other hazardous material storage tanks
• •
and structure
5) High Energy Consumption •
3 Project Construction
A Pre-Construction
Change in Landuse from Scrub to Industrial Use N •
Removal of site vegetation like herbs, Site specific loss of common floral diversity,
3.A.1
shrubs and grasses (except trees) associated faunal diversity & habitat / habitat N •
diversity
B Construction
Generation of Debris N •
Noise Generation N • •
Excavation and paving of site,
3.B.1 Movement of JCBs, other machinery, Site specific disturbance to faunal species N •
workers / labors etc.
Dust Generation N • •
Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls AN •
Generation of Scraps N • •
Heavy fabrication work for erecting Emission of Heat Radiation N • •
major plant equipment including
3.B.2 Noise Generation N • •
operation of equipment like crane,
concrete mixtures, vibrators etc. Breaking of pulley, chains of cranes during lifting of
AN •
equipment
3.B.3 Influx of Construction Workers Sewage Sludge Generation N • • • (+ve)
Vehicular movement for transportation Dust generation and emission of HC & CO N • •

3.B.4
of materials and equipment Noise Generation N • •
C Commissioning
Process Emissions of HCl, Cl2 & HC AN • • •
Flue gas Emissions of PM, NOx, CO, unburnt fuel,
Startup and shutdown activities like AN • •
etc.
operation of various equipment in Chlor-
3.C.1 Alkali, reactors in synthetic organic Noise Generation N • •
units, inorganic plants and Captive
Leakage of chemicals, fuel and generation of waste
Power Plant. AN • • •
water
Generation of discarded packing materials N •

Potential Impacts
N / AN / E
Ecology & Resource
AQ Sewage LC (H&S)
4 Project Operation
Chlorine liquefaction, Storage,
A
Filling & Dispatch
4.A.1 Procurement of Salt Loss of resource in rainy season. N • •
Fugitive emission of chlorine AN • •
Effluent generation having high TDS N •
Brine preparation-resaturation,
4.A.2 Brine sludge disposal N •
dechlorination, etc.
Soil contamination due to spillage of Brine Sludge
AN •
during transportation to external SLF / TSDF
Depleted brine AN • •
4.A.3 Electrolysis Process Cl2 release E • • • •
Caustic and Brine leakage from electrolyser assembly AN •
4.A.4 Loading of Chlorine tonners Cl2 leakage due to valve failure and tonner leakage E • • • •
Liquefaction, Storage, Bottling &
4.A.5 Vaporization of Chlorine in Chlorine Leakage of Chlorine AN • • •
bullets
4.A.6 Hydro testing of Chlorine tonners Disposal of wash water N •
Chlorine supply through pipeline to
4.A.7 Leakage of Chlorine AN • • •
nearby existing industry
Transportation of Chlorine within plant
4.A.8 Leakage of Chlorine AN • • •
through pipeline
4.A.9 Storing Cl2 in bullets Bullet failure due to natural calamities or sabotage E • • •
4.A.10 Secured Landfill Facility Leachate generation N •
B HCl Plant
4.B.1 Scrubbing of HCl vapours Emission of HCl AN • • • •
C Hypo Plant
4.C.1 Absorption of Chlorine in Hypo Tower Escape of unabsorbed Chlorine & HCl AN • • • •
D Hydrogen Plant
Fire due to electrostatic charge AN •
4.D.1 H2 Compressor
Explosion E • •
E Chloromethanes plant
Emission of HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx, HC and
AN • • • •
Methanol
4.E.1 Hydro chlorination
Generation of Spent Alumina catalyst N •
Generation of waste water N •
4.E.2 Thermal Chlorination Generation of Activated Carbon & Tar pot heavies N •
F Chlorotoluenes Plant
Bottom residue as High M.P Liquid Impurities N •
4.F.1 Operation of Reactors Generation of Effluent N •
Emission of HCl and CL2 AN • • •
G Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant

Potential Impacts
N / AN / E
Ecology & Resource
AQ Sewage LC (H&S)
4.G.1 Operation of Reactors Emission of HCl and CL2 AN • • • •
H Epichlorohydrin Plant
Emission of HCl & Cl2 N • • • •
4.H.1 Operation of Reactors Effluent generation N •
Generation of hazardous wastes like incinerator ash. N •
I Captive Co-Generation Power Plant
Generation of Coal dust during transportation N • • •

4.I.1 Procurement of Coal Transportation by road N •
Development of ancillary activity N • • (+ve)
Generation of Coal dust N • •
4.I.2 Coal storage and stock pilling
Fire E • • •
4.I.3 Handling and Crushing of coal Emission of Coal dust N • • •
Operation of Coal fired boilers & Emission of PM, SO2, NOx and Fly Ash generation N • • • •
4.I.4
Turbines Noise Generation N • •
5 General & Utilities
Vehicular movement for transportation SPM generation and emission of HC & CO. N • • • (+ve) •
5.1 of raw materials, finished goods,
Industrial Waste. Noise Generation N •
5.2 Handling of Material, Products (Dry). Generation of Dust N • •

Emission of PM, SO2, NOx, CO, HCl, C2H4Cl2, TOC,
N • • • (+ve)
Dioxin
Waste water generation from cooling tower blow
N •
Operation and Maintenance of other down, shaft leaks, washings etc
utilities like DG Sets, Incinerator,
5.3 Leakages in HSD tank AN • • • •
Cooling Tower, Compressor, Pumps,
Blowers etc. & Floor Washing. Noise Generation N •
Generation of Used/spent oil, waste/residue
containing oil, contaminated hand gloves, discarded N •
containers / barrels / bags
5.4 Operation of DM Plant Acidic and alkaline waste water N •
Fire and Explosion AN • • • •
Storage of fuel, Raw material, Finished Dust Generation N • •
5.5
products and Hazardous waste handling
Generation of discarded container, drums, packing
N • •
material etc.
5.6 Raw water intake from GIDC reservoir Consumption of water (surface) N • •
Sludge Generation N • •
Spillage of HW/effluent AN • •
5.7 Operation of ETPs, RO & STP
Untreated effluent generation due to abnormal
AN •
operation/ breakdown of RO
Mixing of contamination form Process, coal storage,
5.8 Storm water management chemical & fuel storage and handling area, effluent AN • •
treatment plant and salt yard with storm water
5.9 Equipment maintenance Generation of waste/used oil and lubricants N • •

Potential Impacts
N / AN / E
Ecology & Resource
AQ Sewage LC (H&S)
Generation of scraps, used spares, cotton waste,
N •
hand gloves etc.
Waste water generation N •
5.10 Analysis in laboratory Generation of Broken Glassware AN • •
Injury due to splash of acid/alkali on chemist AN •

ANTICIPATED
4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT
As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of
environmental aspects associated with the project, which include emissions:
 During Project Design Stage;

 During Project Construction;
 During Project Operation;
 During General Operation phase of Utilities.
For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified into point and area
sources. Whilst no area sources have been identified as part of the project, point sources have been identified and
these include stacks attached to various units.
For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, the impact assessment methodology is given in Table 1
of Annexure 16. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational controls /
mitigation measures on air environment are tabulated in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment
N / AN / E
Impact Scoring
S Significance / EMP
Project Activity Identified Aspect Legal Severity, Probability, Final Score, Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures
No. Consequence Required
S P SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
1 Project Design
Non-compliance of Environmental Membrane cell technology is considered. Approved and standard

Design & selection of reactors/ equipment / site
1.1 standards due to failure in Air Pollution AN No 5 1 5 Low designs of air pollution control equipment & process equipment will be No
layouts, etc.
Control Equipment designs. procured from Authorized vendors to meet environmental standards.
Excavation and paving of site, Movement of Barricading will be done wherever required. Water sprinkling is carried
2.A.1 Dust Generation N No 1 5 5 Low No
JCBs, other machinery, workers / labours etc. out as and when required.
Heavy fabrication work for erecting major plant

2.A.2 equipment including operation of equipment like Emission of Heat Radiation N No 1 5 5 Low Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used. No
crane, concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.
Vehicular movement for transportation of Dust generation and emission of HC &

2.A.3 N No 2 5 10 Moderate PUC Certified vehicles will be used. Traffic management will be ensured. No
materials and equipment CO
B Commissioning
Startup and shutdown activities like operation of Process Emissions of HCl, Cl2 & HC AN No 4 1 4 Low No
various equipment in Chlor-Alkali, reactors in SOP's, OCP, OEP will be made and followed. APC will be provided. Fire
2.B.1 Flue gas Emissions of PM, NOx, CO,
synthetic organic units, inorganic plants and AN No 4 3 12 Moderate fighting and emergency response team will be at place. No
Captive Power Plant. unburnt fuel, etc.
3 Project Operation
Chlorine liquefaction, Storage, Filling &
A
Dispatch
Regular work place monitoring will be done. Leakages will be
Brine preparation-resaturation, dechlorination,
3.A.1 Fugitive emission of chlorine AN No 4 1 4 Low immediately attended. OCP will be followed. Chlorine system is No
etc.
connected with caustic scrubber.
Depleted brine AN No 2 1 2 Negligible OCPs will be made and followed. No

3.A.2 Electrolysis Process
SOP's, OCP, OEP & Offsite emergency plan will be followed during
Cl2 release E No 5 1 5 Low No
emergency
Cl2 leakage due to valve failure and SOP's, OCP, Onsite and Offsite emergency plan will be followed during
3.A.3 Loading of Chlorine tonners E No 4 1 4 Low No
tonner leakage emergency. Fire fighting and emergency response team will be at place.
Cl2 & HCl Detectors will be placed at suitable locations. Vacuum system
will be in place to capture Cl2 and transferred to Hypo plant for Caustic
Liquefaction, Storage, Bottling & Vaporization of
3.A.4 Leakage of Chlorine AN No 5 3 15 High scrubbing. SOP's will be followed during emergency. Mandatory Yes
Chlorine in Chlorine bullets
inspection of each equipment shall be done as per the requirements.
Regular work place monitoring will be carried out.
Chlorine supply through pipeline to nearby Leakages will be immediately attended by competent person. Preventive
3.A.5 Leakage of Chlorine AN No 4 1 4 Low No
existing industry maintenance schedule in place.
Transportation of Chlorine within plant through Leakages will be immediately attended by competent person. Preventive
3.A.6 Leakage of Chlorine AN No 4 1 4 Low No
pipeline maintenance schedule in place.
Onsite and Offsite emergency plan will be followed. Fire fighting &
Bullet failure due to natural calamities
3.A.7 Storing Cl2 in bullets E No 5 1 5 Low emergency response team will be at place. Preventive maintenance No
or sabotage
schedule in place.
B HCl Plant
3 Stage Caustic Scrubbing System will be provided. Adequate stack
3.B.1 Scrubbing of HCl vapours Emission of HCl AN Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
height of 30 m will be provided.

N / AN / E
Impact Scoring
S P SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
C Hypo Plant
Single Stage DM Water Scrubbing System will be provided. Adequate
3.C.1 Absorption of Chlorine in Hypo Tower Escape of unabsorbed Chlorine & HCl AN Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
stack height of 30 m will be provided.
D Chloromethanes plant
Emissions of HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx, HC Water and Alkali Scrubber will be provided. Adequate stack height of 30
3.D.1 Hydro chlorination N Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
and Methanol m will be provided.
E Chlorotoluenes Plant
Caustic Soda Scrubber will be provided. Adequate stack height of 33 m
3.E.1 Operation of Reactors Emission of HCl & Cl2 N Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
will be provided.
F Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant
Water, Alkali Ventury Scrubbers will be provided. Adequate stack height
3.F.1 Operation of Reactors Emission of HCl & Cl2 N Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
will be provided.
G Epichlorohydrin Plant
Water, Alkali Ventury Scrubbers will be provided. Adequate stack height
3.G.1 Operation of Organic unit Emission of HCl & Cl2 N Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
will be provided.
H Captive Co-Generation Power Plant
Generation of Coal dust during Barricading will be done wherever required. Water sprinkling is carried
3.H.1 Procurement of Coal N No 1 5 5 Low No
transportation out as and when required.
Barricading will be done wherever required. Water sprinkling is carried
Generation of Coal dust N No 1 5 5 Low No
out as and when required.
3.H.2 Coal storage and stock pilling Onsite and Offsite emergency plan will be followed. Fire fighting &
Fire E No 5 1 5 Low emergency response team will be at place. Preventive maintenance No
schedule in place.
OCPs will be followed. Water sprinkling will be done. Dust extraction
3.H.3 Handling and Crushing of coal Emission of Coal dust N No 2 5 10 Moderate No
system will be provided at crusher house
SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed. Stack height of 80 m will be
Emission of PM, SO2, NOx and Fly Ash provided for proper dispersion. Online meter for PM, SO2 & NOx will be
3.H.4 Operation of Coal fired boilers & Turbines N Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
generation provided. Ash Handling and Management plan will be prepared and
followed.
Vehicular movement for transportation of raw SPM generation and emission of HC & OCPs will be followed. Water sprinkling will be done. Dust extraction
4.1 N No 3 5 15 High Yes
materials, finished goods, Industrial Waste. CO. system will be provided at crusher house
4.2 Handling of Material, Products (Dry). Generation of Dust N No 2 5 10 Moderate Regular clean-up activities shall be done. No
SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed. Adequate Stack height of 15 m
Operation of other utilities like DG Sets, Emission of PM, SO2, NOx, CO, HCl,
4.3 N Yes -- -- -- Significant will be provided for DG sets & 25 m for Incinerator will be provided for Yes
Incinerator. C2H4Cl2, TOC, Dioxin
proper dispersion.
Onsite and Offsite emergency plan will be followed. Fire fighting &
Storage of fuel, Raw material, Finished products Fire and Explosion AN No 5 1 5 Low emergency response team will be at place. Preventive maintenance No
4.4 schedule in place.
and Hazardous waste handling
Dust Generation N No 2 5 10 Moderate Regular clean-up activities shall be done. No
Note: Scoring is not done for those impacting activities, where the mitigation measure of the arising aspect requires to meet/comply with the Legal Requirement (i.e. NOC/CTO).

ANTICIPATED
4.2.1 Emission Rates & Predicted GLCs
Point Source Emissions
As per the discussions with GACL officials, following relevant data were collected to calculate emission rates of
relevant pollutants from point source due to proposed activities during operation phase:
 Quantity of fuel;
 Fuel analysis;
 Stack details: Internal diameter at top, height*, exit gas velocity, temperature.
* Stack Height is calculated based on the sulphur content in Blend of Imported / Indigenous Coal, considering
worst case, i.e. when all APCM fails.
Assumptions for calculating emission estimate for point source are as following:
 Emissions rates of relevant parameters as provided in Emission standards for TPP units to be installed from 1 st
January, 2017.
 By having Sulphur reduction efficiency of >92.75% (Lime dosing in CFBC boilers) & ESP Efficiency of
>99.75%, the said norms will be met.
 Emission standards for Chlor Alkali Industries.
 Emission limits for air pollutants for the Industrial units regardless of size, type and location for which
standards have not been notified under EPA, 1986 as mentioned in Table 4-4 & Table 4-5.
 In actual, the emissions will be lesser then it is calculated for and it is unlikely to cause abundant GLCs.
Details of proposed stacks & APCM are given in Table 2-21 & Table 2-22. Sulphur and Ash content in Blend of
Imported / Indigenous Coal, HSD & LDO is tabulated in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Rate for Flue Gas Stacks
S. Sulphur Ash Density,
Fuel Type Source
No. Content, % Content, % kg/m3
Imported Coal from Indonesia / South Africa
1 0.5 7.5 800 As provided by GACL
blended with Indigenous washed coal
2 HSD 0.25 0.01 820 Secondary Data, IOCL
Secondary Data,
3 LDO 1.8 0.02 NA
ONGC (MRPL)
Secondary Data,
4 NG 0.001 0.0001 0.9
Sabarmati Gas
Table 4-4: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Rate for Process Stacks
S. No. Parameter GPCB's Exhaust Limit in mg/Nm3
1 HCl 20
2 Cl2 9
3 CO 150
4 SO2 40
5 NOx 25
6 HC 15
Table 4-5: Assumption for Calculating Emission Rates for Incinerator Stack
S. No. Parameter Incinerator Exhaust Limit in mg/Nm3 unless mentioned
1 HCl 20
2 Cl2 9

ANTICIPATED
S. No. Parameter Incinerator Exhaust Limit in mg/Nm3 unless mentioned

3 CO 100
4 SO2 40
5 NOx 200
6 HC 15
7 C2H4Cl2 5
8 TOC 20
9 Dioxin 0.1 ng-TEQ/Nm3
Emissions rates from proposed point source (flue gas stacks & process stacks) as per the above assumptions are
shown in Table 4-6 & Table 4-7.
Area Source Emissions
From the proposed project, area source, emitting PM, is identified as open storage of coal. Emission rates from coal
yard is provided in Table 4-8.
Line Source Emissions
Vehicular emissions, majorly CO & HC’s are envisaged due to movement of these vehicles on six lane “ pakka” road
having 24 m width. Dispersion modelling is not considered for line source emissions as the roads are “ pakka”,
hence no significant addition of GLCs are envisaged due to vehicular movement.

Table 4-6: Emission Estimate from Flue Gas Stacks

SO2 PM10 NOx
Stack Stack Stack APCM NOx
Required Stack Stack Fuel SO2 SO2 APCM SO2 Emitted, PM10 PM10 Emitted Emitted
Stack Stack Attached Dia. Exit Exit Fuel PM10 Emitted,
Stack Ht., Ht., Exhaust, Consumptio Emitted, Emitted, Reduction AFTER Emitted, Emitted, AFTER after
No. to (Top), Velocity, Temp, Used Reduction mg/Nm
m m oK
Nm3/s n kg/hr gm/sec Efficiency APCM, kg/hr gm/sec APCM, APCM,
m m/s Efficiency 3
gm/sec gm/sec gm/sec
1 Boiler - 1 79.2 80 3.25 15 423 87.6 Coal 880 TPD 322.7 89.6 90.23% 8.76 4,400 1222.2 99.8% 2.44 100.00 8.76
2 Boiler - 2 79.2 80 3.25 15 423 87.6 Coal 880 TPD 322.7 89.6 90.23% 8.76 4,400 1222.2 99.8% 2.44 100.00 8.76
Note: DG set emissions are not considered for modelling purpose, as it is on standby and will operate only when in case of boilers are not in operation.
Table 4-7: Emission Estimate from Process Stacks

SO2 NOx HC
Stack C2H4Cl2
Stack Stack Stack HCl Emitted Cl2 Emitted CO Emitted Emitted Emitted Emitted TOC Emitted
Stack Pollutants Stack Exit Emitted
Stack Attached to Dia. Exit Exhaust, after APCM, after APCM, after APCM, after after after after APCM,
No. Emitted Ht., m Velocity, after APCM,
(Top), m Temp, oK m3/s gm/sec gm/sec gm/sec APCM, APCM, APCM, gm/sec
m/s gm/sec
gm/sec gm/sec gm/sec
Caustic Soda Plant
1 Waste air dechlorination unit HCl, Cl2 30 0.4 3.00 318 0.38 0.0071 0.0032 -- -- -- -- -- --
2 HCl synthesis unit HCl, Cl2 30 0.15 3.00 318 0.05 0.0010 0.0004 -- -- -- -- -- --
Chlorotoluenes Plant
1 Reactor of Chlorotoluenes HCl, Cl2 33 0.4 3.00 318 0.38 0.0071 0.0032 -- -- -- -- -- --
Chloro Methane Plant
HCl, Cl2, CO,
1 Reactor of MCA - Sec I 30 0.15 3.00 323 0.05 0.0010 0.0004 0.0073 0.002 0.0012 0.001 -- --
SO2, NOx, HC
Epichlorohydrin Plant
NOx, CO, HCl,
1 Incinerator attached to ECH Plant C2H4Cl2, TOC, 25 0.5 10.00 343 1.96 0.0341 - 0.1706 - 0.3412 -- 0.034 0.0002
Dioxin
Table 4-8: Emission Estimate from Area Source

Maximum Working Pit Max.
Air Pollution Generating Emission Factor as Coal
Storage Dimensions, m Stowage Density of Quantity Emission PM Emission, PM Emission, PM Emission,
S. No. Area (m2) Activity (as per USEPA Per USEPA Fire Handled,
Yard type factor Coal, Kg/m3 Handled, Factor lb/Hr gm/sec gm/m2/sec
Length Width Terminology) Model Ton/Hr
TPD
3.000 E-3 Lb per Tons

1 Coal Storage 100.0 60.0 6,000 1.4 800.00 1,760 Handling 73.33 0.003 0.220 0.028 4.6199E-06
Material Throughput

ANTICIPATED
Dispersion Modelling
Emissions from all the stacks were analysed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion
modelling guidelines of AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society (AMS)/United States
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), as directed by CPCB.
About AERMOD
AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and
meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modelling periods (typically one hour or
less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain
within the same modelling framework.
The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee
(AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modelling concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through
AERMIC, a modelling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary
boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated
sources, and both simple and complex terrain.
AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modelling system. It
incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts.
Data flow in AERMOD modelling system is shown in Figure 4-1.
Figure 4-1: Data Flow in AERMOD Modelling System
Meteorological Parameters
The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient atmospheric temperature,
cloud cover, humidity & rainfall for the study period.
Other Assumptions
The dispersion modelling assumptions considered are as follows:
 The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

 Stability class and Atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database;
 DG sets are not considered to be in operation.

ANTICIPATED
Results
Air dispersion modelling results with predicted GLC (Isopleths) from proposed activity of all parameters are provided
in Annexure 18. Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10, SO2 & NOx, HCl, Cl2 & 8 hourly for HC & CO are
tabulated in Table 4-9. TOC & C2H4Cl2 were not modelled due to their volatile nature.
Table 4-9: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling for Proposed Stacks

Number of Maximum GLC
S No. Parameters Distance, m Direction
Sources Concentration, µg/m3
1 PM10 4 20.7 250 W
2 SO2 4 5.38 750 SW
3 NOx 4 5.40 750 SW
4 HCl 5 0.40 500 SW
5 Cl2 4 0.05 500 SW
6 HC 1 0.025 250 WSW
7 CO 2 2.14 500 W
A situation is predicted as the sum of incremental GLCs and average baseline monitored value of a parameter at the
baseline monitoring location. GLCs at these receptors are tabulated in Table 4-10.
Table 4-10: Maximum Incremental GLC from Proposed Project

Name of Village CPCB Limit Baseline Total
S GLC
(Distance in Pollutant Concentration Concentration Predictive GLC
No. (µg/m3)
km/Direction) (µg/m3) (Avg) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
PM10 100 72 20.7 92.7

SO2 80 8.9 5.38 14.2
NOx 80 15.1 5.4 20.5
At Project Site
1 HCl - <1.0 0.4 <1.4
(~ 0.0)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.05 <1.05
HC - 1,308 0.025 1,308
CO 2,000 <1,142 2.14 <1,144
PM10 100 75 0.4 75.4
SO2 80 9.1 1.98 11.08
NOx 80 15.7 2.9 18.6
Atali
2 HCl - <1.0 0.04 <1.04
(~1.05 / NE)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.005 <1.005
HC - 1,316 0.003 1,316
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.35 <1,142
PM10 100 68 2.91 70.91
SO2 80 8.7 0.73 9.43
NOx 80 6.6 0.77 7.37
Galenda
3 HCl - <1.0 0.01 <1.01
(~2.7 / NW)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.001 <1.001
HC - 1,144 0 1,144
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.17 <1,142
Jolwa PM10 100 94 2.36 96.36
4
(~3.11 / W) SO2 80 10.6 1.12 11.72

ANTICIPATED

S GLC
No. (µg/m3)
NOx 80 19.4 1.24 20.64

HCl - <1.0 0.03 <1.03
Cl2 - <1.0 0.004 <1.004
HC - 1,370 0 1,370
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.04 <1,142
PM10 100 76 4.6 80.6
SO2 80 11.0 3.49 14.19
NOx 80 18.9 3.56 22.46
Rahiyad
5 HCl - <1.0 0.16 <1.16
(~1.21 / SW)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.01 <1.01
HC - 1,152 0.004 1,152
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.89 <1,142
PM10 100 58 0.35 58.35
SO2 80 9.3 0.88 10.18
NOx 80 <13.9 0.89 <14.79
Koliyad Village
6 HCl - <1.0 0.01 <1.01
(~1.61 / S)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.001 <1.001
HC - 1,052 0 1,052
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.29 <1,142
PM10 100 66 0.27 66.27
SO2 80 8.9 0.42 9.32
NOx 80 13.7 0.43 14.13
Kaladara Village
7 HCl - <1.0 0.01 <1.01
(~4.72 / SE)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.002 <1.002
HC - <1,055 0.001 <1,055
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.03 <1,142
PM10 100 73 0.28 73.28
SO2 80 10.4 1 11.4
NOx 80 15.7 1.1 16.8
Suva village
8 HCl - <1.0 0.11 <1.11
(~3.32 / SW)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.01 <1.01
HC - 1,114 0.003 1,114
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.39 <1,142
PM10 100 60 0.05 60.05
SO2 80 7.9 0.19 8.09
NOx 80 <12.9 0.28 <13.8
Akhod village
9 HCl - <1.0 0.03 <1.03
(~3.79 / NNE)
Cl2 - <1.0 0.004 <1.004
HC - <1,007 0.002 <1,007
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.19 <1,142
10 Nr. Kaladara PM10 100 61 0.22 61.22

ANTICIPATED

S GLC
No. (µg/m3)
(~ 3.71 / E) SO2 80 8.3 0.33 8.63
NOx 80 <12.9 0.49 <13.39
HCl - <1.0 0.02 <1.02
Cl2 - <1.0 0.003 <1.003
HC - 1,043 0.002 <1,043
CO 2,000 <1,142 0.25 <1,142
Conclusion
Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the ambient air quality limits prescribed
by CPCB & as per Factories Act, it can be concluded the following:
 Incremental GLC’s for all parameters remain within 250 to 750 meters from the project site;
 Air impact are not expected to cause any effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the
project site.
Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:
 Lime dosing will be done in the CFBC Boilers to meet the SO2 emission standards;
 Adequate height of at least 80 m will be provided as per the statutory requirements to flue gas stacks attached
to boilers. APC like ESPs will be installed to meet PM emission standards;
 Well-designed APCM like scrubbers (DM water & Caustic) will be provided as per the applicability to control
emissions HCl, Cl2, NOx, CO, C2H4Cl2, TOC, Dioxin from process vents/stacks;
 Online sensors for PM, SO2 & NOx shall be provided with flue gas stack attached to boilers;
 Online sensors for HCl & Cl2 shall be provided with stack attached to Hypo plant;
 Plant load will be maintained to reduce the air emissions;
 Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust (if required);
 Proper operating procedures will be followed during start-up and shutdown;
 Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use ensured;
 Regular Work place monitoring will be done.
4.2.2 Incremental Traffic
As mentioned in Section 2.10.1, Approximately, 325 trucks per day carrying raw material and finished goods shall
be using the state highway connecting Site with Bharuch & then after, NH-8, which connects site to Mumbai-Delhi
and others major cities. Employees and contract workers (~5 buses, 50 cars, 100 two wheelers & 100 cycles) shall
use the same route during peak hours (i.e. morning 0800 hours to 1200 hours and evening 1600 hours to 2000
hours).
Based on the traffic survey conducted, it is noted:
 Average peak hourly traffic on this route is 1,634 and 1,522 PCU respectively;
 From the proposed project, additional 283 PCU’s per hour will be added on SH-6;
 Thus, the maximum PCU on the road will be 1,917 (Dahej to Bharuch) & 1,805 (Bharuch to Dahej).
 As per IRC, carrying capacity of this approach road is 3,600 PCU;
Thus, the road is capable of carrying the excess traffic from the proposed project. Summary of traffic survey (peak
hourly) are given in Table 4-11 & Table 4-12. Traffic Survey sheets are given in Annexure 19.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
NALCO GIDC, DAHEJ & MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4-11: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Dahej to Bharuch

Total PCUs After
From Dahej to % of Total Equivalent PCU Additional Additional PCUs
Type of Vehicle Converted PCUs Proposed
Bharuch Stream Factor Vehicles per day / Hr.
Project
Two wheeler 188 26% 0.75 141 100 38 179
Three wheeler 7 1% 1.2 8 0 0 8
Car/Jeeps 184 26% 1 184 50 25 209
Truck/Buses/Tractors 293 41% 3.7 1,085 325 120 1,206
Non Motorable vehicles 108 15% 2 215 100 100 315
Total 780 1,634 575 283 1,917
Table 4-12: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Bharuch to Dahej

Total PCUs After
From Bharuch to % of Total Equivalent PCU Additional Additional PCUs
Type of Vehicle Converted PCUs Proposed
Dahej Stream Factor Vehicles per day / Hr.
Project
Two wheeler 171 24% 0.75 128 100 38 166
Three wheeler 5 1% 1.2 6 0 0 6
Car/Jeeps 163 23% 1 163 50 25 188
Truck/Buses/Tractors 277 39% 3.7 1,026 325 120 1,146
Non Motorable vehicles 100 14% 2 199 100 100 299
Total 716 1,522 575 283 1,805

ANTICIPATED
Impacts due to Road Transportation
 Increase in transportation will lead to increase in road traffic;

 Generation of dust from trucks;
 Emission of pollutants like HC, SO2, CO, CO2;
 Noise generation from vehicular movement;
 Spillage or leak of raw materials during transportation.
Mitigation Measures/Precautions to be taken whilst transporting hazardous waste
 Trucks with be covered with tarpaulins before traveling on public roads;

 No overloading is done shall be ensured;
 Vehicle manifest shall be maintained;
 PUC Certified vehicles will be used;
 Traffic management will be ensured.
The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained as such, that exhaust
emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type.
4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
For the purpose of impact predictions on noise environment, the impact assessment methodology is given in Table
1 of Annexure 16. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational controls /
mitigation measures on noise environment are tabulated in Table 4-13.
4.3.1 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan
Noise Modelling study was done using the Software tool “Sound Plan” essential 3.0 software, which predicts the
Noise Map generated due to the sources present at the project site and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver
points due to the sources present at the project site.
To analyse the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project
site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure
Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.
“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern Isopleths, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that
particular region exceeds the CPCB limits. If the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the area will be shown
in Red contour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL. Otherwise, it will
be shown in Green contour.

Table 4-13: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment
N / AN / E
Impact Scoring
S P SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
1 Project Design
Non-compliance of Environmental standards
Design & selection of reactors/ equipment / site Process equipment meeting environmental noise standards shall be
1.1 due to faulty design of Boilers / Compressors AN No 5 1 5 Low No
layouts, etc. procured.
/ Other utilities.
A Construction
Excavation and paving of site, Movement of JCBs,

2.A.1 Noise Generation N No 1 5 5 Low Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used. No
other machinery, workers / labours etc.
Heavy fabrication work for erecting major plant Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used. Proper
2.A.2 equipment including operation of equipment like Noise Generation N No 1 5 5 Low PPE like Ear Plugs & ear muffs will be provided and its use shall be No
crane, concrete mixtures, vibrators etc. ensured.
Vehicular movement for transportation of materials

2.A.3 Noise Generation N No 2 5 10 Moderate PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. No
and equipment.
B Commissioning
Start-up and shutdown activities like operation of

SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during start-up. Acoustic enclosures
various equipment in Chlor-Alkali, reactors in
2.B.1 Noise Generation N No 3 5 15 High will be built-in with equipment by technology provider. PPE like Ear Plugs Yes
synthetic organic units, inorganic plants and
& ear muffs will be provided and its use shall be ensured.
Captive Power Plant.
3 Project Operation
A Captive Co-Generation Power Plant
PPE like Ear Plugs & ear muffs will be provided and its use shall be
3.A.1 Operation of Coal fired boilers & Turbines Noise Generation N Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes
ensured. No operators shall be allowed to do two continuous shifts.
Vehicular movement for transportation of raw

4.1 Noise Generation N No 2 5 10 Moderate PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. No
materials, finished goods, Industrial Waste.
Operation and Maintenance of other utilities like SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during start-up. Acoustic enclosures
4.2 DG Sets, Incinerator, Cooling Tower, Compressor, Noise Generation N No 3 5 15 High will be built-in with equipment by technology provider. PPE like Ear Plugs Yes
Pumps, Blowers etc. & Floor Washing. & ear muffs will be provided and its use shall be ensured.

ANTICIPATED
The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate SPL are considered slightly on the
higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise with their maximum SPLs are tabulated in Table 4-14.
Table 4-14: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels

Levels dB(A)
S. No. Sources
Day Night
1. DG sets 100 100
2. Compressor 85 85
3. Boiler 100 100
4. Coal Mill 90 90
5. Turbine 95 95
6. Pumps 95 95
7. Cooling Tower 85 85
8. Chiller 95 95
Results
The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are tabulated in Table 4-15. Isopleths generated during day time
and night time are as given in Figure 4-2 & Figure 4-3.
Table 4-15: Noise Level at Receptor Locations (Based on SoundPlan)

Prescribed Limit
S. Level dB(A) Conflict dB(A)
Receiver Name dB(A)
No.
Day Night Day Night Day Night
NL1 At Project boundary(NE) 75.0 70.0 44.5 44.5 - -
NL2 At Project Boundary (NW) 75.0 70.0 42.2 42.2 - -
NL3 At project Site 75.0 70.0 45.9 45.9 - -
NL4 At Project boundary (SW) 75.0 70.0 41.3 41.3 - -
NL5 Atali Village 55.0 45.0 30.4 30.4 - -
NL6 Nr Jolwa Village 55.0 45.0 27.8 27.8 - -
NL7 Rahiyad Village 55.0 45.0 27.8 27.8 - -
NL8 Koliyad Village 55.0 45.0 27.8 27.8 - -
Based on the modelling of proposed activities, it is noted that the proposed activities will not have any conflict in
Noise levels comparing to the prescribed CPCB limits.
Cumulative Impact
Results are collated with baseline data to predict the cumulative incremental in noise levels at the monitored
receptors. The details of the same for day time and night time is tabulated in Table 4-16.
Conclusion
The predicted cumulative incremental increase in Noise level shows that following:
 Incremental increase in core area of project site from site shows incremental increase in the range of 0.1 dB(A)
to 0.3 dB(A) during day time and 0.1 dB(A) to 0.9 dB(A) during night time.
 Beyond project site up to 1.5 Km, increase in noise level is negligible.

Table 4-16: Predictive Cumulative Noise Levels

Baseline Average Noise levels SPL predicted at Receiver by Predicted Cumulative incremental Incremental increase in Noise
Location CPCB Limits in dB (A)
Location Category in dB (A) Proposed Activities (dB) increase in Noise level dB (A) level dB (A)
Code
Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time
NL1 At Project boundary (NE) Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.9 54.5 44.5 44.5 59.1 54.9 0.2 0.4
NL2 At Project Boundary (NW) Industrial 75.0 70.0 61.2 57.2 42.2 42.2 61.3 57.3 0.1 0.1
NL3 At project Site Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.5 52.3 45.9 45.9 57.8 53.2 0.3 0.9
NL4 At Project boundary (SW) Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.8 51.8 41.3 41.3 56.9 52.2 0.1 0.4
NL5 Atali Village Residential 55.0 45.0 55.1 45.5 30.4 30.4 55.1 45.6 0.0 0.1
NL6 Nr Jolwa Village Residential 55.0 45.0 55.5 45.9 27.8 27.8 55.5 46.0 0.0 0.1
NL7 Rahiyad Village Residential 55.0 45.0 55.7 45.1 27.8 27.8 55.7 45.2 0.0 0.1
NL8 Koliyad Village Residential 55.0 45.0 55.2 44.8 27.8 27.8 55.2 44.9 0.0 0.1

DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &
M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DAHEJ MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure 4-2: Isopleths Generated During Day Time

DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &
M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DAHEJ MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure 4-3: Isopleths Generated During Night Time

ANTICIPATED
4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT
For the purpose of impact predictions on ground & surface water environment, the impact assessment methodology
is given in Table 1 of Annexure 16. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and
operational controls / mitigation measures on water environment are tabulated in Table 4-17.
4.4.1 Impact on Ground Water
No withdrawal of groundwater is proposed in the project. Hence, surface and ground water will not be impacted.
4.4.2 Impact on Surface Water
The fresh water consumption for the proposed project is estimated to be around 15.3 MLD which will be supplied
from the GIDC Dahej. The adequate measures will be taken to reduce fresh water demand by adopting latest
technologies for water saving measures.
Further the effluent generated from the process, Utilities and domestic use will be segregated at source and treated
in ETP at site. Recycling RO will be proposed for low COD streams and RO permeate will be reused in plant while
RO reject water will be used for dust suppression and sprinkling in coal handling area, hence reducing the fresh
water demand.
Treated sewage will be used for gardening to reduce fresh water demand.
Other treated effluent from ETP-2 will be discharged into GIDC effluent collection system matching with sea
discharge norms given by GPCB. No untreated wastewater will be discharged off outside the plant area. Hence
impact on surface water quality will negligible. It will be ensured that quality of treated wastewater is well within
the standard disposal norms for sea discharge.
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:
 During construction phase, sewage will be disposed into soak pit and septic tank. Regular cleaning will be
carried out.
 There will be separate process and storm water drains.
 Properly designed effluent drains with side barriers will be provided & inflow will be diverted to individual ETP
for necessary treatment to achieve deep sea discharge norms before disposing treated effluent in GIDC effluent
collection system, meeting deep sea.
 Maximum recycle and reuse will be done to reduce the fresh water consumption.
 Leakage of water at various source will be avoided.
 Process, chemical fuel storage and handling area will have proper bunds and dyke walls so that contaminated
run-off cannot meet the storm-water line.
 Rainwater harvesting will be done only in the admin building and from roof top of control rooms.
 Domestic waste water will be treated in STP and treated water will be used for gardening purpose.
 Use of drip irrigation system for greenbelt development which will reduce the overall water demand.
 Proper O&M of effluent treatment plants will be done to ensure meeting specified standards.
During the heavy rainfall, water through internal storm water drains will meet nearest storm water drain made by
GIDC, leading to Estuary which is approximately 2.8 Km in S direction from the project site.
Plot No. D II-9, falls in the GIDC, Dahej which is the part of PCPIR. The GIDC effluent collection system, meeting
deep sea will be maintained as per Environment Clearance granted to PCPIR, Dahej dated 14th September, 2017,
Annexure 22.

Table 4-17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment
N / AN / E
Impact on Impact Scoring EMP
Significance /
S No. Project Activity Identified Aspect Legal Effluent / Severity, Probability, Final Score, Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures Require
SW GW Consequence
Sewage S P SxP d
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14

1 Project Design
Non-compliance of Environmental
Design & selection of reactors/ equipment / Proper design of ETPs, RO & STP shall be done to
1.1 standards due to failure in designs AN Yes • 5 1 5 Low No
site layouts, etc. meet the environmental standards.
of ETPs & RO.
A Construction
Mobile toilet blocks will be provided. The sewage so
2.A.1 Influx of construction workers Sewage generation. N Yes • -- -- -- Significant generated will be discharged into Septic tank / soak pit Yes
system.
B Commissioning
Start-up and shutdown activities like

Separate line for effluent drains with side barriers will
operation of various equipment in Chlor- Leakage of chemicals, fuel and
2.B.1 AN No • 4 1 4 Low be provided & inflow will be diverted to respective No
Alkali, reactors in synthetic organic units, generation of waste water
ETPs for further treatment.
inorganic plants and Captive Power Plant.
3 Project Operation
Chlorine liquefaction, Storage, Filling
A
& Dispatch
3.A.1 Procurement of Salt Loss of resource in rainy season. N No • 1 2 2 Low Waste water will be reused in the process No
Effluent will be recycled and reused after pH

Brine preparation-resaturation, Effluent generation having high adjustment and further treatment in RO. Final effluent
3.A.2 N No • -- -- -- Significant Yes
dechlorination, etc. TDS will be discharged in GIDC effluent collection system
after meeting GIDC discharge norms.
The depleted brine will be recycled back into the
Depleted brine AN No • 3 2 6 Low No
process
3.A.3 Electrolysis Process SOP’s will be followed. Proper floor slope and
Caustic and Brine leakage from
AN No • 2 3 6 Low connection to the recovery system made to recover No
electrolyser assembly
leaked caustic / brine back to system
3.A.4 Hydro testing of Chlorine tonners Disposal of wash water N No • 2 3 6 Low Generated waste water will be reuse in the process No
3.A.5 Secured Landfill Facility Leachate generation N No • 2 4 8 Low Leachate will be reused in the process No
B Chloromethanes plant
Effluent will be treated in ETPs & RO. Final effluent will
Effluent generation having high
3.B.1 Hydro chlorination N Yes • -- -- -- Significant be discharged in GIDC effluent collection system after Yes
COD & TDS
meeting GIDC discharge norms.
C Chlorotoluenes Plant
3.C.1 Operation of Reactors Generation of Effluent N Yes • -- -- -- Significant be discharged in GIDC effluent collection system after Yes
D Epichlorohydrin Plant
3.D.1 Operation of Reactors Effluent generation N Yes • -- -- -- Significant be discharged in GIDC effluent collection system after Yes
Waste water generation from Effluent will be diverted to ETP via properly designed
4.1 Operation and Maintenance of other utilities cooling tower blow down, shaft N No • -- -- -- Significant channel. Dyke wall will be provided to avoid run-off Yes
like DG Sets, Incinerator, Cooling Tower, leaks, washings etc. contamination

N / AN / E
Impact on Impact Scoring EMP
Significance /
S No. Project Activity Identified Aspect Legal Effluent / Severity, Probability, Final Score, Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures Require
SW GW Consequence
Sewage S P SxP d
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14

Compressor, Pumps, Blowers etc. & Floor Leaked fuel shall be immediately transferred to the
Washing. spare tank. Use of spill control measures, mechanical
Leakages in HSD tank AN No • 5 1 5 Low No
handling, PPE’s shall be mandatory while handling the
chemicals to avoid spillages.
Effluent will be diverted to ETP via properly designed
4.2 Operation of DM Plant Acidic and alkaline waste water N No • 2 5 10 Moderate effluent collection and conveyance system. Effluent No
from the Power Plant will be fully reutilized.
Water meter will be installed at main intake to record
4.3 Raw water intake from GWIL reservoir Consumption of water (surface) N Yes • -- -- -- Significant Yes
water consumption.
Effluent will be diverted to ETP via properly designed
Spillage of HW/effluent AN No • 5 1 5 Low No
effluent collection and conveyance system.
Immediate corrective steps will be taken to attend the
4.4 Operation of ETP, RO & STP breakdown. Final effluent will be discharged in GIDC
Untreated effluent generation due
effluent collection system after meeting deep sea
to abnormal operation/ breakdown AN Yes • -- -- -- Significant Yes
discharge norms, which will be further disposed into
of RO
deep sea after meeting the marine discharge norms as
prescribed by GPCB.
Mixing of contamination form All Process, chemical fuel storage and handling area
Process, coal storage, chemical & will have proper bunds so that contaminated run-off
4.5 Storm water management fuel storage and handling area, AN • 3 1 3 Low cannot meet the storm-water drainage. Separate No
effluent treatment plant and salt drainage will be provided for storm water and effluent
yard with storm water water.
Generation of waste/used oil and Effluent will be diverted to ETP via properly designed
4.6 Equipment maintenance N • 2 3 6 Low No
lubricants effluent collection and conveyance system.
4.7 Analysis in laboratory Waste water generation N • 1 3 3 Negligible -- No

ANTICIPATED
4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT
For the purpose of impact predictions on land use, land cover and soil, the impact assessment methodology is given
in Table 1 of Annexure 16. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational
controls / mitigation measures on land environment are tabulated in Table 4-18.
Potential impacts on land use, land cover and soil due to deposition of air pollutants, leakages of waste water &
solid hazardous waste are described in this section.
Based on mutually agreed terms and conditions, land was acquired from various land owners by GIDC. Plot was
allotted to GACL in year 2009 by GIDC. Change in the land use, currently from barren (scrub land) to industrial use
is envisaged.
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize the impact on the land environment:
 Storage areas for hazardous waste, fuel & raw material will be stored on impervious/RCC floor to prevent
leachate penetration;
 Generated hazardous wastes during project operation will be transported to an authorized TSDF operator and
incineration;
 Secured Landfill Facility will be provided to store Brine sludge within plant premises.

Table 4-18: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Land Environment
N / AN / E
Impact on Impact Scoring Significance
S EMP
Project Activity Identified Aspect Legal LU / Severity, Probability, Final Score, / Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures
No. Soil HW ISW MSW Required
LC S P SxP Consequence
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16

1 Project Design
Non-compliance of Environmental Properly designed storage area for hazardous waste
Design & selection of technology,
standards due to failure in design of with adequate capacity will be ensured. Prior
1.1 reactors/ equipment / site layouts, AN No • • • • • 5 1 5 Low No
incinerator & allotment of improper permissions for TSDF will be taken and prior
etc.
Hazardous waste storage area. agreements with authorized vendors shall be made.
A Pre-Construction
Removal of site vegetation like Change in Landuse from Scrub to Only scrubs will be removed. Top soil removed will
2.A.1 N No • 2 5 10 Moderate No
herbs, shrubs and grasses Industrial Use be used for green belt development.
B Construction
Excavation and paving of site,
2.B.1 Movement of JCBs, other Generation of Debris N No • 2 5 10 Moderate Debris will be used for green belt development. No
machinery, workers / labours etc.
Heavy fabrication work for erecting
major plant equipment including Scraps will be handles as per rules and sold to
2.B.2 Generation of Scraps N No • 2 5 10 Moderate No
operation of equipment like crane, authorized vendors
concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.
Proper disposal of sewage sludge will be carried
2.B.3 Influx of Construction Workers Sewage Sludge Generation N No • 2 5 10 Moderate No
out.
C Commissioning
SOP’s will be followed during start up. Based on
APCM, HCl, Cl2 & HC shall remain well within the
Start-up and shutdown activities Process Emissions of HCl, Cl2 & HC AN No • 4 1 4 Low No
CPCB standards. Compensation will be given to
like operation of various equipment affected person.
2.C.1 in Chlor-Alkali, reactors in synthetic
Leakage of chemicals, fuel and
organic units, inorganic plants and AN No • 4 2 8 Moderate Paved Flooring shall be made near storage tanks. No
generation of waste water
Generation of discarded packing Packing material will be given to competent
N No • 2 5 10 Moderate No
materials authority/registered vendors
3 Project Operation
Chlorine liquefaction, Storage,
A
Filling & Dispatch
Brine sludge will be temporarily stored in the plant.
Brine sludge disposal N Yes • -- -- -- Significant It will then be disposed off to landfill facility of BEIL Yes
Brine preparation-resaturation, - Dahej as per prescribed guidelines.
3.A.1
dechlorination, etc. Soil contamination due to spillage of
Brine Sludge during transportation AN No • 2 3 6 Low SOP’s will be followed for proper transportation No
to external TSDF / SLF
Emergency plan and SOP’s will be followed and
3.A.2 Electrolysis Process Cl2 release E No • 5 1 5 Low proper engineering control measures will be No
adopted
Cl2 leakage due to valve failure and Emergency plans and SOP’s will be made and
3.A.3 Loading of Chlorine tonners E No • 5 1 5 Low No
tonner leakage followed
B HCl Plant
Scrubbers will be provided to control the emission
3.B.1 Scrubbing of HCl vapours Emission of HCl AN No • 5 2 10 Moderate No
of HCl within norms. SOP’s will be followed.
C Hypo Plant
Absorption of Chlorine in Hypo Soil contamination due to escape of Scrubbers will be provided to control the emission
3.C.1 AN No • 5 2 10 Moderate No
Tower unabsorbed Chlorine & HCl of Cl2. SOP’s will be followed.

N / AN / E
Impact on Impact Scoring Significance
S EMP
Project Activity Identified Aspect Legal LU / Severity, Probability, Final Score, / Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures
No. Soil HW ISW MSW Required
LC S P SxP Consequence
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16

D Chloromethanes plant
Soil contamination due to emission
SOP’s will be followed. Based on APCM, HCl & Cl2
of HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx, HC and N No • 1 5 5 Low No
shall remain well within the CPCB standards.
3.D.1 Hydro chlorination Methanol
Generation of Spent Alumina
N No • -- -- -- Significant Spent Alumina Catalyst shall be sent to recyclers. Yes
catalyst
Generation of Activated Carbon & Activated carbon shall be sent to recyclers. Tar pot
3.D.2 Thermal Chlorination N No • -- -- -- Significant Yes
Tar pot heavies heavies shall be sent to TSDF.
E Chlorotoluenes Plant
Bottom residue as High M.P Liquid Bottom residue as High M.P Liquid Impurities shall
N No • -- -- -- Significant Yes
Impurities be sent for in-house Incineration / BEIL.
3.E.1 Operation of Reactors
Soil contamination due to Emission SOP’s will be followed. Based on APCM, HCl & Cl2
N No • 1 5 5 Low No
of HCl and Cl2 shall remain well within the CPCB standards.
F Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant
Soil contamination due to Emission SOP’s will be followed. Based on APCM, HCl & Cl2
3.F.1 Operation of Reactors N No • 1 5 5 Low No
G Epichlorohydrin Plant
Soil contamination due to Emission SOP’s will be followed. Based on APCM, PM & SO2
N No • 1 5 5 Low No
3.G.1 Operation of Reactors Process sludge, Distillation Residue shall be sent for
Generation of hazardous wastes like
N Yes • -- -- -- Significant in-house incinerator. Incineration Ash will be sent Yes
incinerator ash.
to authorized TSDF for landfill.
Captive Co-Generation Power
H
Plant
SOP’s will be followed. Based on APCM, PM & SO2
Soil contamination due to Emission
Operation of Coal fired boilers & shall remain well within the CPCB standards. Fly ash
3.H.1 of PM, SO2, NOx and Fly Ash N Yes • -- -- -- Significant Yes
Turbines will be sold to cement industries & brick
generation
manufacturers.
Leakages in HSD tank AN No • 4 1 4 Low Dyke wall with proper flooring shall be made. No
Operation and Maintenance of
other utilities like DG Sets, Used/spent oil will be sold to GPCB authorized
Generation of Used/spent oil,
4.1 Incinerator, Cooling Tower, Recyclers, Waste/residue containing oil disposed off
waste/residue containing oil,
Compressor, Pumps, Blowers etc. & N Yes • -- -- -- Significant to CHWIF. Contaminated hand gloves, discarded Yes
contaminated hand gloves,
Floor Washing. containers / barrels / bags shall be sold to
discarded containers / barrels / bags
authorized vendors.
Storage of fuel, Raw material, Discarded container, drums, packing material etc.
Generation of discarded container,
4.2 Finished products and Hazardous N Yes • • -- -- -- Significant shall be decontaminated and sold to authorized Yes
drums, packing material etc.
waste handling vendors.
Sludge will be collected, stored and disposed to
Sludge Generation N Yes • -- -- -- Significant Yes
TSDF facility as per HW rules amended till date.
4.3 Operation of ETPs, RO & STP
Dyke wall with proper flooring shall be made. SOP’s
Spillage of HW/effluent AN No • 4 2 8 Moderate No
will be followed.
Generation of waste/used oil and Used/spent oil will be sold to GPCB authorized
N Yes • -- -- -- Significant Yes
lubricants Recyclers.
4.4 Equipment maintenance Scraps, used spares, cotton waste, contaminated
Generation of scraps, used spares,
N Yes • -- -- -- Significant hand gloves, discarded containers / barrels / bags Yes
cotton waste, hand gloves etc.
shall be sold to authorized vendors.
Collected, stored and disposed as per HW rules
4.5 Analysis in laboratory Generation of Broken Glassware AN No • 3 2 6 Low No
amended till date.

ANTICIPATED
4.6 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY
For the purpose of impact predictions on ecological environment, the impact assessment methodology is given in
Table 1 of Annexure 16. Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational
controls / mitigation measures on ecological environment are tabulated in Table 4-20.
Identification of Impact Zone
Though the concentrations of the emitted pollutants will be kept within permissible levels through the various
engineering controls, it is essential to have eco-management in the Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) for safeguard and
enhanced of ecological environment of the project area. Assuming LIZ of 2.0 kilometre (maximum) around the
project site. Accordingly, 2 localities i.e. Atali and Rahiyad village water bodies / ponds and other habitats (scrub
vegetation, open vegetation, crop / fallow land) and associated biodiversity are falling in the LIZ area.
Determination of Activities Likely Impacting Ecological Components
Broader level determination of ecological components like Terrestrial Flora (TFL), Terrestrial Fauna (TFA) etc. has
been performed on the basis of activities and associated activities involved at the different phases of project.
Determination of Ecological Components Likely Impacted
Ecological components, as tabulated in Table 4-19, are determined which may face likely impacts in different
phases due to various project activities.
Table 4-19: Activity-Aspect Based Determination of Impacting Ecological Components

Ecological Components
S. No. Activity Aspect
TFL TFA
1. Pre- Construction Phase
1.1 Site preparation Removal of top soil and vegetation √ --
2. Construction Phase
Movement of Earth movers and other
2.1 Generation of noise -- √
vehicles
3. Project operation Phase
Emission of HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx, HC,
C2H4Cl2, TOC, Dioxin from Process &
HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx, HC, C2H4Cl2,
3.1 Incinerator stacks due to operation of √ --
TOC, Dioxin Release
reactors & Emission of SPM, SO2 & NOx
from Power plant & DG sets.
Noise Generation (due to operation of
3.2 boilers, generators, heat exchangers, Generation of noise -- √
reactors, compressors, pumps, blowers)
4. General Utilities
Vehicular movement for transportation of
Generation of SPM and emission of HC
4.1 raw material, finished goods and √ --
& CO.
industrial waste
Mixing of contamination form Process,
chemical fuel storage and handling area,
4.2 √ √
effluent treatment plant and salt yard with
storm water
Mixing of contamination form Process,
chemical fuel storage and handling
4.3 Storm water management √ √
area, effluent treatment plant and salt
yard with storm water

Table 4-20: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity
Likely Impacts on Impact Scoring

S. Impact Consequence - Probability Description / Significance / EMP
Project Aspect Description Ecology and Legal Mitigation Measures
No. Justification Severity, Probability, Final Score, Consequence Required
Biodiversity (EB)
S P SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
1. Pre- Construction Phase
Site possesses common floral species; clearing of same will
Site specific loss of
not result in loss of flora in true sense. This will be site Operation subject to periodic monitoring /
common floral diversity
specific impact. surveillance. However, greenbelt /
Removal of site vegetation like
Site specific loss of Faunal species reported from site are common / generalist plantation will be developed in project site
1.1 herbs, shrubs and grasses (except No 2 5 10 Moderate No
associated faunal species which uses wide variety of habitats of the local and in periphery of the project boundary,
trees)
diversity environment so there is no threat of loss of faunal diversity. which will improve floral and faunal
Site specific loss of Project site forms common habitat structure which is very diversity of the project area.
habitat / habitat diversity common component of the buffer zone habitats.
2. Construction Phase
Operation subject to periodic monitoring /
surveillance. However, all species
Species reported from project site and buffer zone are reported from project site are common
Noise generation due to movement
common / generalist species of the local environment and and well adapted to the routine urban
of JCBs, other machinery, Heavy Site specific disturbance
2.1 not very sensitive to the routine activities of the urban and No 1 5 5 Low activities, so they will not face significant No
fabrication work & Vehicular to faunal species
peri-urban area, so there will be no threat of facing impact on their normal movements.
Movement
disturbance. However, its site specific and temporary impact. However, greenbelt development will help
to recall these temporary displaced
species.
3. Project operation Phase
Emission of HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx,
HC, C2H4Cl2, TOC, Dioxin from
Process & Incinerator stacks due to Operation subject to management by
3.1 Though the emission levels of all pollutants will be kept
operation of reactors & Emission of operational controls. Emission levels of all
within permissible limits, considering cumulative impact,
SPM, SO2 & NOx from Power plant & Impact on surrounding pollutants will be kept within permissible
minor short term impacts are expected on surrounding flora
DG sets. vegetation and Yes -- -- -- Significant levels through various engineering control Yes
and associated fauna which may be resilient. In case of
associated biodiversity. measures. However, green belt
Noise Generation (due to operation leakage proper Disaster management plan has been
development with suitable species will
of boilers, generators, heat prepared by the company and immediate action will be taken
3.2 help to mitigate likely cumulative impacts.
exchangers, reactors, compressors,
pumps, blowers)
4. General Utilities
Operation subject to management by
operational controls. Emission levels of all
Though the emission levels of emitted pollutants will kept
Impact on surrounding pollutants will be kept within permissible
Generation of SPM and emission of within permissible limits, considering cumulative impact,
4.1 vegetation and No 2 5 10 Moderate levels through various engineering control No
HC & CO due to vehicular movement minor short term impacts are expected on surrounding
associated biodiversity. measures. However, green belt
habitats and associated biodiversity which may be resilient.
development with suitable species will
help to mitigate likely cumulative impacts.
Mixing of contamination form Treated waste water after meeting deep sea discharge
Process, chemical fuel storage and norms will be disposed off in GIDC effluent collection system.
4.3 Contamination of
handling area, effluent treatment This collection system is made of RCC and there are no
plant and salt yard with storm water surrounding water Operation subject to periodic monitoring /
chance of mixing this effluent in nearby water bodies. Also, No 1 5 5 Low No
bodies and associated surveillance.
all the potential contaminant (solid and liquid) will be stored
During rainy season, overflow of aquatic biodiversity.
in closed area, so that rain water / storm water will not get
4.4 plant drains merging with storm contaminated.
water drain.

ANTICIPATED
Biodiversity Appraisal – Conclusion
Proposed project site is located in the barren land and does not support any species of conservation significance
and also not forms critical habitat.
All flora and fauna species reported are common component of the buffer zone. So, removal of these common floral
species from core zone will not result in the loss of floral diversity in true sense and will not have significant /
permanent impact on the species diversity and habitat structure of associated faunal diversity. However, buffer
zone area encompasses some Schedule-I species, so conservation plan have been prepared for biodiversity
improvement of the area.
Flora and fauna components will not get affected in normal function of the project and its associated activities by
implementation of proper safety measures and control devices.
Considering cumulative impacts due to other adjacent industries, strict implementation of EMP / mitigation
measures are required to ensure that the biodiversity of the study area is not impacted negatively.
4.7 RESOURCE DEPLETION
Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational controls / mitigation measures
on resource depletion are tabulated in Table 4-21.

Table 4-21: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Resource Depletion
Impact Scoring
N / AN / E
S P SxP
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
1 Project Design
Non-compliance of Environmental standards

Design & selection of technology, reactors/ equipment / Approved energy efficient equipment shall be designed
1.1 due to failure in designs of equipment AN No 4 2 8 Moderate No
site layouts, etc. and procured.
causing High Energy Consumption.
2 Project Operation
A Chlorine liquefaction, Storage, Filling & Dispatch
1.A.1 Procurement of Salt Loss of resource in rainy season. N No 5 2 10 Moderate Proper Dykes to be made for Salt Storage No
B Captive Co-Generation Power Plant

Fire hydrant line to be provided in Coal Storage yard.
1.B.2 Coal storage and stock pilling Fire E No 5 2 10 Moderate No
Proper Dykes to be made for Coal Storage
Operation and Maintenance of other utilities like DG Sets,

3.1 Incinerator, Cooling Tower, Compressor, Pumps, Blowers Leakages in HSD tank AN No 5 2 10 Moderate Proper Dykes to be made for Fuel & Solvent Storage No
etc. & Floor Washing.
Storage of fuel, Raw material, Finished products and Fire hydrant line to be provided in storage yards.
3.2 Fire and Explosion AN No 5 2 10 Moderate No
Hazardous waste handling Emergency response plan will be made and followed.
Water meter will be provided. Maximum recycle and reuse

3.3 Raw water intake from GIDC reservoir Consumption of water (surface) N No 5 1 5 Moderate No
will be done.

ANTICIPATED
4.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK TO SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES
This section details out the occupational health and risk to surrounding communities due to storage of hazardous
chemicals.
A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is presented in Chapter 7, Section 7.2.
On the basis of that study MLCs (as shown in Table 7-6) have been selected and studied. On the basis of the
outcomes of the study a detailed impact scoring was under taken and presented in Table 4-22, including the
following general safety measures and mitigation measures.
4.8.1 General Safety Measures
Considering the various chemicals handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be provided at the site.
 Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided. Instruction/Notice to wear the same will be
displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work.
 Provision of safety shower with eye washer.
 MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will be available at office and with responsible persons.
 Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be available at the site.
 Regular training programme for safety awareness.
 Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.
 Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.
 Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended.
 Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicals-fumes/vapours and to
keep well within below permissible limit.
 Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers also.
 Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.
 Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.
 Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.
 Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.
 Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.
 Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.
 Work permit systems will be strictly followed
 Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will be discussed in
the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.
4.8.2 Mitigation Measures
 Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

 During site preparation proper care would be taken by GACL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers
and staff members
 Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
 Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
 Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required
 Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
 GACL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health
problem.

Table 4-22: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety
Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Basis of Scoring Mitigation Measures
C P C×P
Leak  Enclosed system will be provided for
entire process
C=2 as Flash point is low  Exhaust ventilation or other
1 Methanol -2 2 -4 P=2 as sufficient safety engineering controls are provided to
Catastrophic Rupture
measures keep the airborne concentrations of
vapours below their respective
threshold limit value
Leak  Enclosed system will be provided for
entire process
 Store in a segregated and approved
C=2 as Flash point is low area.
2 Toluene Catastrophic Rupture -2 2 -4 P=2 as sufficient safety  Exhaust ventilation or other
measures engineering controls are provided to
keep the airborne concentrations of
Leak  The enclosed system will be provided
for entire process
C=5 as Flash point as well  Store in a segregated and approved
as IDLH are low area.
3 Epichlorohydrin Catastrophic Rupture -5 2 -10  Exhaust ventilation or other
P=2 as sufficient safety
measures engineering controls are provided to
keep the airborne concentrations of
Leak  Alternate Level Indicator Transmitters,
Pressure Gauges and Flow switches
have been provided
C=3 as IDLH is low  Fire Fighting system (Fire Hydrant
6 Chlorine (Tank) -3 2 -6 P=2 as sufficient safety system, Water Curtain)
measures  Chlorine Scrubber System with double
efficient blower
 Specific Chlorine Detector Alarm panel
with localized Hooter will be provided
7 Chlorine Pipeline Leak -3 2 -6 C=3 as IDLH is low

Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Basis of Scoring Mitigation Measures
C P C×P
P=2 as sufficient safety  Alternate Level Indicator Transmitters,
measures Pressure Gauges and Flow switches
have been provided
 Fire Fighting system (Fire Hydrant
Catastrophic Rupture system, Water Curtain)
 Chlorine Scrubber System with double
efficient blower
 Specific Chlorine Detector Alarm panel
with localized Hooter will be provided
Leak  Fire Fighting system (Fire Hydrant
system, Water Curtain)
C=2 as Flash Point is low  Specific Personnel Protective
8 Methane Gas Pipeline -2 2 -4 P=2 as sufficient safety Equipment (PPEs)
measures  Alternate Level Indicator Transmitters,
Pressure Gauges and Flow switches
have been provided
C: Consequence; P: Probability; C x P: Final Score

WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)
Site selection was based on the various criteria as mentioned in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1: Site Selection Criteria for Proposed Project

Locations
Criteria
Dahej Bhavnagar Vadodara Kota Kutch
    
Land Availability
(High rates) (Low rates) (V.High rates) (V.High rates) (Moderate)
Water Availability  ×   
Raw Material Availability   × × 

(Mainly Salt) (~ 5 Km) (~ 8 Km) (~ 350 Km) (~850 Km) (~15 Km)
Infrastructure available  ×   
   
TSDF Site in Vicinity ×
(BEIL & SEPPL) (NECL) (UCCI, Udaipur) (SEPPL)

Industries with Similar  
(GACL Existing, × ×
Products (Nirma) (GACL)
MFL, GFL)
Low Low High High Medium

Population within 3 Km
(~ 1,350) (~ 800) (~12,500) (~24,694) (~3,000)
Existing Pollution Levels 70.99 66.91

NA NA NA
(CEPI Scores) (13.01.10) (13.01.10)
Since the end users of the proposed products are in Western part of India and also due to the location and
infrastructure benefit, the most preferred site is in Dahej.

M/S. GACL IN JV DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC ENVIRONMENTAL
WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ MONITORING PROGRAM
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Based on the identified aspects from the proposed activities on air, noise, water, land, ecology and biodiversity and
socio-economic environment, scoring were done based on its severity and probability as discussed in Chapter 4.
Thus, monitoring program is required for each environment based on its consequence. The preliminary budgetary
monitoring plans are as discussed in this chapter. These EMPs are based on the technical aspects of monitoring the
effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,
reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules).
Main objective of environmental monitoring program is to:

 Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;
 Confirm statutory and mandatory compliance;
 Identify unexpected changes.
6.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT
Budgetary environment monitoring plan for air environment is given in Table 6-1. Traffic Management Plan is
given in Table 6-2.
6.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Budgetary environment monitoring plan for noise environment is given in Table 6-3.
6.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT
Budgetary environment monitoring plan for water environment is given in Table 6-4.
6.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT
Budgetary environment monitoring plan for land environment is given in Table 6-5.
6.5 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY
Budgetary environment monitoring plan for ecology and biodiversity is given in Table 6-6.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Table 6-1: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Air Environment

Implementation and Management
Mitigation Budget for Approximate

Impacting Activity Data Measurement Reporting Schedule Emergency Mitigation Recurring Cost – Procurement Remark
Measures Frequency Location
Analysis Methodology / Responsibility Procedure Measure - (in (in INR Schedule
INR Crore) Crore/Annum)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12
Chlorine liquefaction, storage, filling & dispatch
Cl2 & HCl Detectors
will be placed at Suitable SOP's will be
Section Incharge of
suitable locations. Cl2 Online Sensors Continuous locations within followed during
Caustic Chlorine Unit
Vacuum system will plant emergency.
be in place to Mandatory
capture Cl2 and 1 0.04
HCl - IS: 11255 (Part – inspection of each Capital Cost: HCl &
transferred to Hypo equipment shall be
HCl & Cl2 in I): 1985 At Rahiyad & at Cl2 sensors.
Liquefaction, storage, plant for Caustic Twice in a Month Third Party done as per the
ambient air Atali Villages Recurring cost:
bottling & vaporization of scrubbing. SOP's will Cl2 - IS: 5182 (Part – requirements. During operation Maintaining the
chlorine. Brine be followed during XIX): 1982 phase - Phase wise sensors and cost of
Preparation, resaturation, emergency.
HCl - IS: 11255 (Part – third party for
dechlorination, etc. Mandatory
I): 1985 carrying out
inspection of each
monitoring.
equipment shall be HCl & Cl2 3 Locations (2
done as per the within plant Weekly Downwind & 1 Third Party -- --
requirements. premise Cl2 - IS: 5182 (Part – Upwind)
Regular work place XIX): 1982
monitoring will be
carried out.
HCl Plant
Stack monitoring by Capital Cost: Cost
3 Stage Caustic HCl unit stack Operator of HCl
HCl in stack. Isokinetic sampling IS: Daily of stacks. Recurring
Scrubbing System vent. Synthesis plant
11255. cost: Caustic
will be provided. Plant load will be During operation
Scrubbing of HCl vapours 0.5 0.02 consumption,
Adequate stack lowered phase - Phase wise
HCl in ambient HCl - IS: 11255 (Part – At Rahiyad & at maintaining the
height of 30 m will Twice in a Month Third Party
air. I): 1985 Atali Villages scrubber,
be provided.
machineries etc.
Hypo Plant
Stack monitoring by
HCl & Cl2 in Hypo Stack
Isokinetic sampling IS: Daily Operator of Hypo plant
stack. Vent Capital Cost: Cost
11255.
of stacks & CEMS.
On stack Recurring cost:
Scrubbers will be HCl & Cl2 in
Absorption of Chlorine in CEMS (Sensors) Continuous attached with Plant Incharge Plant load will be During operation Caustic
provided having 30 stack. 1 0.04
Hypo Tower scrubber. lowered phase - Phase wise consumption,
m stack height.
HCl - IS: 11255 (Part – maintaining the
HCl & Cl2 in I): 1985 At Rahiyad & at scrubber,
Twice in a Month Third Party machineries etc.
Ambient air. Cl2 - IS: 5182 (Part – Atali Villages
XIX): 1982
Chloromethanes plant
HCl, Cl2, CO, Stack monitoring by Capital Cost: Cost

Scrubber Stack of stacks. Recurring
Water and Alkali SO2, NOx, HC Isokinetic sampling IS: Daily Operator of CLM plant
Vent. cost: Activated
Scrubber will be in stack. 11255.
Plant load will be During operation carbon
Hydro chlorination provided. Adequate 1 0.04
lowered phase - Phase wise consumption,
stack height of 30 m
HC in ambient At Rahiyad & at maintaining the
will be provided. HC - IS 5182 (Part 21) Twice in a Month Third Party
air. Atali Villages scrubber,
machineries etc.
Caustic Soda Stack monitoring by Capital Cost: Cost
HCl & Cl2 in Scrubber Stack Operator of Plant load will be During operation
Operation of Reactors Scrubber will be Isokinetic sampling IS: Daily 1 0.04 of stacks. Recurring
stack. Vent. Chlorotoluenes plant lowered phase
provided. Adequate 11255. cost: Caustic


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12
stack height of 33 m HCl - IS: 11255 (Part – consumption,
will be provided. HCl & Cl2 in I): 1985 At Rahiyad & at maintaining the
Twice in a Month Third Party scrubber,
Ambient air. Cl2 - IS: 5182 (Part – Atali Villages
machineries etc.
XIX): 1982
Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant
Water, Alkali HCl & Cl2 in Scrubber Stack
Isokinetic sampling IS: Daily Operator of CPW Plant of stacks. Recurring
Ventury Scrubbers stack. Vent.
Operation of Reactors HCl - IS: 11255 (Part – 0.5 0.01 consumption,
Adequate stack lowered phase
HCl & Cl2 in I): 1985 At Rahiyad & at maintaining the
height will be Twice in a Month Third Party
Ambient air. Cl2 - IS: 5182 (Part – Atali Villages scrubber,
provided.
XIX): 1982 machineries etc.
Water, Alkali HCl & Cl2 in Scrubber Stack
Isokinetic sampling IS: Daily Operator of ECH Plant of stacks. Recurring
Ventury Scrubbers stack. Vent.
Operation of Reactors HCl - IS: 11255 (Part – 1 0.02 consumption,
Adequate stack lowered phase
HCl & Cl2 in I): 1985 At Rahiyad & at maintaining the
height will be Twice in a Month Third Party
Ambient air. Cl2 - IS: 5182 (Part – Atali Villages scrubber,
provided.
XIX): 1982 machineries etc.
Captive Co-Generation Power Plant

Stack monitoring by
Stack attached
Isokinetic sampling IS: Daily Power Plant Manager
PM, SO2, NOx to Boilers
11255.
SOP's, OCP and OEP in stack.
Stack attached
will be followed. Online PM, SO2 & NOx Continuous Power Plant Manager
to Boilers
Stack height of 105
PM10 - Gravimetric IS: Capital Cost: Cost
m will be provided
5182 of Stack, APC like
for proper
At Rahiyad & ESP, online
dispersion. Online (Part 23) 2006.
Operation of Coal fired PM10, PM2.5, Atali Villages Plant load will be During operation monitoring system.
meter for PM, SO2 29.9 1.196
boilers & Turbines SO2, NOx in PM2.5 - Gravimetric IS: and 3 locations lowered phase - Phase wise Recurring Cost:
& NOx will be
ambient air 5182. Twice in a Month within plant Third Party Cost of maintaining
provided. Ash
and within premise (2 the same and cost
Handling and SO2 - Colorimetric IS:
plant premise Downwind & 1 of ash handling.
Management plan 5182: (Part II) 2001.
will be prepared and Upwind)
NOx - Colorimetric IS:
followed.
5182: (Part VI) 2006.
Weigh bridge
Fly Ash RG1 Register Daily Power Plant Manager
browser.
General & Utilities
PUCC Certified
Vehicular movement for If considerable
vehicles will be Vehicles without
transportation of raw PUCC To ensure Valid PUCC emissions With Drivers at During construction
used. Traffic Security Officer PUC certificates will -- -- --
materials, finished goods, Certificate certificate. observed during main gate and operation phase.
management will be not be used.
Industrial Waste. operations.
ensured
Stack monitoring by
SOP's, OCP and OEP PM, SO2, NOx
Isokinetic sampling IS: Once in a month DG Set stack Third Party Capital Cost: Cost
will be followed. in stack.
Operation of other 11255. of Stacks.
Adequate Stack System Load shall During operation
utilities like DG Sets, height of 15 m will PM10 - Gravimetric IS: 0.5 0.02 Recurring Cost:
PM10, PM2.5, Once a Season be reduced. phase
Incinerator. be provided for DG 5182 (Part 23) 2006. At Rahiyad & Cost of maintaining
SO2, NOx in (Excluding rainy Third Party the same.
sets & 25 m for PM2.5 - Gravimetric IS: Atali Villages
ambient air season)
Incinerator will be 5182.


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12
provided for proper and within SO2 - Colorimetric IS:
dispersion. plant premise 5182: (Part II) 2001.
NOx - Colorimetric IS:
5182: (Part VI) 2006.
Capital Cost (in INR Crore) 36.4 During Commissioning Phase
Recurring Cost (in INR Crore/Annum) 1.426 During Operation Phase
Table 6-2: Traffic Management Plan

Objective To ensure that there is smooth traffic both within and outside the facility for the duration of the construction phase and operation phase
Benefit of EMP Smooth and congestion free traffic operation
Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures Measurement Reporting Schedule/ Remark
Data Analysis Frequency Location Emergency Procedure
Methodology Responsibility
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9
Controlled vehicular movement

(preferably with clearly Records of No. of tankers Throughout construction Route for safe exit will be in
Manual Main Gate Security In charge --
demarcated entry / exit) with entering and exiting the site. and operation phase place.
adequate supervision
Movement of vehicles
throughout the construction Segregation of vehicular and Throughout construction Route for safe exit will be in
-- -- -- Security In charge --
phase and operational pedestrian area and operation phase place.
phase
Vehicle entry and exit scheduling
so that traffic congestion is not Throughout construction Route for safe exit will be in
-- -- -- Security In charge --
created on the public road leading and operation phase place.
to the site.

Table 6-3: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Noise Environment

Budget for Approximate
Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures Reporting Mitigation Recurring Remark
Measurement Emergency Procurement
Data Analysis Frequency Location Schedule /
Methodology Procedure Measure - (in Cost – (in INR Schedule
Responsibility
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Commissioning
SOP's, OCP and OEP will
be followed during start-
Start-up and shutdown
up. Acoustic enclosures
activities like operation of
will be built-in with Regular
various equipment in Plant In charge & During start-up
equipment by During start-up & Maintenance of Ear plugs to be worn by
Chlor-Alkali, reactors in Noise Levels ISLM 100 All plants Third - - phase and operation
technology provider. Plant stabilization equipment to be workers at all times.
synthetic organic units, Party/Contractor phase
PPE like Ear Plugs & ear done.
inorganic plants and
muffs will be provided
and its use shall be
ensured.
PPE like Ear Plugs & ear Capital Cost: Installation of
muffs will be provided Regular acoustic enclosures & Noise
Operation of Coal fired and its use shall be Contractor / Third Maintenance of During operation monitoring equipment.
Noise Levels ISLM 100 Once a Month Plant Area 0.5 0.02
boilers & Turbines ensured. No operators Party equipment to be phase - Phase wise Recurring Cost: Monitoring
shall be allowed to do done. cost of regular Noise
two continuous shifts. measurements.
General & Utilities
SOP's, OCP and OEP will
be followed during start-
Operation and
up. Acoustic enclosures
Maintenance of other Capital Cost: Installation of
will be built-in with Regular
utilities like DG Sets, Utilities Area (2 acoustic enclosures.
equipment by Contractor / Third Maintenance of During operation
Incinerator, Cooling Noise Levels ISLM 100 Once a Month locations within 0.5 0.02 Recurring Cost: Monitoring
technology provider. Party equipment to be phase
Tower, Compressor, plant) cost of regular Noise
PPE like Ear Plugs & ear done.
Pumps, Blowers etc. & measurements.
muffs will be provided
Floor Washing.
and its use shall be
ensured.
Capital Cost (in INR Crore) 1 During Commissioning phase.
Recurring Cost (in INR Crore/Annum) 0.04 During Operation phase.

Table 6-4: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Water Environment

Operation Controls / Budget for Approximate
Project Activity Reporting Remark
Mitigation Measures Measurement Emergency Mitigation Recurring Procurement
Data Analysis Frequency Location Schedule /
Methodology Procedure Measure - Cost – (in Schedule
Responsibility
(in Crore) Crore)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12
Construction
Capital cost: Sanitary Facility
(Soak pit & Septic Tanks
Generated Sewage will be During
during construction & STP
Influx of construction workers diverted to STP for further -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.25 0.01 Construction
during operation). Recurring
treatment. Phase
cost: Regular cleaning of the
same to avoid over flow.
Chlorine liquefaction, storage, filling & dispatch
Effluent will be recycled and
reused after pH adjustment and
further treatment in RO. Final During
Capital Cost: ETPs, RO.
Brine preparation-resaturation, effluent will be discharged in Neutralization Section In charge of Dosing will be operation
pH, TSS, TDS. Manual Twice in a shift 2.5 0.1 Recurring cost: Maintenance
dechlorination, etc. Tank Cl2 Unit done properly. phase - Phase
GIDC effluent collection cost to run RO.
wise
system after meeting GIDC
discharge norms.
Chloromethanes, Chlorotoluenes & Epichlorohydrin plant
Effluent will be treated in in
ETPs & RO. Final effluent will ETP inlet, ETPs Operator of During Capital Cost: ETPs & RO.
Hydro chlorination & Operation OEP & OCP will
be discharged in GIDC effluent pH, COD, TDS. Manual Twice in a shift outlet, RO respective Unit 5 0.2 operation Recurring cost: Maintenance
of Reactors be followed
collection system after meeting Outlet. Head phase cost to run ETP.
GIDC discharge norms.
General & Utilities
Dyke walls will
Operation and Maintenance of
Effluent will be diverted to ETP be provided
other utilities like DG Sets, Various During Capital Cost: Dyke walls.
via properly designed channel. and leakages
Incinerator, Cooling Tower, pH, COD, TDS. Manual Twice in a shift locations in Utility In charge 1 0.04 operation Recurring cost: Regular
Dyke wall will be provided to shall be
Compressor, Pumps, Blowers Utility Section phase cleaning of dykes.
avoid run-off contamination pumped back
etc. & Floor Washing.
in spare tank
Water meter will be installed at During
Raw water intake from GWIL Main intake Plant load will
main intake to record water Flow / Quantity Water Meter Continuous Utility In charge 0.2 - operation Capital Cost: Water meter.
reservoir line be lowered
consumption. phase
Immediate corrective steps will
be taken to attend the Capital Cost: Flow Meter,
breakdown. Final effluent will be Effluent Lines, Diversion
discharged in GIDC effluent COD, pH, TSS, TDS / During lines, separate storm water
ETP & Laboratory In Plant
Operation of ETPs, RO & STP. collection system after meeting Parameters as per Manual Daily At Final Outlet 0.5 0.02 operation lines, effluent & sewage
charge Shutdown
deep sea discharge norms, which GPCB. phase lines. Recurring cost:
will be further disposed into deep Laboratory / Third party
sea after meeting the marine charges.
discharge norms.
Capital Cost (in INR Crore) 9.45 During Commissioning phase.

Table 6-5: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Land Environment

Operation Controls / Mitigation Budget for
Project Activity Reporting Approximate Remark
Measures Data Measurement Emergency Mitigation Procurement
Frequency Location Schedule / Recurring Cost
Analysis Methodology Procedure Measure - (in Schedule
Responsibility – (in Crore)
Crore)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12
Chlorine liquefaction, Storage, Filling & Dispatch
Capital Cost: Cost of
Brine sludge will be temporarily stored
Quantity of Brine Section In charge During temporary storage area.
Brine preparation-resaturation, in in-house storage are and will then Number of tractors Plant Load will
brine Daily sludge of Caustic 0.5 0.02 operation phase Recurring cost:
dechlorination, etc. be disposed off to BEIL-Dahej landfill / trolleys / trucks be lowered.
sludge Area Chlorine Unit - Phase wise Maintenance cost of
as per prescribed guidelines
temporary storage area.
Chloromethanes plant
Spent Alumina Catalyst shall be sent to

Hydro chlorination Quantity of
recyclers.
Hazardous Number of tractors Organic Operator of CLM Plant Load will During
Daily Costs included in last Row. --
Activated carbon shall be sent to Waste / trolleys / trucks Plant Area plant be lowered. operation phase
Thermal Chlorination recyclers. Tar pot heavies shall be sent generated
to TSDF.
Quantity of
Bottom residue as High M.P Liquid Operator of
Hazardous Number of tractors Organic Plant Load will During
Operation of Reactors Impurities shall be sent for in-house Daily Chlorotoluenes Costs included in last Row. --
Waste / trolleys / trucks Plant Area be lowered. operation phase
Incineration / BEIL. plant
generated
Process sludge, Distillation Residue Quantity of Capital Cost: Cost of
shall be sent for in-house incinerator. Hazardous Number of tractors Organic Operator of ECH Plant Load will During Incinerator. Recurring
Operation of Reactors Daily 1.5 0.2
Incineration Ash will be sent to Waste / trolleys / trucks Plant Area Plant be lowered. operation phase cost: Maintenance cost of
authorized TSDF for landfill. generated Incinerator.
SOP’s will be followed. Based on
Water
APCM, PM & SO2 shall remain well Weigh
Operation of Coal fired boilers & Power Plant Sprinkling will During
within the CPCB standards. Fly ash will Fly Ash RG1 Register Daily bridge Covered in AP Section --
Turbines Manager be carried operation phase.
be sold to cement industries & brick browser.
out.
manufacturers.
General & Utilities
Used/spent oil will be sold to GPCB
Operation and Maintenance of other authorized Recyclers, Waste/residue
utilities like DG Sets, Incinerator, containing oil disposed off to CHWIF.
Cooling Tower, Compressor, Pumps, Contaminated hand gloves, discarded
Blowers etc. & Floor Washing. containers / barrels / bags shall be
sold to authorized vendors.
Capital Cost: Storage
Discarded container, drums, packing facility. Recurring Cost:
Storage of fuel, Raw material, Finished
material etc. shall be decontaminated Records of Number of trucks: Membership fees for
products and Hazardous waste handling Utility and Storage for at
and sold to authorized vendors. trucks Manually. During During disposing of HW to TSDF
Main Gate Security In least 45 days 1 0.04
Sludge will be collected, stored and carrying Weight of truck: dispatch operation phase and Incineration facility,
charge. is provided.
Operation of ETPs, RO & STP disposed to TSDF facility as per HW HW. Weight stand. handling HW and
rules amended till date. maintaining the storage
Used/spent oil will be sold to GPCB facility.
authorized Recyclers.
Scraps, used spares, cotton waste,
Equipment maintenance
contaminated hand gloves, discarded
containers / barrels / bags shall be
sold to authorized vendors.

Table 6-6: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Ecology and Biodiversity
Operation Controls / Budget for

Project Activity Reporting Approximate Remark
Mitigation Measures Measurement Emergency Mitigation Procurement
Data Analysis Frequency Location Schedule / Recurring Cost
Methodology Procedure Measure - (in Schedule
Responsibility – (in Crore)
Crore)
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Project Operation
Operation of Caustic
Chlorine plant, Power Green belt development with Capital cost: Cost for saplings in
Plant, Inorganic units, suitable species will help to and around project site
Within plant
Organic Units and mitigate likely cumulative During start of Minimum of 33% During Greenbelt plantation cost like
Tree plantation premises and
operation of other impacts and avoid depositions Manual construction HR Manager Green belt shall 1 0.04 Construction & labor, soil filling dressing,
Counts around Likely
utilities like heat of HCl, Cl2, CO, SO2, NOx, HC phase be maintained. Operation phase irrigation etc. Recurring Cost:
Impact Zone
exchangers, reactors, on nearby scrubs on barren Maintenance of Greenbelt and
compressors, pumps, land. Plantation in LIZ area.
blowers

6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT COST

Total cost of the project is ~ INR 3,153 Crore. Expenditure to be incurred by GACL on environmental monitoring
and management shall include capital cost of ~ INR 50.85 Crore and ~ INR 2.14 Crore recurring cost (annually) as
tabulated in Table 6-7.
Table 6-7: Environmental Monitoring and Management Cost

Approximate
Approximate
Recurring cost per
S No. Head Capital cost Basis for Cost Estimates
Annum (INR in
(INR in Crore)
Crore)
Capital cost: Installation of ESP, Scrubbers
and Stacks of various heights, Online sensors,
VOC meter etc.
Air Pollution Control Recurring cost: Annual Cost for repairs /

1 36.4 1.426 maintenance of all APC equipment,
& Monitoring
monitoring of AAQM at the project site for
parameters as per CCA & at Rahiyad & Atali
Villages by hiring third party and payment of
various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.
Capital cost: Installation of acoustic
Noise Pollution enclosures by technology provider.
3 1 0.04
Control Recurring cost: Monitoring cost of regular
Noise measurements.
Capital cost: Installation of ETPs & RO
including all instruments, tanks, pumps,
pipelines, layout of effluent & storm water
Water Pollution drains.
2 9.45 0.37
Control & monitoring
Recurring cost: Maintenance cost to run
ETPs & RO clean-up of drains. Monitoring
cost of effluent and waste water.
Capital cost: Cost of temporary brine sludge
storage area & Hazardous waste Storage
Solid and Hazardous Facility.
4 3 0.26
waste management Recurring cost: Membership fees for TSDF
& Incinerator Facility. Disposal &
transportation cost.
Capital cost: Cost for saplings in and around
Ecology and project site.
5 1.00 0.04
Biodiversity
Recurring cost: Maintenance of green belt.
Total Amount (INR in
50.85 2.14
Crore)
Various environmental parameters to be monitored post environmental clearance are tabulated in Table 6-8.
Table 6-8: Post EC Environmental Monitoring Plan

S. Environmental Component / Frequency of
Location
No. Parameter monitoring
1 CEMS Sensors (HCl & Cl2). Online On stack attached with hypo scrubber.
HCl unit stack vent, Hypo Stack Vent,
2 HCl & Cl2 in stacks Monthly Chlorotoluenes, Chloromethanes & ECH
Plant’s Stacks Vent.
Online Boiler Stack.
3 PM, SO2, NOx in stack.
Monthly Boiler Stack & DG Set Stacks


Location
Twice in a month at site 1) 3 Locations in site

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 in ambient
4 & once in a season at 2) Rahiyad Village
air.
Villages 3) Atali Village
At 5 locations within site and at Rahiyad &
5 WPM for HCl & Cl2. As per Factories Rules
Atali Village
6 Noise levels Monthly Main Plants and Utilities Area
Water consumed in various activities and
Main intake, plant wise water supply line &
7 waste water generated from various areas Daily
effluent diversion line to ETPs.
of plants
Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at
8 ETP plants for the principal parameters Daily Stream wise inlet & outlet of ETPs
(such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD).
Monitoring of domestic wastewater inlet and
9 outlet at STP for the principal parameters Daily Inlet & Outlet of STP
(such as pH, SS, BOD).
Monitoring of wastewater at Final Factory
10 drain outlet for the parameters that will be Daily Factory outlet drain
provided by GPCB.
Surface water samples at nearby area for 1) Rahiyad Village Pond
11 Once in a Season
essential parameters as per IS: 10500:2012. 2) Atali Village Pond
12 Quantity of Fly Ash Generated Daily Ash Silo
13 Quantity of Brine Sludge Generated Daily Captive Secured Landfill Site
Pre & post monsoon /
Soil analysis for EC, pH, permeability and
14 in the event of At Site
ESP
accidental spillage

WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

This draft EIA report is submitted for Public Hearing. Thus, this section shall be updated once Minutes of Meeting
for the same is available.
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

Key issues in Risk Assessment (RA) of the proposed project are discussed in this chapter. The risk assessment
process is intended to identify probable hazards in the work environment and all operations, to quantify the hazards
and to assess the risk levels of those hazards in order to prioritize those that need an immediate attention.
In the unlikely event that an abnormal consequence has occurred, the disaster management kicks in. This includes
prescribing the procedures pertaining to a number of issues such as communication, encounter, rescue,
rehabilitation and further steps to prevent recurrence of such consequence in future. These issues are addressed in
the disaster management plan.
Both, the RA and DMP are living documents and need to be updated whenever there are changes in operations,
equipment or procedures.
The terminologies used in this Risk Assessment (RA) study are defined in Annexure 17.
7.2.1 Methodology for Risk Assessment
The methodology includes,
 Hazard identification,
 Selection of potential loss scenarios,
 Simulation of release source model on DNV’s PHAST 7.1,
 Plotting the damage contour on site map
These steps undertaken to carry out risk assessment for this project are described in following sections.
7.2.2 Hazard Identification
The project description, and other project related data provided by the client have been comprehensively reviewed
to identify the hazardous operations. Also the information on the hazardous properties (MSDS) of all the chemicals
handled at the site has been reviewed to identify the hazards associated with the same.
The proposed project involves storage of some of the raw material at the site which can lead to uncontrolled release
of hazardous material causing hazard. On the basis of this, the important hazards that can lead to accident in the
proposed project are described in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1: Important Hazardous Events

Type of Event Explanation
Boiling Liquid Evapourating Vapour Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic failure of refrigerated
BLEVE or pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling points, followed by early ignition of the
same, typically leading to a fire ball.
Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity and initiation of the
Deflagration
reaction at lower energy levels.
A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front advances in the
Detonation
unreacted substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the unreacted material.
Explosion A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave.

Type of Event Explanation

Fire Fire
Fireball The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before forming a
flammable/explosive mixture.
Flash Fire A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back fire.
A jet fire occurs when flammable gas releases from the pipeline (or hole) and the released gas
Jet Fire ignites immediately. Damage distance depends on the operating pressure and the diameter of the
hole or opening flow rate.
Pool fire is a turbulent diffusion fire burning above a horizontal pool of vaporizing hydrocarbon fuel,
Pool Fire
where the fuel has zero or low initial momentum.
‘Loss of containment’. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit’s own equipment / tanks
Spill Release
causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or fire.
Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily) of structural
Structural Damage
support and direct structural failures.
Vapour Cloud Explosion resulting from vapour clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing liquids and
Explosion gases.
Hazard and Damage Assessment
Toxic, flammable and explosive substances released from sources of storage as a result of failures or catastrophes,
can cause losses in the surrounding area in the form of:
 Toxic gas dispersion, resulting in toxic levels in ambient air,

 Fires, fireballs, and flash back fires, resulting in a heat wave (radiation), or
 Explosions (Vapour Cloud Explosions) resulting in blast waves (overpressure).
Consequences of Fire/Heat Wave

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and exposure time. The effect
is expressed in term of the probability of death and different degree of burn. The consequence effects studied to
assess the impact of the events on the receptors are provided in Table 7-2.
Table 7-2 : Damage due to Radiation Intensity

Radiation (kW/m2) Damage to Equipment Damage to People
Causes pain if duration is longer than 20 sec. But
4.0 -
blistering is unlikely.
Minimum energy to ignite wood with a
12.5 1% lethality in one minute. First degree burns in 10 sec.
flame; melts plastic tubing.
100% lethality in 1 min.
37.5 Severe damage to plant 50% lethality in 20 sec.
1% lethality in 10 sec.
Consequences of Overpressure
The effects of the shock wave vary depending on the characteristics of the material, the quantity involved and the
degree of confinement of the vapour cloud. The peak pressures in an explosion therefore vary between a slight
over-pressure and a few hundred kilopascals (kPa). Whereas dwelling are demolished and windows and doors
broken at overpressures as low as 0.03- 0.1 bar. Direct injury to people occurs at greater pressures. The pressure
of the shock wave decreases rapidly with the increase in distance from the source of the explosion. The
overpressure damage is shown in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3: Overpressure Damage

Overpressure (bar) Damage
0.02068 Limited minor structural damage

Overpressure (bar) Damage

Corrugated asbestos shattered; corrugated steel or aluminium
0.21 panels, fastenings fail, followed by buckling, wood panels (standard
housing) fastenings fail, panels blown in
1 Fatality
Source: CCPS Consequence Analysis of Chemical Release
Consequences of Toxic Release

The effect of exposure to toxic substance depends upon the duration of exposure and the concentration of the toxic
substance.
Short-term exposures to high concentration give Acute Effects while long term exposures to low concentrations
result in Chronic Effects.
Only acute effects are considered under hazard analysis, since they are likely credible scenarios. These effects are:
 Irritation (respiratory system, skin, eyes);

 Narcosis (nervous system);
 Asphyxiation (oxygen deficiency);
 System damage (blood organs).
7.2.3 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’)
Following important points should be considered for the selection of release scenarios.
 Flammability and the flash point of the material;

 Phase of material i.e. liquid or gas;
 Threshold quantity of the chemicals as prescribed in MSHIC Rule;
 Operating temperature and pressure of the material;
 Total inventory of the material.
On the basis of study of chemical properties (MSDS) of the chemicals those are selected for simulation are
presented in Table 7-4 & Table 7-5.

DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DAHEJ (EMP)
Table 7-4: Storage Details of Hazardous Material
S. Containment Flash Point IDLH Max. Storage No. of Storage Total Storage Dyke
Pressure Temperature
No. (Vessel) (°C) (PPM) Capacity (KL) Vessels Capacity (KL) Height, m Area, m2
1 Methanol 16.11 6,000 250 2 500 1 300 Atmospheric Ambient
2 Toluene 4.4 500 500 2 (1 spare tank) 500 1 600 Atmospheric Ambient
3 Chlorine tank NA 10 100 5 (1 spare tank) 400 - - 10 -7
4 Epichlorohydrin 31 75 500 1 500 1 600 20 20
Table 7-5: Storage Details of Hazardous Material through Pipeline

Flash Point Pump inflow Pipe Internal Dia
S. No. Containment (Vessel) IDLH (PPM) Pressure Temperature
(°C) (m3/Hr) (mm)
1 Chlorine gas Pipeline NA 10 30 8 3.5 40
2 Methane gas pipeline -188 NA 300 8 2 40
On the basis of the information provided in Table 7-4, and as discussed over failures sceneries given in publications like World Bank Technical Paper 55 and TNO Purple Book
and the experience of the consultant, MCLs’ which may take place are presented in Table 7-6.
Table 7-6: Scenario Selected for Simulation

S. No. Containment (Vessel) Types of Failure Possible Consequences Studied
1 Methanol 25 mm dia hole leak in tank Pool Fire
2 Toluene 25 mm dia hole leak in tank Pool Fire
3 Chlorine tank 1 mm dia hole leak in tank, 2 mm dia hole leak in tank Maximum Concentration due to toxic
4 Epichlorohydrin 25 mm dia hole leak in tank Pool Fire
5 Chlorine gas Pipeline 1 mm dia hole leak in tank, 2 mm dia hole leak in tank Maximum Concentration due to toxic
6 Methane gas pipeline 10 mm dia hole leak in tank, 25 mm dia hole leak in tank Jet Fire

Failure Rates
A leak or rupture of a tank, release some or all of its content, can be caused by brittle failure of the tank wall, welds
or connected pipework due to use of inadequate materials, combined with loading such as wind, earthquake or
impact. Failure rates for selected MCLS’ are provided in Table 7-7.
Table 7-7: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks

Catastrophic Rupture Frequency
Categories Leak Frequency (per year)
(per tank per year)
Refrigerated Storage Tank (Single Wall) 2.3 × 10-5 1.0 × 10-5
Refrigerated Storage Tank 1.0 × 10-5
2.5 × 10-8
(Double Walled) (for primary containment)
Atmospheric Storage Tank 3.0 × 10-6 2.8× 10-3
-5
1.2 × 10 (for Hole Size 3 to 10 mm)
Pressure Vessels 4.7 × 10-7
7.1 × 10-6 (for Hole Size 10 to 50 mm)
Reference: International Association of Oil & Gas Producers (OGP); Report No. 434-3, March 2010
Also, the risk assessment is considered using certain internationally recognized yardsticks for measuring risk. These
first need to be explained, and this is done as Table 7-8.
Table 7-8: Broadly Accepted Frequency

Annual Fatality risk level
Conclusion
per year
10-3 Unacceptable to everyone. Immediate action shall be taken to reduce the hazards
10-4 Willing to spend public money to control hazards, such as traffic signs, fire departments etc
People still recognize. Safety slogans have precautionary rings. Such as never swim alone,
10-5
never point a gun
Not of great concern to everyone. People are aware of these hazards but feel that they cannot
10-6
happen to them. Such as Lightning Never Strikes twice an Act of God.
7.2.4 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours
As the MCLS’ were developed for the selected set of chemicals, based on which the consequence analysis was
carried out. The consequence analysis results along with their contours are presented in the following sections.
Methanol
Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Methanol are presented in Table 7-9.
Table 7-9: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol
Chemical Failure Effective Distance in meter to Radiation Level

Consequence Met Data
(Storage Tank) Scenario 4 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2
3.0/B 29.0 19.1 NR
Methanol 25 mm leak Late pool fire 3.0/E 29.0 19.1 NR
4.0/D 29.3 19.8 NR
The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Methanol are presented in Figure 7-1.

Figure 7-1: Late Pool Fire Consequence - Methanol (25 mm Leak at WC 4.0/D)
Toluene
Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Toluene are presented in Table 7-10.
Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Toluene
3.0/B 43.1 19.1 NR
Toluene 25 mm leak Late pool fire 3.0/E 43.1 19.1 NR
4.0/D 44.3 20.2 NR
The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Toluene are presented in Figure 7-2.
Figure 7-2: Late Pool Fire Consequence - Toluene (25 mm Leak at WC 4.0/D)
Epichlorohydrin
Radiation level and effect distance due to the release of Methanol are presented in Table 7-11.

Table 7-11: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Epichlorohydrin
3.0/B 62.7 39.9 15.6
Epichlorohydrin 25 mm leak Late pool fire 3.0/E 62.7 39.9 15.6
4.0/D 63.5 41.4 16.0
The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Methanol are presented in Figure 7-3.
Figure 7-3: Late Pool Fire Consequence - Epichlorohydrin (Catastrophic Rupture at WC 4.0/D)
Chlorine Tank
The Maximum concentration effect distance are presented in Table 7-12.
Table 7-12: Maximum concentration Effect Distance due to Release of Chlorine from Tank
Storage Tank Failure Effective Distance in meter to Toxic Level

Met Data
(Release Duration) Scenario EPRG 3 (20 ppm) IDLH (10 ppm)
3.0/B 38.8 73.2
1 mm leak 3.0/E 128.2 266.7
Chlorine Tank 4.0/D 67.8 135.9
(15 min.) 3.0/B 98.3 180.2
2 mm leak 3.0/E 320.8 641.1
4.0/D 170.2 337.6
The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Chlorine from tank are presented in Figure 7-4 &
Figure 7-5.

Figure 7-4: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Tank (1 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E)
Figure 7-5: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Tank (2 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E)
Chlorine Pipeline
Table 7-13: Maximum concentration Effect Distance due to Release of Chlorine through Pipeline
Storage Tank Failure Effective Distance in meter to Toxic Level

Met Data
(Release Duration) Scenario EPRG 3 (20 ppm) IDLH (10 ppm)
3.0/B 5.8 13.5
1 mm leak 3.0/E 12.5 39.7
Chlorine Pipeline 4.0/D 5.3 23.5
(15 min.) 3.0/B 15.2 29.8
2 mm leak 3.0/E 37.7 89.5
4.0/D 23.5 51.8
The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Chlorine from pipeline are presented in Figure 7-6 &
Figure 7-7.

Figure 7-6: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Pipeline (1 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E)
Figure 7-7: Toxic Consequence Contour - Chlorine Leak from Pipeline (2 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E)
Methane Gas Pipeline
Table 7-14: Jet Fire Effect Distance due to Release of Methane Gas through Pipeline

3.0/B NR NR NR
10 mm leak Jet fire 3.0/E NR NR NR
Methane gas 4.0/D NR NR NR

(pipeline) 3.0/B 6.58 NR NR
25 mm leak Jet fire 3.0/E 6.58 NR NR
4.0/D 6.49 NR NR
The contours for effect distance generated for the release of Methane are presented in Figure 7-8.

Figure 7-8: Jet Fire Effect Consequence Contour - Methane (25 mm Leak at WC 3.0/E)
7.3 TREATMENT AND CONTROL
After examining the high priority risks, a prime consideration is given to the potential to reduce or eliminate the risk
by using the hierarchy of controls. This assists in establishing methods to reduce risk. The desirability of control
plans (with reducing effectiveness) is as follows;
 Elimination: Take step to eliminate the hazard completely,

 Substitution: Replace with less hazardous material, substance or process,
 Separation: Isolate hazard from person by guarding, space,
 Administrative: Adjusting the time or conditions of risk exposures,
 Training: Increasing awareness, improving skills and making tasks less hazardous to persons involved,
 Personal protective equipment: Use appropriately designed and properly fitted PPE.
Control measures can reduce either the likelihood or consequence of the event or both. Depending on the level of
reduction of the hazard, there could still be a residual risk that needs to be monitored so that a secondary
prevention process can be initiated when trigger points are reached.
The control measures and action will be adopted by M/s GACL to minimize the risk present in the facility for the
hazardous event are summarized in Table 7-15.
Table 7-15: Event Consequences, Treatment and Control

Hazardous Event Possible Consequences Treatment and Control
Gas detectors, Dyke wall provision, Level indicator,
Loss of containment Fire, explosion and toxic Earthing, flame arrestor & Visual observation, Ready
Rupture / leak in storage tanks hazards availability of fire extinguishers and fire hydrant
system
7.3.1 Precautions to be taken during Transportation
Following are some precautions will be taken during the loading and unloading of material in plant premises.
 Before the tanker enters the industry premises, the tanker is to be inspected for authorized entry and safe &
sound condition of the tanker, its contents and that of the prime mover. Flammable material carrying tankers
entering plant are to be fitted with spark arresters on their exhaust.
 Static charge neutralizing
 The quality of the chemical in the tanker should be ascertained before unloading to avoid contamination of
chemical already at storage.

 Coupling used for connecting hose to tanker must be leak proof.

 For flammable chemicals, the tanker and the hose are to be properly earthed before starting unloading
operation.
 Unloading should be done under personal supervision of responsible staff authorized by the management.
 Provision of sample quantity of water / neutralizing medium to take care of leakage / spillage must be made.
Also steam and inert gas hose stations must be available at unloading point.
 Fire alarm and firefighting facility commensurate with the chemical should be provided at the unloading point.
7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
Emergency Organization
Introduction
In order to achieve above objectives the role of key personnel is clearly defined to avoid confusion and to meet the
emergency effectively. The Site Controller and the Incident Controller are the personnel for effective control of an
emergency. As per the emergency preparedness chart the success of control of an emergency situation depends
upon their timely action. The action for these persons and Emergency do’s and don’ts are given in this section.
Emergency Control Centre

The Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is the Place from where the emergency control operations to handle the
emergency are directed and controlled. It will be attended by Site Main Controller, Key Personnel and Senior
Officers of fire, Police, District Authorities and Emergency Services. The Centre is equipped with telephone
Communication facility to keep contact with incident controller and areas of works as well as outside.
Emergency Control Organization is identified as given in Table 7-16 and chart is provided as Figure 7-9.
Table 7-16: Emergency Control Organization

S. No. Abbreviated Full Form Who will act
1 SMC Site Main Controller GM(O&ES)
AGM/DGM/CM/SM/Mgrs./ Shift In charge of
2 IC Incident Controller
concerned plant or area in charge
3 Key Personnel — All HODs / All Sectional Heads
4 CCR Central Control Room Asst. Officer Safety
Shadow (alternative
5 Process Control Room of CCP Concerned Officer / Concern Shift I/C of CCP
control room)
6 OHC Occupational Health Centre I/c Factory Medical Officer
7 PPE Personal Protective Equipment —
8 DEFS Dahej Eco-friendly Society I/C DEFS

Figure 7-9: Emergency Control Organization Chart
Members of team will be evenly distributed in all the shifts and eight to ten members are available in the factory at
any point of time to handle the emergency situation. Team members will be given refresher training from time to
time.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Facilities to be maintained in ECC
Breathing Sets
 Self-Contained Breathing Sets and spare cylinders will be available at different locations;
 Emergency Life Saving Apparatus (ELSA) will be available at plant. Breathing time is 10 minutes for each set.
Eye Wash and Safety Shower

At different locations in the factory Eye wash fountain and safety shower assemblies will be installed.
Fire/ Fire Fighting Agents

 Water can be used when applied in the form of spray and to keep exposed material from being damaged by
the fire. It can be used to sweep the flames off the surface of liquid.
 Water or foam may cause frothing when applied on flammable liquids having flash point above 100°C. Water
sprays has to be applied carefully by causing the frothing to occur on the surface and this foaming action
blankets and extinguishes the fire.
 Water may be used to blanket fire and accomplish extinguishing. It must be applied gently to the surface of the
liquid.
 Water may be ineffective except when applied gently to the surface to blanket and extinguish the fire.

 Foam.
 Alcohol Resistant Foam.
 CO2.
 Dry Chemical Powder.
First Aid/ Antidotes

 Wash affected areas/ eyes with copious amounts of water.
 Remove to fresh air/ administer Oxygen.
 Artificial respiration.
 Give copious drinks of water.
 Induce vomiting.
 Remove contaminated clothing.
 Antibiotics/ steroid eye drops.
 Administer cortico-steroid spray.
 Analgesic for pain, antibiotic for prevention of infection.
Fire Protection
Fire Hydrant System
 Fire Hydrants, Fire Risers, Water Monitor, Foam Monitor
Fire Tender:
1. Fire Tender (Water & Foam):
 Water Tank, Foam Tank
2. Multi-Purpose Fire Tender (DCP/Foam/ Water)
 Water Tank, Foam Tank, DCP
Fire Jeep
Fire jeep is using for fire equipment movement during routine maintenance activities and during emergency case
from fire station to emergency spot.
Water Reservoir:
 Water reservoir will be provided.
First Aid
Well-equipped first aid boxes made available at different location at site. Appoint trained persons as first aiders and
trained them regularly.
Duties of the Key Persons of the Emergency Team
Role of Person Noticing

Responsibilities/Duties of the person noticing is:
 He will himself try to control the same and if the incident is beyond his control, immediately evacuate all the
workers of down wind direction at safe place and inform to concerned plant Control Room person & CCR.
 If noticing person is more than one, another person has to immediately inform to concerned plant Control room
person & CCR. Concerned plant Control Room person will immediately inform to Shift In charge.

Role of Incident Controller (AGM/DGM/CM/SM/Managers/Shift I/C)

On receiving the message, IC will rush to the site of incidence and he himself will assess the scale of emergency
and decide that the incidence is under his control or is likely to go beyond his control, then immediately inform to
SMC & CCR.
 Act as SMC till arrival of SMC

 Direct for shutting down of plant, if required.
 Direct for calling the key personnel and mutual aider through CCR.
 Direct for evacuation, search, traffic control and rescue with the help of the security.
 Direct for firefighting with the help of Fire Department.
 Direct for first aid / medical help arrangement with the help of HR and Admin.
 Inform SMC about progressive development.
 Preserve evidence for the cause of emergency.
 To find out toxicant and their effect of the area / environment through process / QCD.
In case of outside Road Accident, IC shall make following arrangement:
 Send a team of Process Department. To check and arrest of leakage. He can also put in service of ES
Department, if required.
 Neutralize the spilled material and waste to be collected and shift to our ETP for further treatment before final
disposal.
 Co-ordinate through Marketing Department for making situation normal site with the help of transporter.
 Inform to Stores Department, for the arrangement of crane / Hydra / Forklift if required.
 In case of the Chlorine leakage, follow as per the AMAI Manual. (Chlorine Emergency Response Network).
Role of Site Main Controller: - GM (O&ES)

 Any major loss and/or major injury likely to result to fatality or not, communicate immediately to Dahej Eco-
friendly Society, Dahej for coordinating.
 Immediate required help.
 Information to various authorities concerned with Disaster Management in the District.
 Support, if needed in the Management of incidence at the site, under the direction of available senior most
executive.
 After getting message he will immediately go to respective process control room/incident place.
 Relieve the incident controller from respective plant and act as an overall Site Main Controller.
 In consultation with the incident controller, decide to declare major emergency.
 Ensure that key personnel - senior most person available in respective department - are called in.
 To inform senior executives, MD about the incident.
 Constantly review and assess possible developments to determine the most probable cause of events.
 Direct the safe shut down of the plant if required, and evacuation of plant personnel in consultation with the
incident controller and key personnel. Arrange for evacuation of surrounding population in accordance with
evacuation arrangement, with the help of Security, if necessary.
 Ensure for control of traffic movement within the factory through Security.
 Ensure for a chronological record of the emergency events through Incident Controller.
 If the emergency gets prolonged, arrange for the relief of personnel and the provision of catering facilities.
 Issue authorized statements to the news media, where necessary.
 Ensure for preservation of all possible evidence arrange for photograph/video.
 Ensure that casualties are receiving adequate attention and their relatives are informed.
 Receive information about casualty / accident.
 Do not restart the plant unless it is ensured that it is safe to start and cleared by the statutory authorities.
 Ensure that information and liaison is being done with the concerned authorities through concerned
Department of company, as per the applicable incidence.

I/C (HR&A) will inform and liaise with

 Director (Industrial Safety & Health), Gujarat State, Ahmedabad.
 Dy. Director (Industrial Safety & Health), Bharuch.
 District Collector, Bharuch.
 Dy. Collector, Bharuch (Local Crisis Group, Vagra).
 Mamlatdar, Vagra.
 Primary Health Centre, Dahej.
 Bharuch Hospital, (Jambusar Chowkdi) Bharuch.
 Civil Hospital, Bharuch.
 Sun Shine Global Hospital, Bharuch.
 Bhailal Amin Hospital, Baroda.
 Baroda Heart Institute, Baroda.
 Unity Hospital, Baroda.
 Shri Narahari Arogya Kendra hospital, Baroda.
 Doctors of surrounding industries, Dahej.
 Ensure the availability of personal protective equipment.
 I/C (S, E & F) will inform and liaise with.
 Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Bharuch / Gandhinagar.
 Controller of Explosives (Petroleum & Explosive Safety Organisation), Baroda.
 Chief Controller of Explosives, (Petroleum & Explosive Safety Organisation), Nagpur.
 Dahej Eco Friendly Society.
The following personnel will inform and liaise with-

 Chief Inspector of Boiler, Bharuch / Baroda /Ahmedabad.
 I/C (CCP) for CCP Plant / I/C (ESI & I/C (E) for PAP / CaCI2 / CSP / H2O2/ AAC / PAC/ SBP / SCP in connection
of electrocution.
 GEB, Haldarwa / Jambua.
 Electrical Inspector, Bharuch.
I/C (Mktq.) will inform and liaise with-

 Supdnt. Central Excise & Custom, Bharuch Range, Bharuch.
 Concerned Transporters / Consumers / Dealers.
I/C (Store & Purchased will inform and liaise with-

 Concerned Transporters / Vendors / Suppliers.
I/C (Finance) will inform and liaise with-

 Concerned insurance company.
Role of Controller of Central Control Room (CCR)

In the Emergency period, he should not leave the Central Control Room and act as Communicator cum coordinator
and follow the Emergency Response Plan/On Site Emergency Plan.
In Normal course, he should render the duties of safety officer.

Role of Key Personnel
Safety, Environment & Fire Department

 Ensure availability of required PPEs in case of emergency.
 To find out toxicant - along with PROCESS/QC personnel.
 To inform office of PESO/GPCB/CPCB/Dahej Eco Friendly Society /Mutual Aiders.
 To facilitate CCR by additional man power.
 To deploy fire personnel with all necessary rescue setup.
Security Department
 To deploy security personnel.
 To control traffic and vehicle movement.
 To arrange for search & evacuation of people to assembly points / designated placed.
 To inform police authority.
HR & Administration Department

 To ensure medical help including drugs, medicines and first aider to the victims in consultation with I/c Dr.
OHC.
 To arrange for sending message to the relatives of victims.
 To arrange for all administrative help to the casualties and their relatives at the hospital.
 To inform / brief press, DISH, District Collector and Local Authorities.
I/C Doctor-OHC-Role
 To Provide First Aid / Medical treatment.
 Ensure medicine availability, Antidotes etc.
Engineering and Technical Services

 Ensure that Essential staff of Eng. Dept. shall carry out all engineering job.
 To inform Boiler inspector by I/C (ES) for PA Plant.
 To inform Boiler inspector by I/C (CCP) for CCP Plant.
 To inform Electrical inspector by I/C (CCP) for CCP Plant.
 To inform Electrical inspector by I/C (ES) / I/C (E) for PAP /
 CaCl2 / CSP / H202 / AAC / PAC / SBP / SCP.
Quality Control Department

 To carry out all required testing.
Essential Staff
 Carry out all the emergency jobs as per direction of IC.
A. Stores & Purchase Department:-

 To ensure that provision for material/spares of Equipment and arrange for Hydra / Crane etc.
 To inform Transporters / Vendors / Suppliers.
B. Marketing Department:-
 To inform Central Excise & Custom Dept.
 To inform Transporters / Vendors / Suppliers.

C. Civil Department:-
 To ensure Mobilization of equipment. I.e. Excavators, Bulldozers etc.
D. FINANCE Department
 To inform Insurance Dept./ Surveyor.
Critical Incidence Recovery Plan (CIRP)
 After the cessation of an event, the Incident Controller ensures that victims and in-plant employees,
contractors, visitors, transporters driver/cleaners etc. are suitably counselled to cope up with the traumatic
effect, if any.
 Heads of Process, Personnel & Administration, Occupational Health Centre, Safety and all concerned dep't. Will
visit the site to counsel all personnel at location and when required visit the victim's relatives for moral support
and defusing any negative effect on personal performance.
Emergency Do’s and Don’ts
Dos and Don’ts during emergency are tabulated in Table 7-17.
Table 7-17: Do’s and Don’ts during Emergency

Do’s Don’ts
Anyone noticing an emergency
Do not panic and avoid running all over the place prevent
Actuate nearest emergency push button and/ or inform the others from doing so.
Shift in Charge. Get back to your normal workstation (if safe)
or else report to the assembly point. Do not enter the site unless instructed if you are outside and
disaster alarm is heard.
Contractor Personnel
Stop work on hearing alarm and assemble at the Assembly Do not enter the site until it is cleared for the normal work by
Point and be ready to evacuate. Incident Controller.
Security
Keep the gate manned.
Keep the road clear for movement of fire tenders. Do not allow unauthorized visitors free to enter.
Control traffic at gates.
Visitors
Leave the place & assemble at assembly point Do not enter the site if emergency alarm is heard
All other employees on site
On hearing emergency siren Do not panic/ run
Get back to work place (if safe) and get instructions from Do not go to the scene of emergency unless specifically
supervisor instructed by Incident Controller
Communication System
Communication is the lifeline of handling an emergency. When an emergency occurs it is necessary to raise the
alarm immediately, to declare an emergency, to inform the emergency controllers, to inform the plant emergency
services and affected areas within the plant as well as outside if necessary.
Therefore, the following facilities are provided in the plant for an effective two way communication:
 Intercoms, public address system, company mobiles and walkie-talkie for normal and emergency in-plant
communication.
 Fire and emergency sirens for raising an alarm for emergency and alerting all essential services.
 Non-dedicated external telephone for emergency contacts with works emergency controllers, fire brigades,
hospitals and police and for all other contacts including district authorities, Government agencies, neighboring
industries etc.

When the external telephones are not working, an emergency vehicle with a messenger could also be used for
outside communication. Communication to the neighbouring public, if necessary, should always be made through
police and their wireless van.
Addition to the above, there will be siren system, which will be sounded for different stages of emergency.
Warning, Alarm and Safety and Security Systems Sirens

1. Motor Operated
Emergency Sirens will be installed at heights on the top of the roofs of buildings structures and the push button
switches will be provided at suitably approachable inside the premises.
2. Hand Operated
Hand sirens will be installed inside the premises.
Emergency Siren Codes

Siren codes during emergency situation are tabulated in Table 7-18.
Table 7-18: Siren Codes during Emergency Situation

Emergency Wailing siren for one minute (e.g. police wailing siren).
Evacuation Wailing siren for three minutes. To be blown only on instructions from SMC.
All Clear Continuous siren for one minute.
Testing Of Sirens/ Security/ Safety Systems

Every Monday at 10.00 hours all the sirens will be sounded for testing purpose. Emergency Alarm will be located at
fire hydrant tank pumping station as marked on the site plan.
On hearing siren the Incident Controller will activate the action on Disaster Control Plan by giving proper
instructions or predetermined signals.
Security Systems
Security Officer is in charge of Security. Sufficient numbers of Assistant Security Officers and guards will be
deployed at main gate and other vulnerable areas in each shift. Security staff assists in fire fighting and traffic
control during emergencies.
Emergency Response
 Incidence observer will communicate the emergency to Site controller & raise the alarm.
 On hearing the alarm or getting information about emergency, site controller will proceed to control room &
take charge. He will inform incident controller immediately.
 Incident controller will proceed to affected area on hearing alarm or on getting report from Site Controller.
 Fire pump attendant will proceed to Fire pump house & start fire water pump. All other persons will stand by
for instructions from incident controller.
 Incident controller will organize emergency response activity & emergency response teams. He will also decide
for the need for outside assistance.
 F & S officer will proceed to his position & control emergency with the help of Emergency crew personnel.
 Administration In-charge will take control of main gate to control traffic. He will guide outside assistance like
fire brigade, ambulance van etc.

Emergency Evacuation
 For the purpose of evacuating personnel, safe assembly points are chosen and clearly marked. The assembly
points are selected in the upwind direction / perpendicular to the wind direction so as to eliminate the
downwind hazards due to fire and toxic release. We have an on line weather monitoring station. Wind direction
and wind speed data is recorded and used in case of toxic release to facilitate evacuation and to know
dispersion speed of chemicals.
Decision for evacuation of personnel will be taken by Incident Controller, who will ensure that the
 Person is to be assigned for each assembly point personnel to be evacuated are informed on public address
system.
 Injured and trapped personnel are rescued by fire squad equipped with protective gear.
 Head count is taken with the help of senior most people available at the assembly point and a list of personnel
evacuated is made.
Instructions are given to vehicle drivers on the route to be followed and safe place where the personnel are to be
taken.
All Clear Signal

 Investigation to avoid recurrence, recommendations and records – Safety Officer.
 Resetting the operations – Incident Controller.
 Permission from different Authorities and Final Clearance - Site Controller.
7.4.1 On-Site Emergency Plan
Emergency procedures
Handling of an emergency calls for critical planning and ensuring a state of readiness at all times. Proper handling
of the actual emergency needs certain actions to be taken before the emergency to ensure that all systems are
ready and the emergency can be handled smoothly. Similarly after an emergency rehabilitation and reconstruction
programs are necessary. The actions to be taken before, during and after an emergency are described below:
General Instructions
Leakage of chlorine is the major emergency although other emergencies due to fire, explosion or spillage of
chemicals may occur. Immediate steps should be taken to stop the leak.
The general instructions are as follows:
 Chlorine is heavier that air and settles at ground level. It does not diffuse quickly in atmosphere.
 Always stand in the upwind direction, while attending the leakages or standing near the leakage.
 Always stand in the upwind direction, while attending the leakage or standing near the leakage.
 The best effort should be made to contain the spilled liquid it should be recovered to the extent possible and
neutralized before it is discharged in to the effluent stream.
 Effluent treatment plant should be informed immediately to take corrective action.
 Only trained employees should be allowed to go near the danger area with proper safety equipment kit to stop
the leak.
 All other employees should assemble as per the instruction of incident controller.
Actions to be taken before the Emergency

1. Training programs should be conducted at regular intervals for:
 Use of Personnel Protective Equipment;

 Use of chlorine kit;

 Firefighting;
 First Aid.
1. Drills to be conducted for testing of emergency plans once in a six month.

2. Safe handling procedures (MSDS) for the chemicals handled in the plant should be written and copy made
available in plant area.
Actions to be taken during the Emergency

For major emergency situations the various actions to be taken during emergency are as follows:
Emergency Response to Toxic Material Release

Among the hazardous chemicals handled at the facility, the worst emergency situation will involve release of
chlorine gas.
A chlorine and Benzene leak in easily detected due to its peculiar odour. As soon as a leak in piping or equipment
handling chemical is noticed, the immediate action should be to evacuate the downwind area and make efforts to
isolate the source of supply.
Personnel performing such emergency operations should wear all personal protective equipment including air line or
self-contained breathing apparatus.
Immediately on report of a leak, the Incident Controller should take following actions.
 Declare the EMERGENCY.

 Evacuate the downwind area. If the consequences are likely to affect outside population, use available means
to inform the public and nearby installations about the incident and possible effects and actions.
 Instruct to isolate the system supplying chemical to source of leak and arrange safe shutdown of the plant.
 If emergency situation permits, attempt repair using necessary precautions.
 Perform all other responsibilities as per the Emergency Response Plan.
The following actions to be taken for the hazardous chemicals handled in the plant:
Emergency Action Plan for Chlorine Leakage

 On detection of chlorine leakage inform shift in charge.
 The SMS / IC will assess the situation at the site.
 Check wind direction and wind speed.
 Identify source of leakage by approaching from up wind direction using PPEs like SCBA set, airline respirator,
PVC gloves and gumboot.
 SMC / IC will decide for evacuation of affected downwind area and arrange for search and rescue as required.
 Stay up wind, cordon off area, and prevent entry of unwanted personnel.
 Try to isolate leaky portion of plant, pipeline, and equipment by closing isolation valve on both side of leak.
Consider following points before isolation.
 Whether isolation affect the specific plant / equipment operation, then think of safe shut down of that plant /
equipment.
 Try to stop / reduce leakage if it can be done without risk using PPEs and special tools and kits or by lowering
pressure / creating negative pressure by available methods.
 Start water spray in atmosphere to knock down vapours. Do not spray water on the source of leak.
Tonners:
 As soon as there is any indication of the presence of chlorine in the air immediate steps should be taken to
remedy the situation. The leak source can be detected with the help of ammonia torch (a wooden stick with

piece of cloth at one end. It is soaked in ammonia solution. When taken near the leak source, it will give dense
white fumes.) Leakages, if any should be immediately reported to the supervisor.
 Leakage once detected, should be attended immediately, to avoid further deterioration of leakage.
 Use personal protective equipment such as gas mask with canister, on line air breathing apparatus, self-
contained B.A. set while entering the leakage zone.
 Leakage point should be preferably approached from higher elevation and upwind direction.
 Isolate the system as quickly as possible and evacuate the area. Only persons required for combating the
leakage should be allowed to enter the area.
 Water should never be sprayed on a chlorine leak. To do so will make the leak worse because of the corrosion
action of wet chlorine. Moreover, heat from water increases evaporation rate of chlorine.
 The severity of a chlorine leak may be lessened by reducing the pressure on the leaking container. These may
be done by absorbing chlorine gas (not the liquid) from the container in a solution of caustic soda, soda ash or
hydrated lime.
 If there is leakage from the valve seat, valve body or valve inlet threads, use tie rod assembly from tonner
safety kit to plug the leak.
 If there is hole in the container body, use chain assembly from tonner safety kit.
 If the leak cannot be plugged, reduce pressure in the container or remove it to an isolated area.
 Review spreading of chlorine gas and cloud formation and level of emergency accordingly declare activate on-
site of off-site emergency plan.
 Arrange for first aid, hospital treatment for affected personnel.
 Cut off power supply if required for selected plant / equipment.
Storage Tank
 In case the leakage is from below first isolation valve of storage tank which cannot be controlled. by isolation
method arrange for emergency transfer in to stand by empty tank from leaky tank.
 Create negative pressure in stand by empty tank through Hypo.
 Keep local exhaust hood near to source of leakage close other exhaust hood to increase effectiveness.
 If liquid has spilled in dyke area start selected floor exhaust to suck chlorine vapour to hypo.
 SMC / IC review effectiveness of action taken and if situation does not come under control decide for safe shut
down of plant.
 Review spreading of chlorine gas and cloud formation and level of emergency accordingly declare / activate on-
site of off-site emergency plan.
 Arrange for first aid, hospital treatment for affected personnel.
 Cut off power supply if required for selected plant / equipment.
Emergency Action Plan for Methanol Leakage
Small Spill: Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste
disposal container.
Large Spill: Flammable liquid. Poisonous liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop
leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside
container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray to reduce vapours. Prevent entry into sewers, basements
or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a
concentration level above TLV.
Emergency Action Plan for Caustic Lye
This is a highly reactive liquid and causes burns on contact with skin. Utmost precaution should be taken while
carrying out maintenance jobs or while attending leakages.

 Put on all required personal protective equipment such as face mask / safety goggles, hand gloves, helmet,
apron, gasmask, gum boots etc. while attending the leakages or approaching to leakage point.
 Do not attempt to attend leakages on pressurized line/vessel or on running equipment.
 A small quantity of caustic lye may be diluted with a large quantity of water.
Emergency Action Plan for Toluene
Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.
Large Spill: Flammable liquid, insoluble or very slightly soluble in water. Keep away from heat. Keep away from
sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do
not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined
areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration
level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.
Emergency Response to a Storage Tank Fire/ Explosion
Following possible approach may be used to handle an emergency situation involving a tank fire explosion:
a) Assesses the situation and gather required information on the accident including suspected casualties, rescue
operations required, materials involved, tank details, pipe line / flange details, weather conditions and
resources available.
b) Consider possible alternatives to bring the situations under control and make decisions with reference to line of
action i.e. whether to attempt to extinguish the fire or only to control its spread, requirement of emergency
response personnel or not etc.
c) Take appropriate response actions :
 Isolate the area and remove all nonessential personnel.

 Isolate / shut off the valve of source of fuel from up wind direction.
 Switch off all power supply specifically temporary power supply.
 To stop welding, gas cutting and all hot job in surrounding areas and specifically in down wind direction.
 Evaluate the area downwind of the fire or possible vapour clouds.
 If remote isolation of the vessel is possible, provide for doing so, to avoid flammable vapour cloud formation.
 Attempt to extinguish the fire using the appropriate extinguishing agents and methods.
 Approach to fire from upwind. The personnel involved should wear appropriate protective equipment.
 Cool the vessel involved in fire and adjacent vessel with water to prevent spread of the fire.
 Prevent the overflowing of fire water from dykes and other containment systems.
Actions to be taken after the Emergency

After decision has been made by Site Main Controller to call off the emergency, following necessary actions are
recommended:
 Analysis of the incident.

 Rehabilitation of plant and offsite personnel.
 Repairing the plant machinery and reconstruction of structure.
 Availability of On-site emergency plan.
7.4.2 Safety Control Measures for Handling and Storage of Most Hazardous Chemicals
Chlorine
Chlorine also has a multitude of industrial uses including making bulk materials like bleached paper products,
plastics such as PVC and the solvents tetra chloromethane, chloroform and dichloromethane. It is also used to
make dyes, textiles, medicines, antiseptics and paints.

GACL comes into MAH (Major Accident Hazards) category due to bulk storage & handling of Cl2 above Threshold
Quantity (THQ).
Chlorine is a toxic gas (B. P. is -34°C). In liquefied form chlorine is a clear amber dense liquid. The gas is greenish-
yellow, about 2.5 times as dense as air, and non-flammable. Liquid chlorine causes severe irritation and blistering
of skin. The gas has a pungent suffocating odour and is irritant to the nose and throat. It is an extremely powerful
vesicant and respiratory irritant.
Hazards:
 Irritant: Causes moderate or severe eye and skin irritation.
 Aspiration Hazard: May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways.
 Very Toxic: The exposure of hazardous chemicals are lower than their permissible exposure limits (PELs).
 PEL of Chlorine: 1 ppm (3 mg/m3).
 CEL of Chlorine: 8 ppm.
 IDLH of Chlorine: 25 ppm.
Safety Control Measures:

 The enclosed system will be provided for entire process & operation for manufacturing of finished goods & its
derivatives to minimize the emissions.
 Compressed Cylinder storage in tested & certified Tonner as per prescribed Compressed Cylinder storage
regulations etc.
 Alternate Level Indicator Transmitters, Pressure Gauges and Flow switches have been provided to the system
to find out the accuracy. Auto control (PLC) system with Audio-visual Alarm system will be provided.
 Ventilated Separate Fenced Shed provision will be done to prevent un-authorize entry.
 Precautionary Tags/ Boards have been displayed in this premises for cautionary intimation among working
personnel.
 Fire Fighting system (Fire Hydrant system, Water Curtain) to create fire wall boundary between adjacent
system in case of fire to prevent cylinder explosion by overheating.
 Specific Chlorine Detector Alarm panel with localized Hooter will be provided at the center of plant operational
& storage unit to detect, sense & indicate alarm to draw attention of working personnel.
 Chlorine Scrubber System with double efficient blower will be provided to neutralize the Cl2 gas & scrub them.
 Regular checkup of Chlorine Safety System done periodically as scheduled frequency by competent authority.
 Sufficient Ventilation to the process & operational area will be provided to disperse the fumes in atmosphere.
 Specific Personnel Protective Equipment (PPEs) like Safety Shoes, Safety Helmet, Full body PVC Apron, Splash
proof Goggles Respirators & Mask will be provided to working personnel to avoid inhalation, ingestion,
contamination, swallow & dermal exposure etc.
 Safety Induction training, First Aid & life Saver training, Hazardous handling & practical training on SOP
provided to the working personnel.
 Sufficient & dual alternate Breathing apparatus (SCBA & Airline Mask, Cl 2 Cartridge Mask & Gas mask) have
been provided.
 Medical examinations camp organized from management periodically to examine the health of entre factory
personnel.
 Appointment of Certifying surgeon/ Medical Expert will be done to check up the health of personnel 4 day in
month.
 Antidotes, First Aid appliances & Medical facility will be provided in the factory.
 Safety Showers have been provided around the plant & on elevated multistory building to decontaminate &
dilute the splashed chemicals in case of exposure on the body.
 Sufficient Lighting provision will be provided in the plant.
 Sufficient Emergency Exits will be provided to the plant.
 EOT crane has installed to lifting shifting the 1.5 T weighted Toners safely.

 Double Safety Hoods have kept inside plant at designated point to tackle the Cl 2 leakage emergency.
 Caustic Tank with dual alternate pump will be provided with Scrubber system to pump the Caustic Solution to
the Top of Scrubber Column to sparer them to neutralize the Cl2.
Safety System for Chlorine Bottling, Handling and transportation:

 Weighing arrangement provided in the each EOT crane to check the weight of receiving / dispatch tonners.
 Degassing of tonner is done in Sodium Hypochlorite plant.
 Hydro testing – Every two years / need basis.
 Hydro testing tonners is segregated separately. If wt. loss is more than 5% it is rejected.
 Auto filling system provided.
 Load cell provided on each filling post to measure the weight and calibration of load cells done on daily basis.
 Before dispatch the tonners, it is observed for one day for any abnormality.
 Valves are covered with metallic cover hood.
 Four chlorine sensors are installed. These sensors are connected with DCS. Local hotter also provided.
 Suction hood covering complete tonners is provided.
 Tonner tracking system.
Toluene
Precautions:
 Keep away from heat and sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material.
 Do not ingest and breathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show
the container or the label.
 Wear suitable protective clothing.
 In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep
away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents.
Storage:
 Store in a segregated and approved area.
 Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated, tightly closed and sealed until ready for use.
Exposure Controls/Personal Protection
Engineering Controls: Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne
concentrations of vapours below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety
showers are proximal to the work-station location.
Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapour respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator
or equivalent. Gloves.
Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapour respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self-
contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing
might not be sufficient; consult a specialist before handling this product.
Methanol
Precautions:
 Keep locked up, away from heat, away from ignition sources and away from incompatibles such as oxidizing
agents, metals, acids.
 Ground all equipment containing material.

 Do not ingest and breathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. If ingested, seek
medical advice immediately and show the container or the label.
 In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. Avoid contact with skin and eyes.
Storage:
 Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area and tightly closed and
sealed until ready for use.
 Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).
Exposure Controls/Personal Protection
Engineering Controls: Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne
concentrations of vapours below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety
showers are proximal to the work-station location.
Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapour respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator
or equivalent. Gloves.
Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapour respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self-
contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing
might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling this product.
7.4.3 Off-Site Emergency Plan
Need of the Off-Site Emergency Plan
The off-site emergency plan prepared herein will deal with the incident, the onsite plan which has the potential to
harm persons or the environment outside the boundary of the factory premises.
The most significant risk to outside areas is that associated with a large release of chlorine and Benzene. Spread of
its effected outside the works may require traffic control, evacuation, shelter arrangement.
Off-site emergency plan has been drawn up with a view to mobilize resources and integrate with district
contingency plan for an effective system of command and control in combating the emergency.
Thus the main purpose of the off-site emergency plan is:
 To provide the local / district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors, surrounding industries and the public, the
basic information of risk and environment impact assessment and to appraise them of the consequences and
the protection prevention measures and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in
case of major emergency.
 To assist the district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for the district or particulate area and
to organize rehearsal from time to time and initial corrective action based on the lesson learnt.
Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan
The off-site emergency plan will be integrated properly with the district contingency plan to tackle any kind of
emergency. The site main controller will keep liaison for this purpose with the district authorities.
External telephone facilities from GACL to GIDC (Fire), will be established for quick communication.
The names of the key persons will be defined to establish contacts and Co-ordinate the activities with the help of
the Collectorate and disaster management centre in case of major emergency.
An on-site emergency control room will be identified which can be activated / used for emergency control and
manned round the clock.

As far as off-site emergencies are concerned, first information shall be received by the police control room, GIDC.
Later PCR will inform fire brigade GIDC and disaster management centre. The police / fire brigade control room will
further inform police commissioner, collector and Municipal Commissioner
7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ESC COST
7.5.1 Existing CSR Activities carried out by GACL in Dahej Area
GACL has been doing CSR activities in the Dahej area. Part of the CSR activities done within the study area recently
is tabulated in Table 7-19.
Table 7-19: Details of CSR Activities already carried out by GACL in Study Area
S. No. Name of Village Type of CSR Activity
Aashramshaala for various items for Girls and Boys dormitories (Beddings, Water Cooler,
1 Atali
Lights, Wall fan and mosquito nets in doors and windows)
2 Jolva Aanganwadi construction work
200 No. of Tree Guards for plantation drive and Aanganwadi construction work and
3 Rahiyad
Public library refurbishment
4 Koliyad 200 No. of Tree Guards for plantation drive
5 Nearby Villages Celebration of International Yoga Day at 17 schools, 3,500 children participated
6 Padariya Village Distribution of 210 Notebooks to around 60 students
7 Koliyad Distribution of First Aid Box kit
Photographs showing existing CSR activities are shown in Photograph 7-1.
Photograph 7-1: Existing CSR Activities done by GACL in Study Area
Glimpses of activities done at Atali-Aashramshaala

Aanganwadi construction work at Jolva Village
Plantation drive at Rahiyad Village
Plantation drive at Koliyad Village

Celebration of International Yoga Day in nearby schools
Distribution of 210 Notebooks to around 60 students Distribution of First Aid Box kit at Koliyad village
7.5.2 Focused Group Discussions with Residents of nearby Villages by KEC
Based on the socio-economic survey and stakeholders consultation the following social concerns have been
identified with respect to the general condition of the nearby residents/villages of study area. The suggestive
mitigation measures have been reflected in Table 7-20.
Table 7-20: Issues Raised by Respondents of Core Zone

Community Welfare/Enhancement Measures
Social Component Issues raised/Problems
by the Project Proponent
Health and Hygiene  Open defecation by the villagers.  The Project Proponent will take the initiative to
 The medical/health facilities are limited in ensure to put up health check-up camps and
the study area. doctor’s visit at regular intervals.

Community Welfare/Enhancement Measures

Social Component Issues raised/Problems
by the Project Proponent
Drinking Water  Scarcity of potable water in the  The project proponent in co-ordination with local
surrounding villages. bodies shall monitor regular supply of drinking
 Lack of potable water in primary schools. water.
 Installation of RO plant at school.  Proper co-ordination and follow up shall be
carried out by the project proponent with PCPIR
& SEZ for regular supply of safe drinking water.
Education  School Uniform required at regular  The project proponent shall ensure to take up
interval. the activities under company’s CSR in phase wise
 Distribution of Computer with printer, manner after conducting Need Assessment
Music System, Library Rack, Office Table studies through reputed NGO’s or Organisation
and chairs, Sports Kit etc. in the Primary on the priority basis.
Schools.
 Construction/renovation of school rooms
is required.
 Construction of toilet is required.
 Renovation of Anganwadi & Primary
School buildings is required.
Sanitation & Drainage  Inadequate household toilets.  The project proponent shall provide its
System  Presence of Open Drainage System in few contribution in the construction of sanitary
communities. toilets/drainage system for households.
Employment  Employment for land losers & local  Job Opportunities & Skill development
people. programme shall be organized by the project
 Employment to local contractors. proponent at regular interval and accordingly the
local population/land losers shall be provided
 The daily wage earners are in substantial
opportunity as per the GIDC guidelines and
number present in the study villages.
existing laws.
Construction/  Erection of Shed for Mid-Day Meal as  As part of Community Welfare Program the
Renovation primary schools. project proponent will consider to contribute for
 Laying of paver block in the school the mentioned works of construction and
compound. renovation.
 Construction/up gradation of the internal
village road is required
 Dahej Awas Yojna, 2015 for the SC & ST
is under process.
Source: Community Consultation-2016

The above table reveals that major issues in the communities are unemployment to local villages especially the land
losers, inadequate supply of drinking water, open defecation, etc.
7.5.3 Enterprise Social Commitment
Socio-economic development activities towards community welfare in the field of Health and Hygiene, Drinking
Water, Education, Sanitation & Drainage System, Employment, Construction/ Renovation programs in the study
area are based on the need of the community. CSR activities planned and approved by chairman are tabulated in
Table 7-21. Short term plans are tabulated in Table 7-22.
Table 7-21: CSR Activities Planned and Approved by Chairman
Sr. No. Name of village Requirements
Refurbishment and painting of Library
1 Rahiyad
Construction of new Aanganwadi building
2 Suva Smart Board (Interactive white board + CPU + Projector)
3 Jolva Smart Board (Interactive white board + CPU + Projector)
One projector set
4 Ambetha
One colour printer

Table 7-22: Short Term Plans for CSR Activities

Sr. No. Name of village Requirements
Cupboard-5 No.
Sports equipment (cricket kit, volleyball kit, badminton kit, skipping rope)
1 Koliyad
School Uniform(pent and T-shirt) No.146(73*2)
Playground equipment (slide, double swing and seesaw)
Office Computer +Printer
2 Vav Green Board-4Nos
Speaker (Ahuja brand) 2Nos.
Television for educational purpose
3 Sambethi Playground equipment (slide, double swing and seesaw)
Skipping rope-5 Nos.
Notebook- 184 Nos.
4 Samatpor School bag (with Logo) 40Nos
School Uniform (40*2) 80Nos. (25 boys+15 girls)
Computer + colour printer

Cupboard-2
5 Galenda
chapel stand
Musical instrument (Dholak, Manjira, Tabla, Duff, harmonium)
green chalk board-10nos. , Cupboard-10 Nos., small Table-10 Nos.
Plastic Chair-10Ns., colour printer, skipping rope-5 Nos.
6 Kadodara Sports equipment kit (cricket kit, volleyball kit, badminton kit and
skipping rope)
Musical instrument (Dholak, Manjira, Tabla, Duff, harmonium)
computer +printer
compassbox-45
7 Padariya school bag-45
slate-45
plastic chair-12
Long term plan (tentative) are as follows:
 Aanganwadi construction work at Atali village;

 Health camp at identified villages of Bharuch district as per survey data;
 Provision of Drinking water to identified villages of Bharuch district as per survey data;
 MDM kitchen shade in Kadodara;
 Construction of new Aanganwadi building at Samantpor;
 Livelihood generation activities in villages in Dahej area.
The proposed budget for Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) will be allocated for the ten years / life span of
project. The project proponent has earmarked ~ INR 4.95 Crore per year with 10% increase in the amount each
year towards community development program in the study area. Thus, a budget of ~ INR 78.8 Crore (2.5% of
total project cost) is earmarked to be spent on ESC/CSR Activities based on the yearly need based assessment. The
activities has been identified under the following heads and budget has been allocated as tabulated in Table 7-23.
The monitoring and evaluation of CSR activities shall be conducted by a reputed institution / organization every
year in compliance with the Clause 135 of Companies Act 2013.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
NALCO GIDC, DAHEJ (EMP)
Table 7-23: Budget Allocation for Implementation of ESC by GACL (Break up of 10 Years)
Amount (Rs/Lakhs) per year
S.
Proposed Activity 2018- 2019- 2020- 2021- 2022- 2023- 2024- 2025- 2021- 2022- Total
No.
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2022 2023 Amount
1 Health & Hygiene 86 95 104 115 126 139 153 168 185 203 1,373
2 Safe Drinking Water 55 60 66 73 80 89 97 107 118 130 876
3 Educational Activities 76 84 92 101 112 123 135 148 163 180 1,214
4 Drainage & Sanitation System 67 74 82 90 99 109 119 131 145 159 1,075
Skill Development/ Training
5 81 89 98 108 119 131 144 158 174 191 1,294
Program
6 Infrastructure Facilities 129 142 156 171 188 207 228 251 276 303 2,050
Total Amount per Year 495 544 598 658 724 797 876 964 1,060 1,166 7,882
Total provision for 10 years - INR 78.82 Crores only

WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ PROJECT BENEFITS
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
 There will be increase in some scale businesses like tea stall, catering services/hotels, grocery, confectionery,
sweet marts, cycle shop etc. around the project area.
8.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
 Help to needy children in the schools;

 Providing drinking water to nearby villagers;
 Helping Gram Panchayat in improving sanitation facilities.
8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
 During the construction phase around 500 local skilled and semi-skilled workers and during the operational
phase around 750 workers including contractors will be employed;
 The positives impact include enhanced direct employment for technical/administrative works and indirect
employment. It will provide employment to the people of Bharuch district.
 Opportunities for transporters of raw materials and finished goods;
 Increasing other business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors &
trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project;
 Girls/women with less education will get work in packing and packaging in small containers section.
8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS
The study area villages lie in the SEZ area of Dahej. This has impacted the lifestyle of the villagers to some extent.
The in-migration of population due to the industries has led way for the apartment system that can be easily seen
in the Jolwa and Dahej villages. Local villagers giving houses on rents have added on to their incomes. There can
be seen blending of certain common attributes like food, common practices, lifestyle patterns, educational
preferences etc. of the rural community by coming in contact with in-migrated population in their area.
Due to the coming of the industries now there can be seen hotel/restaurant facilities available in the study area
serving all Indian cuisines like Punjabi, South Indian etc. along with traditional Gujarati Thali.

M/S. GACL IN JV DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC ENVIRONMENTAL COST
WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
No recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was given during appraisal stage, hence it is not carried
out.

M/S. GACL IN JV DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC SUMMARY AND
WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ CONCLUSION
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigative measures are implemented and their
effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA.
10.1 INTRODUCTION
The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during different phases of the
project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through
the adoption of mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan describes both generic good practice
measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts
associated with the proposed activities.
10.2 PURPOSE OF EMP
The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the
project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery
mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all
project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of
every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which
could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 Role of GACL and its contractors;

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that GACL will implement;
 The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.
10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANS
Environmental Monitoring Plan for suggested mitigation measures as mentioned in Chapter 4 and monitoring plan
as mentioned in Chapter 6 will include:
 Provision of SOPs and Emergency Response Procedures to each plant will be ensured;
 Deploying experienced EHS head who will directly provide the status report to director on daily basis;
 Proper inventory accounting & monthly review of non-compliances by plant head;
 Monitoring for compliance of statutory conditions by EHS head;
 Internal audit of hazardous waste storage area as per ISO system;
 Timely submission of Form 5, Environment Audit Report, Hazardous waste manifest, Compliance of show cause
/ closure notice issued by regulatory authorities, etc.;
 Sufficient funds towards capital cost and recurring cost per annum as mentioned in Table 6-7 will be provided.
The funds so earmarked for environment management/ pollution control measures shall not be diverted for any
other purpose.
10.3.1 Air Quality
Properly designed and appropriate air pollution control equipment will be attached to flue gas stack attached to
Boilers. Process vent will be attached to various scrubbers. Effective measures will be taken to control odour &
fugitive emissions. Emission control measures will be taken to ensure air emission standards and norms are strictly
followed.

10.3.2 Noise Environment
Noise will be regularly monitored at plant boundary and near noise generating equipment for checking compliance
against environmental noise parameters as per CPCB norms.
All workers will be provided with required set of PPEs like earplug, earmuff etc. during construction and operation
phase activities where noise levels in excess of 80 db (A) are regularly generated. For operational purpose, at
design stage, procurement of low noise equipment will be used. Preventive maintenance of noise generating
equipment shall be regularly carried out to ensure that noise levels are minimized to the extent possible.
Greenbelt will be maintained around the site to reduce noise levels.
10.3.3 Water Quality
Effluent
The reject wastewater generated from Power plant will be fully used for dust suppression in the Coal storage yard.
The treated effluents from other units viz. Chloromethanes Plant, Epichlorohydrin, Chlorotoluenes plant will be
treated separately and will meet deep sea disposal norms. The treated effluent will then be discharged into GIDC
effluent collection system and will finally be disposed into the sea.
Rainwater Harvesting
Rainwater harvesting from rooftop of admin building and control rooms of each plant shall be done.
10.3.4 Land and Soil
Management of Solid Hazardous Waste will be ensured by taking care of the following steps:
 Properly designed storage area for hazardous waste with adequate capacity will be ensured;
 Prior permissions for TSDF will be taken and prior agreements with authorized vendors shall be made;
 Spent catalyst will be send to recyclers/ regeneration /reactivation;
 Spent carbon & used filter materials will be sent to TSDF;
 Residues from ECH Plant will be incinerated;
 Discarded container, drums, packing material etc. shall be decontaminated and sold to authorized vendors;
 Used/spent oil will be disposed to GPCB authorized Recyclers, Waste/residue containing oil disposed off to
CHWIF;
 Contaminated hand gloves, discarded containers / barrels / bags shall be sold to authorized vendors;
 Scraps, used spares, cotton waste, contaminated hand gloves, discarded containers / barrels / bags shall be
sold to authorized vendors;
 Reviewing time bound action plan for imparting training to drivers and availability of TREM cards.
10.3.5 Ecology and Biodiversity
Greenbelt Development
Greenbelt will be developed within project site boundary and within various identified locations of LIZ of 1.5 km.
Greenbelt not only provides habitat for faunal species but also helps to suppress air and noise pollutants up to
some extent. This will not only mitigate the ecological problem but also enhance the beauty of project area that will
attract avifauna, small mammals & insect species, and by this way ecological balance can be maintained to great
extent.

Selection of Plant Species
Considering the environmental status of project area four main parameters like salinity, draught, fire resistance,
species with faster growth rate and ever green nature have been considered while selecting the species. Facts
considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:
 Agro climatic zone (Semi-arid to dry sub humid – as per CPCB) of the project area;
 Evergreen species to mitigate cumulative impacts due to other industries also;
 Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project activities;
 Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and Noise control.
Plantation Technique
Following basic procedures will be followed for greening the area:
 Since the project area having poor / slightly saline soil quality, plantation of tree species required approx. 1m 3
pit for soil enrichment;
 Pit will be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure;
 Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery;
 Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention;
 Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done daily in monsoon and once in 2 days
in other seasons for a period of two years.
Greenbelt within Project Boundary
Total greenbelt area of 2,51,000 m2 (33% of total plot area) has been allotted for greenbelt development within
project boundary. Considering 16 m2 (4 x 4) for one tree, project area will have plantation of 15,700 plants of
suggested species. Plantation will be carried out around periphery, near / around built-up areas and along internal
roads of the project area. Plant species suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at various locations are tabulated
in Table 10-1.
Table 10-1: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at Various Locations
Ecological and Environmental
Local/Hindi Height
Location Plant Species Type Performances of Plant
Name (m)
Species
Bauhinia varigata Kachnar 5 Tree T,DC,NC
Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvillea 8 Shrub T,DC,NC
First Layer
Emblica officinalis Amla 5 Tree T,DC,NC
(Inner Layer)
Nerium indicum Kaner 5 Shrub T,DC
Saraca asoka Asoka 5 Tree T,DC,NC
Annona squamosa Sitaphal 10 Tree DC, DR, SR, FR
Second Layer
Butea monosperma Palas 10 Tree NC, OGE, DC
(Middle Layer)
Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka 15 Tree DC, OGE, NC, AG.
Albizia lebbeck Siris 20 Tree DC, NC, AG, DR, SR, FR.
Azardirachta indica Neem 20 Tree DC, OGE, NC, AG, DR, SR, FR.
Derris indica Karanj NC, DR, SR, FR.
Third Layer
Ficus bengalensis Banyan 20 Tree NC, DC
(Outer Layer)
Ficus religiosa Peepal 20 Tree NC, OGE, DC
Melia azedarch Bakani 20 Tree DC, NC, AG, DR, SR, FR.
Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu 20 Tree NC, DC
Threatened species (will be planted in interspaces of the greenbelt, so no
Citrullus colocynthis
separate space is required)

Ecological and Environmental

Local/Hindi Height
Location Plant Species Type
Performances of Plant
Name (m)
Species
Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena 1991)9 and (Abbasi & Khan 2000)10, DC
- Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)11, Environmental Adaptation (DR - Drought resistance, SR - Salinity resistance, FR - Fire
Resistance, T- Tolerant to Air Pollution).
Budget Allocation for Greenbelt within Project Site

Greenbelt will be developed within 5 yrs. Budget break-up is as per Table 10-2.
Table 10-2: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site
Work or Budget
S. No. 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year
Activity (INR)
Within Project Site, totally 15,700 saplings will be planted (Approx. Cost @ INR 100 per sapling / plant)
Saplings Required 3,140 3,140 3,140 3,140 3,140
15,70,000
Amount 3,14,000 3,14,000 3,14,000 3,14,000 3,14,000
Total Budget 15,70,000*
* All other costs like labor, soil filling dressing, irrigation etc. costs will be extra.
Greenbelt in the LIZ Area (within 1.5 Km. Radius)
Additional plantation for green belt development will be carried out in identified LIZ area of Rahiyad, Atali, Koliyad,
Galenda and Kadodara village, at around five water bodies and schools, hospitals, health centre, temples,
agriculture lands and road crossings etc. to improve habitat status of the project area. This activity will be carried
out as a part of conservation plan of Schedule-I reported from the study area, so species recommended for
plantation and budget allocation for same is given in the conservation plan section. Plant species for Plantation in
LIZ Area are tabulated in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3: List of Plant Species for Plantation in LIZ Area

S. No Scientific Name Common Name Ecological Performance Location of Plant
1 Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC 1,2
2 Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3,4
3 Butea monosperma Palas CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
4 Ficus bengalensis Banyan CN, DC 1,2,4
5 Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3,4
6 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3,4
7 Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu CN, DC 1,2,4
8 Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3,4
9 Terminalia catappa Desi Badam CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3
10 Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC 1,2,3,4
Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Saxena 1991) and (Abbasi & Khan 2000), DC -
Dust Controller (CPCB 2007).
Locations: 1- Roads crossing, villages, 2 – Public places (schools, hospitals, health centre and temples), 3-Agriculture hedges,
4 – Village ponds
-------------------------------------------------------------
9 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan
Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.
10 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.
11 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board, Ministry
of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.

Budget Allocation for Greenbelt the LIZ Area

Budget is allocated for additional greenbelt, habitat improvement and conservation of threatened species of the
study area as tabulated in Table 10-4.
Table 10-4: Budget for Additional Greenbelt / Habitat Improvement Programme

S. Work or
1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Budget (INR)
No Activity
Plantation on around five water bodies of Rahiyad, Atali, Koliyad, Galenda and Kadodara villages: Total 50 plants will
1
be planted every year around each water body within impact zone up to five years (Approx. Cost @ INR 100 per plant)
Saplings Required 250 250 250 250 250
1,25,000
Amount 25,000/- 25,000/- 25,000/- 25,000/- 25,000/-
Plantation in and around school and temple premises and other public places of nearby five villages (Rahiyad, Atali,
2
Koliyad, Galenda and Kadodara): 50 plants every year up to five years (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per plant)
Saplings Required 250 250 250 250 250
1,25,000
Amount 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000
Total Budget 2,50,000*
* All other costs like labor, soil filling dressing, irrigation etc. costs will be extra.
Conservation Plan for Schedule-I Species
Conservation plan has been prepared to enhance the population status of this Schedule species as well as overall
improvement of biodiversity which will be implemented in consultation of “State forest department”.
Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) Description

LIZ area includes five water bodies and has been reported with Schedule-I species i.e. Peacock.
Selection of Plant Species

All the facts considered for species selection are same as facts considered for greenbelt development within project
site premises.
Habitat Improvement through Plantation in LIZ
As provided in Table 10-3 & Table 10-4.
Monitoring Management Protocol
Green Belt
 Plantations will be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding and provide
proper protection;
 Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth
stage;
 After care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured tree stage will be done;
 Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or unforeseen activities will be attended by
redeveloping and maintained it.
Biodiversity / Ecological Monitoring

Every year survival rate of the plantation within project site as well as other plantation carried out in the LIZ area
will be monitored. Conservation plan will be prepared to enhance the population status of this Schedule species as
well as overall improvement of biodiversity which will be implemented in consultation of local forest department.

10.3.6 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring
As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically and at set
interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is necessary and required. Even based
on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are counselled and put in different area /job rotation kind of
activities.

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
This executive summary provides overall justification for implementation of the project, explains how adverse
effects shall be mitigated. It summarizes the findings of the EIA study and is structured in accordance with Terms
of References (TORs) issued by State Level Expert Appraisal Committee –Gujarat, in their Letter Ref: EIA-10-2016-
7531-E 2127 dated 14th September, 2016 and TOR Amendment Letter No. SEIAA/GUJ/EC/5(f), 4(d)
&1(d)/475/2017 dated 29th April, 2017.
11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals Limited (GACL) was incorporated on 29th March 1973 in the State of Gujarat by
Gujarat Industrial Investment Corporation Limited (GIIC), a wholly owned company of Govt. of Gujarat, as a Core
Promoter.
Proposed Project falls in category including Project / Activity: “4(d), Chlor-Alkali Industry”, schedule
“Manufacturing/fabrication” and Project or Activity “5(f), Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry”, schedule “Mining,
Extraction of Natural Resources and Power Generation, Project or Activity “1(d), Thermal Power Plants”, which shall
be treated as Category “B”.
11.1.1 Proposed Project
Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals Ltd. (GACL) proposes setting up of New Chlor-Alkali Plant and Coal Based Captive
Power Plant in JV with NALCO along with Synthetic Organic Chemical Plants at Plot No.: D II/9, GIDC Dahej,
Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat. Synthetic Organic Chemical Plants shall include chemicals like
Chlorotoluenes, Chlorinated Paraffin Wax, Epichlorohydrin (ECH) plant & Chloromethanes (CLM) plant.
Plot area of the project consists of 76 Hectare. The project cost is estimated to be INR 3,153 Crore. Approximate
22-24 Months will be required for the project completion from the date of getting EC. Details of all the proposed
products are listed in Table 11-1.
Table 11-1: List of Proposed Products

S. No. Products
A Chlor-Alkali Plant (800 TPD)
1 Caustic Soda (100%) Lye/ Prills / Flakes 800
2 Chlorine Gas 710
4 Hydrogen Gas 20
5 Sodium Hypochlorite 34
6 Dilute Sulphuric acid (78-80%) 16
B Chlorotoluenes Plant (205 TPD)
1 Benzyl chloride 100
2 Benzaldeyde 50
3 Benzyl Alcohol 55
Co-products / Bi-products are listed below
4 Benzoyl chloride 5
5 Cinnamic aldehyde 5
6 Benzyl acetate 15
7 Benzal chloride (Intermediate Product) 85


S. No. Products
8 Sodium benzoate 4
9 Di benzyl ether 15
C Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant (100 TPD)
1 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax 100
3 Sodium hypochlorite 43
D Epichlorohydrin (ECH) Plant (84 TPD)
1 Epichlorohydrin (ECH) 84
E Chloromethanes (CLM) Plant (300 TPD)
1 Chloromethanes (CLM) 300
F Coal Based Captive Power Plant 130 MW
11.1.2 Process
Caustic Chlorine Plant
Membrane cell based Chlor Alkali process will involve processing of brine electrolysis to produce caustic soda,
chlorine, and hydrogen. During manufacturing of process of caustic soda, Hydrogen and Chlorine gas as co
products are generated. HCl, hypochlorite, dilute H2SO4 are by products. The technology will be provided from M/s.
ThyssenKrupp Industrial Solutions, Germany.
Chlorotoluenes
Chlorination of Toluene in presence of ultra violet lights will produce chlorinated mass of BCL, OPCT, BCL2 and BTC.
Hydrolysis of mixture of BCL2 fraction containing BCL2 and BTC separated from chlorinated mass with 10 % dilute
solution of ferrous chloride in agitated hydrolyser at an elevated temperature and atmospheric pressure will
produce hydrolyzed mass of BCHO and BCOOH mixture and HCl vapours as a by-product. Neutralization of BCOOH
with soda ash solution will produce NaB solution. Hydrolysis of BCL with fresh process water will produce
hydrolyzed mass of BOH and vapours of hydrogen chloride as a by-product. Separate heavy phase organic layer
from gravity separator fed to water and BCL fraction removal column. At elevated temperature and an under
vacuum recovered distillate BCL fraction recycle back to hydrolyser to produce BCO. Residue generated in the
process of burned in Incinerator. Technology will be supplied from M/s. LeLe Associate and Consultants, Mumbai.
Chlorinated Paraffin Wax
Normal/ Heavy Normal Paraffin (HNP), being straight- chain saturated hydrocarbons (alkanes) react with Chlorine
readily, replacing Hydrogen atoms to produce Chlorinated Paraffin & Hydrochloric Acid.
Chlorination of Glycerine in presence of HCl gas will produce Epichlorohydrin. Technology will be provided from M/s.
KVIT, Austria.
Chloromethanes
Thermal and Hydro Chlorination of Methane gas and Methanol will produce Chloromethanes. Technology will be
provided from M/s. Shin – Etsu, Japan.

Coal based Captive Power Plant
To carter the power requirement of the various plants, coal based captive power plant will be installed in which the
steam is produced in high pressure in the steam boiler due to burning of fuel (Imported Coal from Indonesia /
South Africa blended with Indigenous washed coal) in boiler furnaces. Super-heated steam enters into the turbine
and rotates the turbine blades. The turbine is mechanically coupled with alternator that its rotor will rotate with
rotation of turbine blades hence shall generate power.
11.1.3 Utilities
Power: Power requirement of 130 MW will be met from proposed CPP having backup source of DGVCL. Three DG
Sets of 1,000 kVA for Caustic Soda plant & 1 No. DG set of 225 kVA for Chlorinated paraffin wax plant will be
provided & used in case of main power failure.
Fuel: 1,760 MT/Day Imported Indonesian/ South African Coal having 0.55 % sulphur and 15.0 % ash content will
be used for the proposed CFBC Boilers and 800 Ltr/Hr. HSD/LDO will be used for DG Sets. In principle approval for
procurement of coal is obtained from Adani.
Water: 15.34 MLD of water requirement will be met from GIDC Reservoir. Assurance Letter from GIDC for Water
Supply upto 20.82 MLD to GACL is availed.
Manpower: During the construction phase around 500 workers will be hired. During operation phase, project will
generate direct employment for more than 750 people along with indirect employment for approx. 500 locals. They
may be hired locally. First preference shall be given to skilled, semi-skilled work force of local community, i.e. for
people of Bharuch District.
11.1.4 Air Emissions & Control
 Point Source Emissions, i.e. PM, SO2 & NOx from boiler stacks shall be controlled by multistage ESP with one
filed extra. Process gas emissions of NOx, CO, HCl, C2H4Cl2, Cl2, SO2, TOC, Dioxin from various process vent and
incinerator shall be controlled by providing caustic/alkali scrubber, DM water scrubber & water scrubbers;
 Area source as SPM emissions from coal stock piles is envisaged. It shall be controlled by providing
curtains/water sprinkling as and when required;
 Line Source Emissions (CO, HC, PM, NOx) from 325 trucks, 5 staff buses, 50 cars, 100 two wheelers & 100
cycles is anticipated;
 Fugitive emissions from storage & handling area for raw materials, solvents, finished products is envisaged due
to proposed project. Odor of raw materials & finished goods shall be limited to plant area.
11.1.5 Noise Generation Sources
Noise generation sources are the heavy machinery like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers, boiler, compressors,
chillers, DG sets, etc. & during vehicular movement for transportation of raw material and finished goods.
11.1.6 Waste Water Generation & Disposal
Wastewater will be generated from the proposed unit from various areas such as Process, Cooling Tower, Boiler,
Domestic use, Washings, Safety Showers & from other Utility Blow downs etc. The generated effluent will be
treated in ETP 1 & ETP 2. Treated effluent from ETP 2 will be fully reused in the process. Treated effluent from ETP
1 after meeting the deep sea discharge Norms / GPCB Norms will be discharged into GIDC effluent collection
system for final disposal in the sea. Sewage generated will be treated in STP and treated water will be reused in
gardening.
No effluent from Chlor – Alkali & Power Plant will be discharged into GIDC effluent collection system, it will be fully
utilized within the plant premises. Separate waste water stream and storm water line will be provided.

11.1.7 Hazardous & Other Solid Waste
The following solid / hazardous wastes will be generated during operations:
 Hazardous Waste: High M.P Liquid Impurities, Used/spent oil, Discarded drums and containers, Oil
Contaminated cotton rags or other cleaning materials, ETP waste, Incineration Ash, Waste residue from
industrial use of paint, Lead washers etc. as Lead scrap, Nickel Scrap, Copper tubing, caps and cables etc. – As
Copper scrap, Spent Carbon and Discarded bags / liner / packing material, Discarded PPEs, gaskets;
 Non Hazardous Waste: Brine Sludge & Fly Ash;
 Domestic Solid Waste: Paper and Food waste;
 Small amounts of Municipal Solid Waste, Biomedical Wastes, e-waste and Construction and Demolition Wastes.
These will be managed as per the applicable Rules, mainly, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, Storage and
Transboundary) Rules 2016, as amended till date.
11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
11.2.1 Study Period, Study Area, Monitoring & Sampling Locations
Baseline environmental study was carried out for Post Monsoon Season from 20th October, 2016 to 31st December,
2016 within 10 Km radius of the project site.
Air monitoring was carried out at 10 locations. Noise measurement was carried out at 8 locations. Surface water
samples from 8 locations (6 samples from ponds & 2 sample from estuary), ground water samples from 8 locations
(6 Borewells, 1 open well & 1 hand pump) and soil samples from 8 locations (1 from project site & 7 samples from
villages) were collected and analysed.
11.2.2 Land Use and Land Cover Distribution
Land use of study area is classified as Agricultural land (~ 32.2%), Vegetation cover (~ 28.1%), Water bodies (~
19.6%), Waste land (~ 15.2%), Buildup Land & Habitation (~ 4.0%) & others (~ 0.2%).
11.2.3 Meteorology
Based on the long-term climatological tables (1981 – 2010) by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), for Surat12
(Station ID: 42840), during post monsoon, mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures ranges from 16.5 oC –
35.1oC, in morning & evening relative humidity ranges 65 – 73 % and 43 – 52% respectively, average wind speed
was 0.72 m/sec., predominant wind direction was from NE to SW direction (16.5%).
Site specific meteorological data was collected at roof top of SEZ office, which is ~ 8.30 Km in W direction from
project site. Minimum and maximum temperature were recorded as 15.0°C & 36.0°C respectively. Mean hourly
relative humidity was 31%. Average wind speed & Predominant wind direction were 2.7 m/sec & from NE to SW
(26.8 %) respectively. Calm wind contributed to about 3.14%.
11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality
It is noted from Table 11-2 that PM10 results exceeds the permissible limits of 100 µg/m3 at Jolwa village due to:
 Vehicular movement on the “kaccha” roads of the villages;

 Industrial & infrastructure development activities in study area (PCPIR & residential projects);
 Rural activities like burning of cow dung for household purposes like using it in “chullas”.
-------------------------------------------------------------
12
Since IMD station at Bharuch is not in operation since 1978. Nearest IMD data of Surat was considered.

11.2.5 Traffic Survey
Traffic Survey was carried out on SH – 6 in S direction of the proposed site, road connecting site to Dahej &
Bharuch on 12th April, 2017. The road width of this road is 15 meters, which is a 3 Lane (One Way) Arterial Road.
Average peak hourly (i.e. morning 0800 hours to 1200 hours and evening 1600 hours to 2000 hours) traffic on this
route i.e. from Dahej to Bharuch and from Bharuch to Dahej is 1,634 and 1,522 PCU respectively.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
Table 11-2: Ambient Air Quality Data

Note: All units are in µg/m . Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10 µg/m3 for NOX & NH3 , 1.0 µg/m3 for Cl2, HCl & 800 µg/m3 for HC and
3
All stations are in Industrial, 1,142 µg/m3 for CO.

Station code Residential, Rural & Other Areas
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx NH3 HCl Cl2 HC CO
(CPCB)
[100] [60] [80] [80] [400] NS NS NS [2,000]
AA1 At Project Site
Maximum 84 32 9.8 20.3 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,588 <1,142
Minimum 55 20 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,184 <1,142
Average 72 26 <8.0 13.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,308 <1,142
98%tile 84 32 9.3 19.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,568 <1,142
AA2 Atali
Maximum 97 36 10.3 21.2 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 ` <1,142
Minimum 55 17 <8.0 10 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,183 <1,142
Average 75 27 <8.0 15.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,316 <1,142
98%tile 94 35 10.3 21 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,512 <1,142
AA3 Galenda
Maximum 82 31 9.5 16.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
Minimum 52 16 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
Average 68 24 <8.0 13 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,144 <1,142
98%tile 80 31 9.2 16.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,245 <1,142
AA4 Jolwa
Maximum 133 61 13.2 25.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,561 <1,142
Minimum 78 28 5.9 11.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
Average 94 40 9.8 19.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,370 <1,142
98%tile 129 59 13.1 25.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,545 <1,142
AA5 Rahiyad
Maximum 95 56 14.1 26.5 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,292 <1,142
Minimum 56 18 <8.0 12.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,087 <1,142
Average 76 32 9.5 18.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,152 <1,142
98%tile 93 51 13.7 26.1 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,274 <1,142
AA6 Koliyad
Maximum 73 31 10.7 17.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,215 <1,142
Minimum 45 14 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
Average 58 21 <8.0 13.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,058 <1,142
98%tile 71 30 10.5 17.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,203 <1,142
AA7 Kaladara
Maximum 78 31 9.9 17.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,135 <1,142
Minimum 53 18 <8.0 10.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 995 <1,142
Average 66 23 <8.0 13.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,055 <1,142
98%tile 78 30 9.8 17.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,130 <1,142
AA8 Suva
Maximum 88 43 12.8 26.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,210 <1,142

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
Note: All units are in µg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10 µg/m3 for NOX & NH3 , 1.0 µg/m3 for Cl2, HCl & 800 µg/m3 for HC and
All stations are in Industrial, 1,142 µg/m3 for CO.
Station code Residential, Rural & Other Areas
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx NH3 HCl Cl2 HC CO
(CPCB)
[100] [60] [80] [80] [400] NS NS NS [2,000]
Minimum 58 20 <8.0 11 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,050 <1,142
Average 73 29 8 15.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,114 <1,142
98%tile 86 42 12.3 25.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,202 <1,142
AA9 Akhod
Maximum 67 25 7.8 15.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,063 <1,142
Minimum 47 15 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 982 <1,142
Average 60 20 <8.0 12.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,007 <1,142
98%tile 67 25 7.6 15.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,061 <1,142
AA10 Nr. Kaladara
Maximum 78 26 8.6 15.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,147 <1,142
Minimum 51 16 <8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
Average 61 20 <8.0 11.7 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,043 <1,142
98%tile 75 26 7.9 15.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,139 <1,142

11.2.6 Noise Levels
Based on the noise monitoring results as mentioned in Table 11-3 , it is observed that noise level during day &
night time, in Residential area, were slightly higher which is due to vehicular movements in nearby highways.
Table 11-3: Noise Level Monitoring Results

CPCB Limits in Average Noise levels
Location dB (A) in dB (A)
Location Date Category
Code Day Night Day Night
Time Time Time Time
NL1 At Project boundary(NE) 22.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 58.9 54.5
NL2 At Project Boundary (NW) 23.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 61.2 57.2
NL3 At project Site 25.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.5 52.3
NL4 At Project boundary (SW) 24.11.16 Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.8 51.8
NL5 Atali Village 25.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.1 45.5
NL6 Nr Jolwa Village 21.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.5 45.9
NL7 Rahiyad Village 26.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.7 45.1
NL8 Koliyad Village 28.11.16 Residential 55.0 45.0 55.2 44.8
11.2.7 Water Quality
Quality of Surface water (Pond)
It is observed from Table 11-4:
 Atali Pond (SW 4) is worst polluted source where total 8 parameters are more than acceptable limits, whereas
Koliyad Pond (SW 3) pond is the least polluted sources.
 Parameters such as TDS, Chloride, Sulphates, alkalinity, fluoride, total nitrogen and coliforms are above
acceptable limits in major pond sources, thus requiring necessary treatment if utilized for drinking purposes, if
so required.
 As per classification of inland surface water standards, analysis results for all surface water of all ponds could
be considered under Class “C” except for BOD values which range from 7 mg/l to 22 mg/l. This is due to
anthropogenic sources such as washing, bathing etc.
Quality of Surface water (Estuary)
 The Quality of Narmada estuary (upstream and downstream) is nearly matching with class SW-I as per causal
water marine standards.
Quality of Ground Water
 The presence of high TDS and Chlorides is imparted by saline geological formation.
 The geological formation is having low storability since it is made up of fine sand and silt thus groundwater
supply will always be limited.
11.2.8 Soil Quality
It is observed from Table 11-7 that at different locations:
 The porosity ranged from 55% (Koliyad village) to 61% (Jolwa village) and WHC varied from 67% (Rahiyad
village) to 77 % (Jolwa & Atali village);

 The soil permeability was low to medium which ranged from 0.37 mm/hr (Jolwa village) to 12.5 mm/hr
(Kolliyad village), however soil texture in all the soil samples was clay loam, hence whatever variation observed
was mainly due to variation in organic matter content of soils;
 The EC of soil ranged from 178 dS/m (Koliyad village) to 506 dS/m (Suva village), while ESP varied from 0.19
(Koliyad village) to 1.78 (Suva village);
 These soils are neither saline nor sodic as ESP is < 5.0;
 The pH of soil ranged from 7.86 (Koliyad village) to 8.26 (Jolwa village), which indicates that soils are neutral
to slightly alkaline.
The overall soil quality indicates that soils are normal as the area is located in GIDC and not under cultivation since
long and whatever salts were there are washed off or leached down due to rain water over the years.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DAHEJ SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
Table 11-4: Surface Water (Ponds) Analysis Results

Samples
water

Date of sampling 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16
1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 8.4 7.95 7.99 8.17 7.70 7.83
2 Temperature oC NS NS 29 29 29 29 27 23
3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 3.6 2.5 2 2.1 7.4 2.3
4 TDS mg/lit 500 2,000 1,875 1,342 560 2,900 672 840
5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm NS NS 3,200 2,400 1,177 1,510 960 1,268
6 COD mg/lit NS NS 56 60 32 69 24 57
7 BOD mg/lit NS NS 17 18 10 22 7.0 17
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1,000 839 574 256 593 226 327
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 303 209 48 375 111 153
11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 600 120 200 90 120 500 370
12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 32 132 80 90 240 320
13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 88 68 10 30 260 50
14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 320 230 240 280 180 200
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 30.18 31.62 30.43 8.50 35.76 46.29
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.53 0.05 0.80 1.17 0.84 0.93
17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 386.6 238.4 113.6 228.5 101.9 101.2
18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 31.1 29.8 34.2 40.3 32.9 18.5
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 12.8 52.9 32.1 36.1 96.1 128.2
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 21.4 16.5 2.4 7.3 63.1 12.1
21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 1,512 1,034 460 1,069 226 573
22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 NR 6.16 9.00 7.30 3.40 9.24 11.2


Samples
water

Date of sampling 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16 22.11.16
23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS NS 4 4.2 4.1 4.3 4.3 3.9
25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.01 1.84 0.94 1.63 0.17 0.15
26 SAR - NS NS 15.30 7.30 5.20 9.00 1.97 2.28
27 Heavy Metals
a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.001 <0.001
b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
c Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 2.179 4.467
g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.004 <0.004
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 0.03 0.057 <0.03 <0.03 0.040 0.020
28 Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 4,300 3,500 2,200 5,400 2,100 5,200
29 Faecal Coliform MPN/100 ml 1,400 1,300 940 1,700 1,600 1,350
* - Drinking Water Stander IS-10500, 2012
Note: NS – Not Specified; NR – No Relaxation

Table 11-5: Analysis Result of Estuary Water Sample

Nr. Koliyad Nr. Suva
SW7 SW8
S. Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters Marine Outfalls
Parameters Unit Narmada Narmada
No.
Estuary (U/s) Estuary (D/s)
SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V 22.11.16 22.11.16
1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 7.31 7.34
2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.5 4.0
No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour
3 Colour and Odour -
No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour
4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 NS None None
None from
Sewage or
5 Suspended Solids mg/l NS NS NS NS 40 61
Industrial waste
Origin
6 Turbidity NTU NS 30 30 NS NS 1.1 1.3
7 BOD mg/l NS 3 NS 5 NS 5 7
Oil and Grease
8 (including Petroleum mg/l 0.1 NS NS NS NS <0.4 <0.4
Products)
9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001
10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.01 <0.01
11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001
12 Dissolved Iron (as Fe) mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS <0.05 <0.05
Dissolved Manganese ( as
13 mg/l NS NS 0.5 NS NS <0.04 <0.04
Mn)
14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) NS 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 <1.8 <1.8
Sludge Deposits, Solid refuse None except for treated
15 floating Solids, Oil Grease NS NS NS NS NS Sewage and Industrial None None
and Scum waste Effluent

Table 11-6: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples


S.
1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 7.8 8.01 7.78 8.28 8.12 8.11 8.13 7.93
2 Temperature oC NS 29 29 29 29 29 21.7 23.3 21.8
3 Turbidity NTU 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
4 TDS mg/lit 500 1,142 3,929 6,852 1,693 570 4,552 488 1,456
5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm NS 2,300 6,900 11,000 3,100 1,200 6,502 697 2,080
6 COD mg/lit NS <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4
7 BOD mg/lit NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 434 1,822 3,053 781 246 1,336 171 438
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 241 549 1,175 191 57 478 105 105
11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 240 200 360 190 140 3,800 250 1,120
12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS 126 80 160 76 78 1,040 66 408
13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS 114 120 200 114 62 2,760 184 712
14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 200 240 200 300 260 260 260 220
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 14.2 58.23 8.67 15.22 22.78 80.92 <0.08 81.3
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 0.03 1.42 0.83 1.29 0.05 0.18 1.55 0.09
17 Sodium mg/lit NS 214 922 1,264 312.3 76.4 16.9 39.7 23.8
18 Potassium mg/lit NS 25.9 88.3 101.3 41.6 36.5 6.9 12.9 18
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 51 32 64 30 31 41 26 25
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 28 29 49 28 15 67 44 17
21 Salinity mg/lit NS 782 3,284 5,502 1,407 443 4,208 307 789
22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 3.36 12.88 1.87 3.29 5.09 19.6 <0.001 19.04


S.
23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 0.06 0.06 0.06
24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.2 3.3 3.3 2.9 3.1
25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.8 <0.01 0.17
26 SAR - NS 6 28.2 28.85 9.81 2.8 0.12 3.6 0.31
27 Heavy Metals
a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
c Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.03
e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.307 <0.01 0.901
g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04
h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 0.03 <0.03 0.041 0.034 <0.03 0.11 0.06 0.02

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
ml sample

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
ml sample

Table 11-7: Soil Analysis Results

Sampling Location
S. No Parameter Unit ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6 ST7 ST8
1 Porosity % 59 56 58 61 57 55 58 57
2 Water Holding Capacity % 70 67 75 77 77 72 65 71
3 Permeability mm/hr 5.88 7.58 6.43 0.37 6.8 12.5 6.62 7.24
4 Particle Size Distribution -
a Sand % 23 10 10 12 10 26 24 17.12
b Silt % 36 63 53 32 56 49 20 52
c Clay % 42 26 36 45 34 26 38 30
5 Texture - Clay Loam Silty Clay Loam Silty Clay Loam Clay Silty Clay Loam Loam Clay Loam Silty Clay Loam
6 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100gm 40 38.5 35 34.5 33 30.5 32.5 31

7 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 442 333 506 334 258 178 223 448
8 Sodium Absorption Ratio 1.67 1.11 1.78 1.53 1 0.98 0.74 0.73
9 Exchangeable Sodium % 1.18 0.38 1.34 0.98 0.21 0.19 1.28 0.87
10 pH 8.08 8.21 8.12 8.26 8.15 7.86 8.39 8.12
11 Calcium gm/kg 0.32 0.21 0.16 0.48 0.24 0.22 0.35 0.33
12 Magnesium gm/kg 0.24 0.21 0.29 0.05 0.24 0.16 1.24 0.27
13 Sodium gm/kg 0.73 0.43 0.73 0.59 0.41 0.35 0.59 0.36
14 Potassium gm/kg 0.17 0.18 0.29 0.3 0.16 0.09 0.19 0.15

11.2.9 Ecology & Biodiversity
There is no Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park, Reserve Forest or Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger / Elephant
Reserve, Migratory Corridors, breeding sites, nesting sites / grounds, foraging and resting grounds in the project
study area of 10 km radius.
Project Site / Core Zone
The core zone area is dominated by Prosopis juliflora. There is no tree species at site. Overall 11 species of
common flora were recorded from the core zone. Only 3 common species of birds were reported from the project
site. While, No direct or indirect evidences of mammals were reported from the core zone.
Study Area / Buffer Zone
Overall 104 species of flora were recorded from the buffer zone of the study area. On the behalf of the qualitative
analysis, the maximum species were trees (40) followed by herbs (27), shrubs (26), and grasses (5) and climbers
(6).
Overall 54 species of fauna were reported from the buffer zone of the proposed project. Canis aureus (Jackal) was
observed and rescued from the industrial drain of GIDC, Dahej, Phase II with the help of Forest department during
site visit. On the behalf of the qualitative analysis, the maximum species were Birds (39) followed by Mammals (9)
and herpetofauna (6).
Marine Biodiversity
Marine biodiversity study shows that, buffer zone supports phytoplankton, zooplanktons, benthos, fishes and other
marine fauna. Bombay duck (Harpadon nehereus) constitutes the dominant fishery (13%) of the region of the total
marine catch. The coastal water also serves as the migratory route for the clupeid Hilsa (Tenualosa ilisha) on their
way to the Narmada River for breeding and the outward route for the newly hatched juveniles and some of the
adults. This makes Hilsa fishery an important activity inside the Gulf and the estuarine region of Narmada.
Status of Threatened Biodiversity
No any threatened species of plants were reported from the area under study while most of the fauna reported, from
the buffer as well as core zone falls under Schedule-IV of IWPA, 1972 except Indian Peafowl (Schedule-I, Lc). Among
recorded faunal species, none of the species can be designated as an endemic.
Agriculture Pattern
The crops grown in this region was mostly Tuver (Cajanus indica), Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and Cotton
(Gossypium herbaceum) during rainy seasons. Other crops like Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Jowar (Sorghum
bicolar) and Divel (Ricinus communis) are grown in some area. The vegetables grown in the study area are, Rigan
(Solanum melongena), Tomato (Lycopersicon lycopersicum) and Val, Valpapadi (Lablab purpureus). Horticulture
activity is very less. The cultivation is essentially through rain water and in some area through GIDC water supply.
11.2.10 Socio Economic
The summary of the social survey for the study area is provided as below:
 Population and its distribution: There are 27 villages, with a total population of 27,059 persons and 5,766
households out of which within 3 Km there is a population of 5,573 persons in 5 villages;
 Sex Ratio: 924 females per 1,000 males;
 Literacy Level: male literacy is 79.3 % and female literacy is 64.3 % of total population;

 Educational Facilities: There is presence of Anganwadi & Primary schools in all villages in study area. For
attaining the higher education like High School, ITI, Diploma or Engineering, facilities are available from
Bharuch;
 Drinking water: The water connectivity is provided by the GIDC. At few habitation of the study area the existing
companies provide drinking water through tanker or giving tap connection water from their companies;
 Power supply is available in the villages.
Major issues in the communities are inadequate supply of drinking water, sanitation, unemployment for land losers
& poor infrastructure.
11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
11.3.1 Air Environment
Dispersion modelling (using “AERMOD” modelling software) was carried out for point and line sources. This
indicates:
 Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10 (20.7 µg/m3), SO2 (5.38 µg/m3), NOx (5.40 µg/m3), HCl (0.40
µg/m3), Cl2 (0.05 µg/m3) are within 250 m to 750 m from the proposed site;
 Maximum 8 hourly average GLC’s for HC (0.025 µg/m3) & CO (2.14 µg/m3) are within 250 m to 500 m from the
proposed site;
 Average incremental GLC’s at all villages will continue to be well within specified norms of CPCB for ambient air
quality.
Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Impacts:
 Lime dosing will be done in the CFBC Boilers to meet the SO2 emission standards;
 Adequate height of at least 80 m will be provided as per the statutory requirements to flue gas stacks attached
to boilers. APC like ESPs will be installed to meet PM emission standards;
 Well-designed APCM like scrubbers (DM water & Caustic) will be provided as per the applicability to control
emissions HCl, Cl2, NOx, CO, C2H4Cl2, TOC, Dioxin from process vents/stacks;
 Online sensors for PM, SO2 & NOx shall be provided with flue gas stack attached to boilers;
 Online sensors for HCl & Cl2 shall be provided with stack attached to Hypo plant;
 Plant load will be maintained to reduce the air emissions;
 Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if
required);
 Proper operating procedures will be followed during start-up and shutdown;
 Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use ensured;
 Regular Work place monitoring will be done.
11.3.2 Incremental Traffic
From the proposed facility, approximately on daily basis, during peak hour, additional 132 PCU’s & 49 PCU’s will be
merging into the existing traffic of SH-6. The incremental traffic will lead to maximum PCU of 1,917 (Dahej to
Bharuch) & 1,805 (Bharuch to Dahej). As per IRC, carrying capacity of this approach road is 3,600 PCU. Thus, the
road is capable of carrying the excess traffic from the proposed project.
To ensure smooth traffic movement in the plant, proper in and out movement will be ensured. PUC certified
vehicles, covered with tarpaulins, will be used.
11.3.3 Noise Environment
Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) were predicted from the proposed project activities using “SoundPlan” Modelling
software. SPL predicted at receivers varies from 27.8 (dB) to 45.9 (dB). Logarithmic incremental of these levels in

baseline monitored data shows variation from 55.1 (dB) to 61.3 (dB) during day time and 44.9 (dB) to 57.3 (dB)
during night time. Beyond project site up to 1.5 Km, increase in noise level is negligible.
Passive and active controls such as noise barriers or acoustic enclosure will be provided in DG sets. Use of suitable
PPE (ear muffs or ear plugs) will be ensured. Thick green belt will be developed in the periphery of the facility.
11.3.4 Water Environment
No withdrawal of groundwater is proposed in the project. Hence, surface and ground water will not be impacted.
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize the impact on the water environment:
 During construction phase, sewage will be disposed into soak pit and septic tank. Regular cleaning will be
carried out.
 There will be separate process and storm water drains.
 Properly designed effluent drains with side barriers will be provided & inflow will be diverted to individual ETP
for necessary treatment to achieve deep sea discharge norms before disposing treated effluent in GIDC effluent
collection system, meeting deep sea.
 Maximum recycle and reuse will be done to reduce the fresh water consumption.
 Leakage of water at various source will be avoided.
 Process, chemical fuel storage and handling area will have proper bunds and dyke walls so that contaminated
run-off cannot meet the storm-water line.
 Rainwater harvesting will be done only in the admin building and from roof top of control rooms.
 Domestic waste water will be treated in STP and treated water will be used for gardening purpose.
 Use of drip irrigation system for greenbelt development which will reduce the overall water demand.
 Proper O&M of effluent treatment plants will be done to ensure meeting specified standards.
During the heavy rainfall, water through internal storm water drains will meet nearest storm water drain made by
GIDC, leading to Estuary which is approximately 2.8 Km in S direction from the project site.
11.3.5 Land Environment
Based on mutually agreed terms and conditions, land was acquired from various land owners by GIDC. Plot was
allotted to GACL in year 2009 by GIDC. Change in the land use, currently from barren (scrub land) to industrial use
is envisaged.
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize the impact on the land environment:
 Storage areas for hazardous waste, fuel & raw material will be stored on impervious/RCC floor to prevent
leachate penetration;
 Generated hazardous wastes during project operation will be transported to an authorized TSDF operator and
incineration;
 Secured Landfill Facility will be provided to store Brine sludge within plant premises.
11.3.6 Ecological & Biological Environment
Removal of common site specific floral species from barren land of project site will not have significant or
permanent impact on the habitat structure of associated faunal diversity.
As the emissions from the plant are regulated and minimal with respect to the specified norms, and with a very
healthy greenbelt will be developed at the site in the form of several species, it then follows that the biological
environment will be protected.
Every year survival rate of the plantation within project site as well as other plantation carried out in the LIZ area
will be monitored. Conservation plan will be prepared to enhance the population status of this Schedule species as
well as overall improvement of biodiversity which will be implemented in consultation of local forest department.

Greenbelt Development
Within the project site, greenbelt will be developed in 2,51,000 m2 (33% of total plot area). Considering 16 m2
(4x4) for one tree, project area will have plantation of 15,700 plants of suggested species. Plantation will be carried
out around periphery, near / around built-up areas and along internal roads of the project area.
Additional plantation for green belt development will be carried out in the various places (around nearby 5 water
bodies, in school and temple premises) of LIZ to improve habitat status of the project area.
Greenbelt Maintenance
Plantations will be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding and provide
proper protection. Replacement of sapling (replanting) will be done whenever mortality occurs in the plantation
during the growth stage. After care for a period of minimum five years will be done till the saplings attain matured
tree stage will be done. Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or unforeseen activities will be
attended by redeveloping and maintained it.
11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment
While assessing the socio-economic and sociological impact including health impacts to surrounding population, the
upcoming project will bring job opportunities for the local people.
11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Expenditure to be incurred by GACL on environmental monitoring and management shall include capital cost of ~
INR 50.85 Crore and ~ INR 2.14 Crore recurring cost (annually). Once, Environmental Clearance is obtained and
plant is in operation phase, various environmental parameters as tabulated in Table 11-8 will be monitored.
Table 11-8: Post EC - Environmental Monitoring Plan

Location
1 CEMS Sensors (HCl & Cl2). Online On stack attached with hypo scrubber.
HCl unit stack vent, Hypo Stack Vent,
2 HCl & Cl2 in stacks Monthly Chlorotoluenes, Chloromethanes & ECH
Plant’s Stacks Vent.
Online Boiler Stack.
3 PM, SO2, NOx in stack.
Monthly Boiler Stack & DG Set Stacks
Twice in a month at site 1) 3 Locations in site
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl & Cl2 in ambient
4 & once in a season at 2) Rahiyad Village
air.
Villages 3) Atali Village
At 5 locations within site and at Rahiyad &
5 WPM for HCl & Cl2. As per Factories Rules
Atali Village
6 Noise levels Monthly Main Plants and Utilities Area
Water consumed in various activities and
Main intake, plant wise water supply line &
7 waste water generated from various areas Daily
effluent diversion line to ETPs.
of plants
Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at
8 ETP plants for the principal parameters Daily Stream wise inlet & outlet of ETPs
(such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD).
Monitoring of domestic wastewater inlet and
9 outlet at STP for the principal parameters Daily Inlet & Outlet of STP
(such as pH, SS, BOD).
Monitoring of wastewater at Final Factory
10 drain outlet for the parameters that will be Daily Factory outlet drain
provided by GPCB.


Location
Surface water samples at nearby area for 1) Rahiyad Village Pond
11 Once in a Season
essential parameters as per IS: 10500:2012. 2) Atali Village Pond
12 Quantity of Fly Ash Generated Daily Ash Silo
13 Quantity of Brine Sludge Generated Daily Captive Secured Landfill Site
Pre & post monsoon /
Soil analysis for EC, pH, permeability and
14 in the event of At Site
ESP
accidental spillage
11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
11.5.1 Risk & Hazards
During operation of the proposed caustic chlorine, synthetic organic units & power plant, following activities can
pose hazards and risk to human and surrounding environment:
 Storage of Chlorine, Methanol, Toluene & Epichlorohydrin;

 Pipeline transfer of Chlorine & Methane gas;
 Loading and unloading hazardous waste - mechanical movements;
 Contact with hazardous chemicals;
 Storage of Incinerable Waste.
On the basis of chemical properties like flash point, phase of chemical, operating conditions and total inventory etc
of the above mentioned chemicals, the study have been conducted to carry out consequence analysis.
Major failures selected for the analysis are 10 mm & 25mm leak as maximum credible scenario and catastrophic
rupture as worst case.
The results of analysis are as follows:
In case of Methanol, Toluene, & Epichlorohydrin storage tanks, the effect of pool (dyke) fire at radiation level 37.5
kW/m2 is not going out of the plant boundary.
For Chlorine tanks & pipeline, the toxic dispersion at 10 ppm slightly coming out of the plant boundary
Mitigation Measures
 Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

 During site preparation proper care would be taken by GACL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers
and staff members
 Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
 Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
 Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required
 Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
 GACL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health
problem.
 GACL will develop emergency management system (off-site & onsite emergency plan) to tackle any emergency
situation for proposed facilities.
11.5.2 Socio Economic Development Activities
Based on the need of the community, GACL will do socio-economic development activities towards community
welfare in the field of Health & Hygiene, Safe Drinking Water facilities, Educational Activities, Sanitation & Drainage
System, Skill Development/Training Program Infrastructure Facilities in the study area.

The proposed budget for Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) will be allocated for the ten years / life span of
project. The project proponent has earmarked ~ INR 4.95 Crore per year with 10% increase in the amount each
year towards community development program in the study area. Thus, a budget of ~ INR 78.8 Crore (2.5% of
total project cost) is earmarked to be spent on ESC/CSR Activities based on the yearly need based assessment. The
monitoring and evaluation of CSR activities shall be conducted by a reputed institution / organization every year in
compliance with the Clause 135 of Companies Act 2013.
The new project shall provide employment to nearly 500 people during construction phase and more than 750
during operation phase. The urban and rural settlements would enjoy the provision of better service roads,
education, health facilities, drinking water and sanitation system. The surrounding areas will be developed through
the CSR/Community Development Programme every year. The beneficiaries of these activities will be the population
of all the villages falling in the study area of the proposed project. The efforts will be put to provide sufficient
quantity of potable water, construction/renovation of toilets and supporting programmes related to education and
skill development.
11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS
Due to establishment of the proposed project following benefits are envisaged for the locals and country:
 Project will encourage industrial growth due to the availability of finished products;
 The company will have market growth of its own brands name in various overseas countries;
 The company will carter needs of the domestic market and will reduce import of caustic soda;
 Employment potential for semi-skilled and unskilled workers will be generated during the construction phase
and for skilled and semi-skilled during the operational phase;
 Other tangible benefits include development of various ancillary activities which shall generate indirect
employment to the locals;
 Many of proposed products have got very good export potential which can lead to forex revenues for the
country.
11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environmental Monitoring Plan for suggested mitigation measures and monitoring plan will include:
 Provision of SOPs and Emergency Response Procedures to each plant will be ensured;
 Deploying experienced EHS head who will directly provide the status report to director on daily basis;
 Proper inventory accounting & monthly review of non-compliances by plant head;
 Monitoring for compliance of statutory conditions by EHS head;
 Internal audit of hazardous waste storage area as per ISO system;
 Timely submission of Form 5, Environment Audit Report, Hazardous waste manifest, Compliance of show cause
/ closure notice issued by regulatory authorities, etc.
 Sufficient funds towards capital cost and recurring cost per annum will be provided. The funds so earmarked
for environment management/ pollution control measures shall not be diverted for any other purpose.
An Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources shall be established to
discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including statutory compliance, pollution
prevention, environmental monitoring, etc.
11.8 CONCLUSION

Based on the EIA study conducted in Post Monsoon Season from 20th October, 2016 to 31st December, 2016, as per
terms of reference given by SEAC dated 14th September, 2016 and TOR Amendment dated 29th April, 2017, the
following highlight emerges:
 Project has various locational benefits like availability of common salt, coal from nearby region;
 Site is well connected with ports, highway and railway;
 There is no applicability of General Conditions, as per EIA Notification, to the project;
 The proposed project, when established, shall fetch foreign exchange for the country as there is huge demand
of chlorine based products in the international market;
 Strict adherence to all the applicable regulatory requirements will be complied with;
 Safety and environmental norms will be followed;
 Recycle & Reuse scheme will be implemented to reduce water consumption;
 Provision of air pollution control equipment, management of hazardous waste, will lead to minimum adverse
environmental impacts;
 The project shall generate employment potential for skilled, semiskilled, unskilled people during construction &
operation phase.
In view of this, the project may be considered for grant of Environmental Clearance.

M/S. GACL IN JV DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC DISCLOSURE OF
WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ CONSULTANTS
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
GACL, has appointed Kadam Environmental Consultants (Kadam) for carrying out this Environmental Impact
Assessment Study as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till date.
Kadam is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation
scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEFCC, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Clearance
studies. NABET Certificate (No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 042 valid till 26th May, 2019) for the organization is attached
as Annexure 20.
It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in
Twenty Two (22) approved sectors.
12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY (KADAM)
Kadam was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of varied experience in the field of environment. The
Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat. The mission of company is providing sustainable
solutions on “Environment for Development”.
The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprise of
Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, Socio-Economic Experts,
Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial / Analytical Chemists. The company’s strength lies in Project
Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in
Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical Models for Air, Noise and Water Assessment and Expertise in Public
Consultation.
Customer services are mainly categorized into:
 Consultancy Services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site assessment and
due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits / statements, risk assessments and HAZOP,
energy audit, environmental health and safety management systems and waste management systems;
 Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing
effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio
gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems;
 Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling (we have
amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment amongst environmental companies in
the country). The company has a well-equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff
catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and
hazardous solid waste.
The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering the industrial
and services spectrum viz. Pesticides, Fertilizers, Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints, Chemicals, Oil and Gas,
Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors.
Kadam has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality management System from BSI-MS. Kadam’s
laboratory is NABL accredited, MoEFCC approved under EP Act and has OHSAS 18001:2007 accreditation.
12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS
Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation of GACL. The name of the EIA co-
ordinator and FAE’s deployed for the project is mentioned at the start of the report (in Quality Control Section). KEC
team Members (along with their role in the project) is given in Table 12-1.

Table 12-1: Name, Role and Involvement of EIA Team Members in Making this Report
Role as Team Involvement

Name
Member (TM) Task Under Guidance
Pre-ToR visit for making EC application (Form – 1),
Kick-Off meeting with client and all EIA team,
participating in TOR presentation, site visits for
EIA team member Mr. Sangram Kadam
collecting primary data, process data from client and
incorporating in EIA & EMP report, involvement in
client meetings for finalizing EIA & EMP report
Site visit, identification of sampling locations,
Mr. K. Antani Water Pollution evaluation of results of water quality, water balance
Prevention, Control preparation for the project, evaluation of water
(TM-SHW) Mrs. Kundan Ajudiya
& Prediction of pollution control management, identification of
Impacts (WP) impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation
measures for WP
Site visit, Identification of waste generated from the
Solid Waste and
industry as per HW Rules and MSW Rules, Studying
Hazardous Waste
existing management practices and adequacy, Mrs. Kundan Ajudiya
Management
Identification of Impact and mitigation measures for
(SHW)
management of hazardous waste
Documentation like preparing revised TOR application
Mr. Bhavin (Form – 1, PFR etc), drafting EIA & EMP report from
Jambucha FAE reports. Kick-Off meeting with all EIA team,
EIA team member Mr. Sangram Kadam
(TM – Assisting participating in TOR Amendment presentation, site
EIAC) visits and involvement in client meetings for collecting
technical data.
Air Pollution
Prevention, Checking air quality data, evaluation of results of
Mr. Bhavin Jambucha
Monitoring & Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)
Ms. Tannu Prasad Control (AP)
(TM – AP & AQ) Meteorology, Air Running air quality model (AERMOD) and prediction of
Quality Modelling & GLCs based on results of Ambient Air Quality
Prediction Mr. Bhavin Jambucha
Monitoring (AAQM), identification of possible impacts
(AQ) on AQ
Mr. Heta Bhatt Risk Assessment & Collection of secondary data, preparation of layout plan
Hazard showing storage areas and contribution to Mrs. Jitixa Upadhyay
(TM – RH) Management (RH) EMP/RA/DMP Documentation
Site Visit, Socio-Economic survey within study area,
Ms. Aarti Sharma collection of secondary data, assisting in identification
Socio-Economic
of Impacts and mitigation measures, assisting in Mr. Sangram Kadam
(TM – SE) (SE)
preparation of ESMP in FAE report and contribution to
EIA report
Air Pollution
Prevention,
Monitoring & Determination of monitoring locations, checking
Mr. Mahendra Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) results. In-
Control (AP),
Jadhav charge of Field Monitoring, data collection and Mr. Sangram Kadam
Meteorology, Air
(Team Member) Quality Modelling & coordination with laboratory team members for
Prediction analysis of results
(AQ)
As head draftsman, involvement in preparation and
Mr. Jayesh Gajjar
releasing final maps like Land Use, project location,
(Head – Drawings/Map All FAEs
study area, baseline sampling location, site layout map
Draftsman)
& green belt plan prepared by subordinate draftsman
Preparation of various maps like as mentioned above
Mr. Chetan
Drawings/Map along with specific maps required by the FAE that are Mr. Jayesh Gajjar
(Draftsman)
used as basemap to run the required softwares.
Ms. Arpana Patel
Mr. R.G. Kotasthane
(Team Member – Analysis Analysis of Field monitoring samples
(HOD – Laboratory)
Lab)

Role as Team Involvement

Name
Member (TM) Task Under Guidance
Mr. Bhavin Jambucha
Mr. Hasmukh Collection of air, water, solid & hazardous waste (AP), Mr. Kundan
(Team Member – Field Monitoring samples from sampling locations, monitoring noise Ajudiya (WP), Mr.
Lab) levels for baseline study. Conducting traffic survey Neeraj Sharma (HG),
Mr. B.K. Patel (Soil).
Mr. Satish Joshi Expert of Report
Review of the EIA report for improving the quality. -
(Team Member) review

WITH NALCO CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ ANNEXURES
ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: TOR Letter dated September 14, 2016 issued by SEAC








Annexure 2: Amended TOR Letter dated April 29, 2017 issued by SEIAA





Annexure 3: IMS Certification – Existing GACL Complex at Dahej
ISO 9001:2008

ISO 14001:2004

BS OSHS 18001:2007

Annexure 4: Land Possession Documents from GIDC





Corrigendum Letter for Land Admeasuring 76 Ha

Application submitted by GACL to GIDC for Land sub-division



Provisional order issued by GIDC for Land sub-division



Annexure 5: Undertaking for Not Constructing Ash Pond


Annexure 6: Fuel Linkage – Coal Supply from Adani



Annexure 7: Assurance Letter for Water Supply for Proposed Project from GIDC

Annexure 8: Undertaking regarding Provision of Separate Energy meter for ETP

Annexure 9: GIDC Permission Letter for Effluent Disposal

Annexure 10: BEIL Membership for Landfill of Hazardous Waste


Annexure 11: MOU with M/s Vrundavan Bricks for Utilization of Fly Ash

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ ANNEXURES
Annexure 12: Long Term Meteorological Data (1981 – 2010) – IMD Surat

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DRAFT EIA FOR PROPOSED NEW CHLOR-ALKALI PLANT, CPP & SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL UNITS AT PLOT NO.: D II/9, GIDC, DAHEJ ANNEXURES

Annexure 13: Classification of Land Use & Land Cover
The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote
Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying land by visual
interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level system of classification,
comprising seven first level of classification of land use / landcover categories. Some of these primary categories
required further delineation, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories. This
system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s land use / land cover studies. Whilst these categories are
generally found relevant with respect to describing land use and land cover classes in the Indian context,
sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories which are more relevant in
describing the land use and land cover for a particular study.
Such sub-categories are defined, in any case. The definitions for the first and second level of classification are
provided in the following sections.
Built up Land or Habitation
It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which has a cover of
buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation and vacant lands. Kadam has
chosen to further define this landuse category into additional categories, namely residential and industrial.
Residential / Commercial
Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for manufacturing.
Industrial
Structures used for manufacturing products.
Agricultural Land
It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fiber, and other commercial and
horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and un-irrigated), fallow land and plantations. These are
further defined.
Crop Land
It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The crops may be of
either Kharif (June-September) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.
Fallow Land
It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to rest un-cropped for
one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which are seen devoid of crops
at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and Kharif.
Plantations
Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations) planted adopting
certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, arecanut, citrus, orchards and
other horticultural nurseries.
Forests
It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees and other
vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be further divided into sub-
categories mentioned as follows.
Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly remain green
throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved evergreen trees. Semi-
evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter predominate.
Deciduous Forests
These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the trees shed their
leaves once in a year.
Degraded Forest or Scrub

It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy cover. It is the
result of both biotic and abiotic influences. Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.
Forest Blank
A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted size and shapes
as seen on the imagery.
Forest Plantations
It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest lands. It includes
eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.
Mangroves
Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover occurring in tidal waters
near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas. Mangroves include species of the genera
Rhizophora and Aviccunia.
Wastelands
Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable water
and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from internal/imposed constraints
such as by location, environment, chemical and physical prosperities of the soil or financial or management
constraints.
Different types of wastelands include salt-affected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy lands, mudlands,
gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren rocky/ stony waste / sheet rock areas.
Salt-Affected Land
The salt-affected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth of most plants
due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium. Alkaline land has an exchangeable
sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally considered as the limit between normal and alkali soils.
The predominant salts are carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium. Coastal saline soils may be with or without
ingress or inundation by seawater.
Waterlogged Land
Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most of the year.
Such lands usually occupy topographically low-lying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds and tanks or in the context of
the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such areas that could be considered as ‘protected
wetlands’.
Marshy/ Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized by vegetation,
which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh water depending on the salinity
of water. These exclude Mangroves.

Gullied/Ravenous Land
The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated material in the
formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the first stage of excessive land
dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development of ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is
usually associated not with an isolated gully but a network of deep gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and
entering a nearby river, flowing much lower than the surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems
of gullies developed along river courses.
Land with / without Scrub

They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub. These lands are
generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous terrain.
Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand in-site or transported in coastal riverine or inland
(desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel (river/stream) islands, etc.
Barren Rocky /Stony Waste/Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and vegetation and not
suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered as isolated exposures or loose
fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It includes quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.
Water Bodies
It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It includes man-made
reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.
River/Stream
It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream to a big river and
its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.
Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds/Tanks
It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are larger than
tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control. Tanks are smaller in areal extent
with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways used for irrigation and sometimes for navigation.
Others
It includes all those landuse and landcover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because of their nature of
occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.
Shifting Cultivation
It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing crops. Such
lands are also known as jhoomlands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.
Grassland/ Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for fodder to feed cattle
and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes, etc. Such lands can also be called as
permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those where certain pockets of land are fenced for allowing
cattle to graze.
Snow Covered /Glacial Area

These are snow-covered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of ice. It includes
permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of accumulated ice occurring amidst
permanently snow-covered areas.
Ports/ Harbours
A harbour is a place where ships may shelter from the weather or are stored. Harbors can be man-made or natural.
A man-made harbor will have sea walls or breakwaters and may require dredging. A natural harbor is surrounded
on most sides by land.
A port is a man-made coastal or riverine facility where boats and ships can load and unload. It may consist of
quays, wharfs, jetties, piers and slipways with cranes or ramps. A port may have magazine buildings or warehouses
for storage of goods and a transport system, such as railway, road transport or pipeline transport facilities for
relaying goods inland. In short a port is used mainly for marine trading and a harbour is used as a parking space or
a storage space for ships
Vegetation Cover
It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved Forests. This
includes scrub, open and close vegetations.
Scrub
It is described as a vegetative cover having density is less than 10% of the canopy cover. Scrub is area covered by
grasses or herbs and scattered tree or shrubs.
Open Vegetation
This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density between 10% to 20% of the canopy cover.
Close Vegetation
This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density greater than 20% of the canopy cover.
A synopsis of the above discussion is summarized and presented in Table 1.
Table 1: Synopsis of Land Use / Land Cover Classification used for the Project
S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification
Residential / Commercial
1 Built-up Land or Habitation
Industrial
Crop Land
2 Agricultural Land Fallow Land
Plantations
Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests
Deciduous Forests
Degraded Forest or Scrub
3 Forests
Forest Blank
Forest Plantations
Mangroves
Salt-Affected Land
Waterlogged Land
4 Wastelands Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area
Gullied / Ravenous Land
Land without Scrub

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification
Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)
Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area
River / Stream
5 Water Bodies
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks
Shifting Cultivation
Salt pan
Grassland / Grazing Land
6 Others
Snow Covered /Glacial Area
Ports/ Harbours
Mining Area
Scrub
7 Vegetation Cover Open vegetation
Close vegetation

Annexure 14: CPCB’s National Ambient Air Quality Standards


NALCO GIDC, DAHEJ ANNEXURES
Annexure 15: Detailed Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Name of Pollutant, Time for sample collection & Average Pollutant Concentration (µg/m3)
Sampling Station Sampling Area /
S N. PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx NH3 HCl Cl2 HC CO
Date Code Location Category
(24 Hr.) (24 Hr.) (24 Hr.) (24 Hr.) (24 Hr.) (24 Hr.) (24 Hr.) (Grab) (Grab)
CPCB Norms Industrial, Residential or Rural Area 100 60 80 80 400 NS NS NS 2,000
1 15.10.16 82 31 < 8.0 12.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 16.10.16 78 28 < 8.0 14.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,184 <1,142
3 21.10.16 61 23 < 8.0 15.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 22.10.16 67 25 9.84 20.26 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
5 10.11.16 68 25 8.36 18.53 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
6 11.11.16 74 28 8.11 16.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,588 <1,142
7 16.11.16 83 31 < 8.0 15.83 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 17.11.16 62 24 < 8.0 12.64 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,463 <1,142
9 23.11.16 At Project 55 20 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
AA01 Industrial
10 24.11.16 Site 78 28 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,288 <1,142
11 30.11.16 71 26 < 8.0 10.26 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 01.12.16 84 32 < 8.0 11.86 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,198 <1,142
13 10.12.16 68 23 < 8.0 12.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 11.12.16 65 21 < 8.0 10.64 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,263 <1,142
15 20.12.16 71 26 < 8.0 10.87 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 21.12.16 76 28 < 8.0 12.62 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,287 <1,142
17 30.12.16 81 31 < 8.0 12.74 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 31.12.16 67 25 8.18 16.26 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,250 <1,142
1 17.10.16 82 34 < 8.0 20.27 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 18.10.16 78 31 9.32 17.26 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,263 <1,142
Residential,
3 27.10.16 AA02 Atali 71 28 < 8.0 15.32 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
Rural
4 28.10.16 67 21 < 8.0 12.96 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,187 <1,142
5 07.11.16 55 17 < 8.0 15.11 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142

6 08.11.16 80 30 < 8.0 11.36 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,288 <1,142
7 14.11.16 66 27 < 8.0 18.39 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 15.11.16 75 26 10.18 18.33 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,392 <1,142
9 21.11.16 83 31 < 8.0 13.06 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
10 22.11.16 77 25 < 8.0 10.59 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,467 <1,142
11 28.11.16 64 21 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 29.11.16 75 26 < 8.0 11.17 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,258 <1,142
13 08.12.16 78 28 < 8.0 15.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 09.12.16 63 22 8.32 21.23 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,183 <1,142
15 18.12.16 55 18 9.18 16.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 19.12.16 88 32 10.32 18.83 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,215 <1,142
17 26.12.16 74 28 8.74 14.61 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 27.12.16 83 31 < 8.0 13.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,388 <1,142
19 05.01.17 97 36 9.33 20.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
20 06.01.17 85 31 8.74 17.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,522 <1,142
1 19.10.16 58 17 9.52 15.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 20.10.16 67 22 < 8.0 13.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
3 26.11.16 65 20 8.63 16.62 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 27.11.16 76 27 < 8.0 13.65 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,098 <1,142
Residential,
5 08.11.16 AA03 Galenda 73 23 < 8.0 10.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
Rural
6 09.11.16 63 21 8.16 15.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
7 18.11.16 59 18 < 8.0 15.12 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 19.11.16 52 16 < 8.0 12.81 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,163 <1,142
9 28.11.16 74 29 < 8.0 15.48 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142

10 29.11.16 63 21 < 8.0 12.24 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,087 <1,142
11 10.12.16 65 22 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 11.12.16 74 27 < 8.0 11.17 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,155 <1,142
13 20.12.16 82 31 < 8.0 12.22 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 21.12.16 67 23 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,210 <1,142
15 28.12.16 75 28 < 8.0 12.15 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 29.12.16 69 25 < 8.0 10.82 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,187 <1,142
17 05.01.17 65 22 < 8.0 14.16 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 06.01.17 74 31 < 8.0 11.23 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,154 <1,142
1 23.10.16 98 42 < 8.0 13.68 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 24.10.16 87 38 < 8.0 14.12 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,387 <1,142
3 02.11.16 85 35 < 8.0 18.23 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 03.11.16 92 37 8.93 20.45 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,458 <1,142
5 12.11.16 115 44 < 8.0 11.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
6 13.11.16 84 39 < 8.0 17.75 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
7 18.11.16 122 55 < 8.0 16.48 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
Residential,
8 19.11.16 AA04 Jolwa 87 32 12.29 16.85 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,561 <1,142
Rural
9 25.11.16 97 45 10.52 23.52 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
10 26.11.16 85 45 13.06 21.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,387 <1,142
11 02.12.16 133 61 13.16 24.73 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 03.12.16 92 45 11.1 23.06 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,298 <1,142
13 12.12.16 88 36 10.88 21.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 13.12.16 85 32 9.62 17.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,252 <1,142
15 22.12.16 92 38 11.63 18.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142

16 23.12.16 78 28 10.28 20.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,396 <1,142
17 01.01.17 85 33 10.88 21.44 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 02.01.17 87 35 12.52 25.68 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,335 <1,142
1 27.10.16 74 35 8.7 18.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 28.10.16 68 28 9.6 21.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,098 <1,142
3 07.11.16 89 41 10.3 25.3 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 08.11.16 71 24 < 8.0 12.9 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,163 <1,142
5 14.11.16 74 25 9.3 18 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
6 15.11.16 66 32 11.1 25.1 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,292 <1,142
7 21.11.16 77 56 12.8 26.5 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 22.11.16 82 40 14.1 20.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,164 <1,142
9 28.11.16 Residential, 67 30 11.1 20.5 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
AA05 Rahiyad
10 29.11.16 Rural 56 18 < 8.0 13.5 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,087 <1,142
11 08.12.16 95 35 < 8.0 18.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 09.12.16 77 28 10.3 17.6 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,098 <1,142
13 18.12.16 83 32 9.8 18.4 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 19.12.16 85 37 < 8.0 15.8 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,154 <1,142
15 26.12.16 78 33 < 8.0 14.1 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 27.12.16 75 29 11.2 20.18 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,135 <1,142
17 03.01.17 62 23 8.2 15.82 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 04.01.17 89 34 9.5 17.61 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,181 <1,142
1 15.10.16 51 16 8.54 15.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
Residential,
2 16.10.16 AA06 Koliyad 57 18 < 8.0 12.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,035 <1,142
Rural
3 21.10.16 62 21 < 8.0 13.18 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142

4 22.10.16 65 23 < 8.0 15.05 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
5 12.11.16 54 19 8.11 13.66 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
6 13.11.16 62 18 8.25 16.42 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 992 <1,142
7 18.11.16 57 25 < 8.0 13.36 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 19.11.16 63 23 9.93 16.28 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,035 <1,142
9 25.11.16 45 14 < 8.0 14.87 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
10 26.11.16 47 19 10.73 17.89 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,087 <1,142
11 02.12.16 54 18 < 8.0 11.61 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 03.12.16 52 20 < 8.0 15.52 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,215 <1,142
13 10.12.16 58 21 < 8.0 10.15 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 11.12.16 64 24 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,137 <1,142
15 20.12.16 67 27 < 8.0 10.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 21.12.16 73 31 < 8.0 11.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,042 <1,142
17 30.12.16 65 25 < 8.0 13.87 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 31.12.16 57 21 < 8.0 12.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 995 <1,142
1 17.10.16 65 25 < 8.0 11.82 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 18.10.16 61 21 < 8.0 12.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,035 <1,142
3 27.10.16 57 18 < 8.0 15.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 28.10.16 59 20 < 8.0 11.23 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 995 <1,142
Residential,
5 02.11.16 AA07 Kaladara 53 18 < 8.0 12.87 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
Rural
6 03.11.16 62 21 < 8.0 12.95 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,035 <1,142
7 12.11.16 72 25 < 8.0 13.24 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 13.11.16 78 27 < 8.0 10.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,081 <1,142
9 22.11.16 75 27 < 8.0 12.85 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142

10 23.11.16 63 21 9.32 17.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,108 <1,142
11 30.11.16 67 23 9.85 16.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 01.12.16 74 28 < 8.0 15.17 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,135 <1,142
13 06.12.16 58 19 < 8.0 12.21 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 07.12.16 61 23 8.36 16.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,087 <1,142
15 16.12.16 67 24 9.74 15.24 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 17.12.16 65 22 8.16 16.12 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 995 <1,142
17 24.12.16 73 28 < 8.0 13.21 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 25.12.16 77 31 < 8.0 10.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,057 <1,142
19 30.12.16 68 25 < 8.0 11.83 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
20 31.12.16 62 21 < 8.0 14.08 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,023 <1,142
1 19.10.17 81 38 < 8.0 10.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 20.10.17 68 24 < 8.0 12.83 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,085 <1,142
3 25.10.16 74 26 < 8.0 11.87 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 26.10.16 79 28 < 8.0 12.26 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,163 <1,142
5 04.11.16 73 25 < 8.0 15.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
6 05.11.16 65 23 8.84 16.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,098 <1,142
Residential,
7 10.11.16 AA08 Suva 76 43 9.72 15.85 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
Rural
8 11.11.16 69 28 < 8.0 14.62 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,050 <1,142
9 16.11.16 82 23 12.78 26.95 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
10 17.11.16 76 28 < 8.0 14.06 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,081 <1,142
11 23.11.16 71 35 9.67 16.83 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 24.11.16 84 28 8.84 14.79 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,125 <1,142
13 30.11.16 88 33 9.07 18.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142

14 1.12.16 79 41 11.54 22.82 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,156 <1,142
15 06.12.16 72 33 9.36 18.42 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 07.12.16 67 25 < 8.0 11.64 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,210 <1,142
17 16.12.16 77 29 < 8.0 13.82 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 17.12.16 58 20 < 8.0 15.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,087 <1,142
19 24.12.16 63 22 8.84 16.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
20 25.12.16 68 25 < 8.0 11.25 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,085 <1,142
1 17.10.16 47 16 < 8.0 12.74 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 18.10.16 62 21 < 8.0 10.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 995 <1,142
3 25.10.16 65 25 < 8.0 11.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 26.10.16 58 18 < 8.0 14.17 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
5 04.11.16 55 18 < 8.0 13.25 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
6 05.11.16 63 23 < 8.0 13.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 982 <1,142
7 14.11.16 61 20 < 8.0 15.68 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 15.11.16 67 24 < 8.0 14.08 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,010 <1,142
Residential,
9 24.11.16 AA09 Akhod 63 21 < 8.0 10.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
Rural
10 25.11.16 52 16 < 8.0 12.64 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 995 <1,142
11 06.12.16 58 18 < 8.0 11.83 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 07.12.16 55 15 < 8.0 15.23 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,063 <1,142
13 16.12.16 64 21 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 17.12.16 67 24 < 8.0 13.08 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,052 <1,142
15 22.12.16 60 21 < 8.0 10.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 23.12.16 54 18 < 8.0 11.26 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 987 <1,142
17 03.01.17 58 18 < 8.0 15.87 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142

18 04.01.17 63 20 < 8.0 12.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 990 <1,142
1 17.10.16 52 16 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
2 18.10.16 61 20 < 8.0 12.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,063 <1,142
3 23.10.16 55 18 < 8.0 10.98 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
4 24.10.16 58 18 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 988 <1,142
5 02.11.16 64 21 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
6 03.11.16 63 23 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,017 <1,142
7 12.11.16 78 26 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
8 13.11.16 67 24 < 8.0 14.32 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 992 <1,142
9 22.11.16 Residential, 63 22 < 8.0 12.74 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
AA10 Nr Kaladara
10 23.11.16 Rural 69 25 < 8.0 12.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 990 <1,142
11 04.12.16 65 23 < 8.0 13.62 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
12 05.12.16 62 21 < 8.0 15.42 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,035 <1,142
13 14.12.16 56 17 < 8.0 12.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
14 15.12.16 58 18 < 8.0 <10.0 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,063 <1,142
15 24.12.16 51 16 < 8.0 10.88 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
16 25.12.16 61 20 < 8.0 12.63 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,147 <1,142
17 01.01.17 58 18 8.62 15.92 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 - <1,142
18 02.01.17 55 16 < 8.0 11.36 <10.0 <1.0 <1.0 1,095 <1,142

Annexure 16: Impact Assessment Methodology
Key Definitions
Environment
Surroundings in which an organization operates, including air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans,
and their interrelation.
Environmental Aspect
Element of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment.
Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.
Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for meaningful examination and small
enough to be easily understood.
Environmental Impact
Any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s
environmental aspect.
Environmental Indices
The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural
resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.
The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed) include:
Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil, ecology
and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety.
After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria
to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps:
Identification of Impacts
This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:
 Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)
 Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an
environmental impact
 Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation
 Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each
component

Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation
A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each
environmental component (Air Pollution and Air Quality, Noise, Water, Land, EB, RD, SE, OH&HS), this is carried
through a series of steps as follows.
Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk
Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical
models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between
sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and
validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning /
consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods
used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.
Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable Levels of Risk
and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures
Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to compare
different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that
require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary environmental risk score is
calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment
methodologies:
 Severity: the resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological and/or socio-
economic environments.
 Probability: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect.
A combination of severity with probability gives a reasonable measure of environmental risk, which aids in decision
making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever well-defined is subjective and
different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores based on their understanding / opinion . Therefore end
results should be evaluated against past experience as well as professional judgment as well as project and activity
specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring does not
change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well informed on the project as well as
knowledgeable on the concerned issues.
The steps in identifying environmental risk for each environmental component and scoring the impact severity are
discussed in subsequent Annexures.
Scoring the Impact Severity
For the impacting activities which needs to comply with legal requirement, EP Rules / NOC / Other Statutory
permissions, shall not require scoring, and shall be considered Significant.
The severity on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from Insignificant to
Catastrophic and as given in Table 1. This table covers impacts only focusing on the study being undertaken by
Kadam’s Functional Area Experts.

M/S. GACL IN JV WITH NALCO DAHEJ ANNEXURES
Table 1: Impact Scoring System – Severity Assessment

Environmental Severity (Impact and Score13)
S
Component Insignificant Moderate Major Catastrophic
No. Minor (+/-) 2 points
Impacted (+/-) 1 point (+/-) 3 points (+/-) 4 points (+) 5 points
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Unacceptable environmental
Moderate environmental Significant environmental
Minor environmental impact* impact*** leading to
impact* leading to visual impact** leading to
1 Air Quality Temporary nuisance* with no lasting detrimental possibility of chronic / acute
impacts, at significant exceedance of limits specified
effects health issues, injuries or
nuisance levels in EP Rules
fatalities
Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit14 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at
Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
<10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the limit
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
2 Ambient Noise
1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise
Generating Unit
0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more
Water Consumption (KLD)
< 50 51 – 100 101 – 250 250 – 500 501 and above
Water Consumption, Duration
< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
3.1 Surface Water
Wastewater Discharge Quality
Other discharge, outside
Discharge to an authorized, Other discharge within limits
No wastewater generation Zero Discharge15 limits specified by the EP
functional CETP specified by the EP Rules
Rules
-------------------------------------------------------------
13
In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell.
14
For Leq (day) or Leq (night), whichever is higher.
15
Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction.


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations
Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified
Water Drawl (KLD)
< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more
3.2 Ground Water

Water Drawl, Duration
< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
Wastewater Discharge Quality
Other discharge, outside
Discharge to an authorized, Other discharge within limits
No wastewater generation Zero Discharge limits specified by the EP
functional CETP specified by the EP Rules
Rules
Loss of upto 80% topsoil, or Loss of upto 100% topsoil,

Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or Loss of upto 60% topsoil, or actual or possible or actual or possible
Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or
minor contamination of soil actual or possible contamination of soil volume contamination of soil volume
actual or possible contamination
4.1 Soil Quality that can be easily restored contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch >25 m3 and above Dutch
of soil volume <25 m3 but below
close to original condition for <25 m3 but above Dutch Intervention Values, but not Intervention Values16, and
Dutch Intervention Values
volume <10 m3 Intervention Values deemed to require urgent deemed to require urgent
remediation remediation
Duration
Land Use / Very short term Short term Long term
Landcover Medium term (>3 - 5 years) Very long term (>10 years)
(upto 1 year) (>1 - 3 years) (> 5-10 years)
4.2 (Average Score
Extent (Area affected)
to be taken
based on Very Limited (Within core Limited Long Range Extensive
Medium Range
zone) (<1 km around core zone) (>3 – 7 km around core zone) (>7.0 km around core zone)
-------------------------------------------------------------
16
Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Duration, Extent >1 – 3.0 km around core
and Intensity) zone)
Effect on land use/cover classes
Non-agricultural land, Land
Agricultural land, Open and
without scrub, Industrial area Scrub land Water body Forest Area
Close Vegetation
with scrub land
Type
Solid Hazardous
ISW MSW E-waste / Plastic Waste Biomedical Waste HW
Waste
(Average Score Quantity Generated (MT/Annum)
to be taken < 50 50 to <150 150 to <250 250 – 500 > 500
4.3
based on Type, Storage (days)
Quantity, <5 5 - <25 25 - <50 50 - <75 75 – 90
Storage & Mode
Mode of Disposal
of Disposal)
 Site specific loss (removal)  Site specific loss (removal) of  Site specific loss (removal)  Site specific impact on  Impact on threatened
of common floral species some saplings of trees. of some common well threatened species but species listed in as a
(but not any tree or trees).  Minor temporary impacts on grown tree / trees species. impacted species is widely endemic / Schedule-I as
 Vegetation composition does ecosystem functioning or  Site specific loss of nesting distributed outside the per IWPA 1972, BSI, Red
not form a habitat character habitat ecology of common / / breeding habitat of project site. Short term Data Book, ZSI, BSI or
for any species of generalist species. common / generalist impacts may lead to loss of literature published by any
Ecology and
conservation significance.  Minor short term / long term species of flora-fauna but abundance or extent, but State Govt. Institute,
5.1 Bio-diversity:
 No short term or long term impacts on surrounding / will not result in unlikely to cause local University and Collage etc.
Terrestrial
impacts are likely to immediate / adjacent habitats permanent loss of habitat. population extinction.  Loss of habitat of above
adversely affect the and are resilient to changes in  Short term or long term  Site specific habitat loss of said flora-fauna.
surrounding habitat / habitat structure or condition. impacts are likely to fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC,  Impact on genetic diversity
ecosystem.  Impact on surrounding agro- adversely affect the Birdlife International, or any Impact on NP /PF /WLS
 Site specific disturbance to ecosystem / agriculture when surrounding habitat other international literature /ESZ /IBA / tiger reserve /
common / generalist faunal environmental data / - secondary information.


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
species (e.g. movement parameters are within character/ habitat ecology/  Impacts on habitats / elephant corridor /
pattern, displacement etc.). permissible limits. functioning of ecosystem. ecosystems of international corridor.
 No negative impacts on  Impact on surrounding importance.  Impact on ecosystem like
surrounding ecosystem agro-ecosystem / river, forest, wetland (e.g.
functioning or habitat agriculture when physical RAMSAR site etc.) etc.
ecology. parameters with marginal
increase but can be
mitigated.
 Damage to an extensive
 Significant localized
 Minor impact on aquatic portion of aquatic
impacts but without long  Significant widespread
Ecology and  Occasional short term ecosystem, including flora, ecosystem resulting in
term impact on aquatic impact on protected wildlife
5.2 Bio-diversity: impact and / or disruption to fauna and habitat. No severe impacts on aquatic
ecosystem and/or short or aquatic ecosystem of
Aquatic aquatic flora and fauna significant impact on water population and habitats
term impacts on water moderate duration
resources. and or long term impact
resources.
on water resources.
Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area
<0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%
Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area
Socio-economic
Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
6.1 Environment:
Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio
Social Aspects
Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes
<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change
Socio-economic No of Jobs Gained or Lost

Environment: <50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more
6.2
Economic Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income
Aspects <50 100 250 500 1000 or more


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Land Losers
<10 <20 <50 <100 >100
Losers of Homesteads
<5 <10 <25 <50 >50
Moderate damage to Major damage to structures /
Minor repairable damage to Irreparable damage to highly
Socio-economic structures/ items of cultural items of cultural significance,
Minor repairable damage to structures / items of cultural various structures / items /
6.3 Aspects: significance, or significant, or major infringement of
commonplace structures significance, or minor locations of cultural
Cultural infringement of cultural cultural values / sacred
infringements of cultural values significance or sacred value
values/ sacred location locations
Consequence Distance
Major injury of health effects
(including permanent
Minor injury or health effects-
disability)- Affecting work
Slight injury or health effects Affecting work performance, e.g.
performance in the longer
(including first aid case and restriction to activities, or need Single fatality or permanent Multiple Fatalities-From an
term. e.g. prolonged absence
7.1 Risk to People medical treatment case). Not to take a time off work to total disability- from an accident of occupational
from work. Irreversible
affecting work performance or recover. Limited, reversible accident or occupational illness illness
health damage without loss
causing disability health effects e.g. skin irritation,
of life, e.g. noise induced
food poisoning
hearing loss, chronic back
injuries
Massive effect-Persistent
Localized effect- Limited loss Major effect- Severe
Minor effect- contamination. severe environmental
of discharges of known environmental damage. The
Slight Effect- Local Damage sufficiently large to damage or severe nuisance
toxicity. Repeated exceeding company is required to take
Environment damage. Within attack the environment. Single extending over a large area.
Risk to of statutory or prescribed extensive measures to restore
7.2 the fence and within system. exceeding of statutory or In terms of commercial or
Environment limit. Affecting polluted or damaged
Negligible financial prescribed criterion. Single recreational use or nature
neighborhood. Spontaneous environment to its original
consequences complaint. No permanent effect conservation, a major
recovery of limited damage state. Extended exceeding of
on the environment economic loss for the
within one year statutory or prescribed limits
company. Constant, high


S
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
exceeding of statutory or
prescribed limits
Resource
8 Severity is scored as per the professional judgment of the EIA coordinator.
Depletion
* Due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases.
** Due to release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases.
*** Due to release of air emissions, odor / dust.
Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact
After identifying the severity as shown in above table, the probability of occurrence also needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk.
Table 2 provides probability / likelihood ratings on a Scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.
Table 2: Probability of Occurrence
Description Environment/Health and Safety Probability
Frequent Continuous occurrence or each day during the project life cycle 5
Regular Occurs several times each year during the project life cycle 4
Periodic Might occur annually during the project life cycle 3
Occasional Might happen few times during the project life cycle 2
Rare One time or one-off event during the project life cycle 1

Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk
The level of Environmental Impact Risk is calculated by multiplying the Severity Score and the Probability of
Occurrence together. Thus,
Significance of Impact = Severity Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is carried out assuming
well managed operations with the use of standard safety measures. Table 3 below assigns Significance /
Consequence criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures for reducing the
environmental impact risks and thereafter, formulating and implementing budgetary Environmental Management
Plans (EMPs). Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all extreme, high and moderate
severe activities.
Table 3: Environmental Impact Significance / Consequence Criteria

Significance / Consequence
Probability Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Catastrophic
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25
Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk
Environmental risks are now clubbed into five levels from extreme severe to negligible activities.
 Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such that they are
brought to a lower level of environmental risk.
 High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a manner that
their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities vis-à-vis moderate risk
activities.
 Low risk activities do not require further mitigation unless escalation of risk is possible.
This is summarized in Table 4.
Table 4: Environmental Risk Categorization

Score Type of Risk Action Required
21 – 25 Extremely Severe Activity should not proceed in current form.
Activity should be modified to include remedial planning and actions and be

13 – 20 Highly Severe
subject to detailed assessment.
7 – 12 Moderate Severe Activity can operate subject to management and / or modification.
No immediate action required unless escalation of risk is possible. However

4–6 Less Severe
surveillance is required.
1–3 Negligible No immediate action required, however surveillance is required.

Annexure 17: Key Definitions – Risk Assessment
Consequence: Magnitude or size of the damage or loss. In terms of health and safety, it is the degree of harm
that could be caused to the people exposed to hazard, the potential severity of injuries or ill health, and/or the
number of people who could be potentially affected. Consequence of hazard need not only be in terms of human
safety criteria, but could also be in terms of a financial loss due to production and incurred costs due to
repairs/replacement, environmental impacts as well as public outrage.
Disaster: A catastrophic consequence of a major emergency/accident that leads to not only extensive damage to
life and property, but also disrupts all normal human activity for a significant period of time and requires a major
national and/or international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.
Emergency: A situation of process deviation that, if uncontrolled, may lead to a major accident/disaster with
potential short term and/or long term risk damage consequence to life and property in and/or around the
workplace.
Emergency Response Planning Guidelines1 (EPRG1): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is
believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour (without a respirator) without experiencing
other than mild transient adverse health effects or without perceiving a clearly defined objectionable odour.
Emergency Response Planning Guidelines2 (ERPG2): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is
believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible
or other serious health effects or symptoms that could impair their abilities to take protective action.
Emergency Response Planning Guidelines3 (ERPG3): The maximum airborne concentration below which it is
believed nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-threatening
health effects.
Hazard: Source of potential harm, injury or loss to man and machines.
Immediately Dangerous to life and health (IDLH): It represents the maximum concentration of a chemical
from which, in the event of respiratory failure, one could escape within 30 minutes without a respirator and without
experiencing any escape/impairing (e.g. severe irritation) or irreversible health effects.
Lethal Concentration Low (LCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, other than LC50, which has
been reported to cause death in human or animals.
Risk: Combination of the likelihood of a specific unwanted event and the potential consequences, if it occurs.
Risk Assessment: A process that involves estimation and measurement of risk to determine priorities and to
enable identification of appropriate level of risk treatment (used also to describe the overall process of risk
management).
Risk Control: Implementation of strategies to prevent, control and minimize hazards.
Risk Management: Overall description of the steps taken to manage risk, by identifying hazards and
implementing controls in the workplace.
Risk Rating: The category, level, or risk assigned following risk assessment (e.g. High, Medium, or Low).
Threshold Limit Value (TLV): it is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a weighted average
basis (usually 8 hrs for 5 days in a week)
Short Time Exposure Limit (STEL): it is the permitted short-term exposure limit (for a 15 minutes exposure).
Toxic Concentration Low (TCLo): It is the lowest concentration of a material in air, to which humans or animals
have been exposed for any given period of time that has produced a toxic effects in humans or produced
carcinogenic, neoplastigenic or tetratogenic effect in humans or animals.

Annexure 18: Air Dispersion Modelling Isopleths & Detailed Results
Figure 1: Isopleth for Concentration of PM10

Incremental Increase in GLC of PM10 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air PM10 Concentration from Proposed Site
DIRECTION DISTANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 4.98 2.42 1.68 1.20 0.66 0.40 0.26 0.18 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
20 3.88 1.04 0.51 0.30 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
30 1.73 0.52 0.30 0.21 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
40 1.85 0.56 0.34 0.26 0.19 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
50 1.87 0.61 0.45 0.40 0.30 0.23 0.18 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05
60 1.95 0.75 0.66 0.59 0.42 0.30 0.24 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.05
70 3.13 0.94 0.88 0.74 0.53 0.43 0.36 0.30 0.22 0.17 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08
80 6.68 1.62 1.06 0.79 0.65 0.52 0.40 0.31 0.21 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06
90 9.00 4.25 2.94 2.11 1.16 0.70 0.46 0.32 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09
100 7.32 3.91 2.09 1.15 0.47 0.25 0.17 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04
110 4.76 4.41 3.26 2.40 1.40 0.91 0.66 0.53 0.38 0.29 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.15 0.14
120 5.39 1.61 1.04 0.82 0.51 0.34 0.25 0.19 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05
130 7.33 3.96 2.20 1.31 0.63 0.39 0.28 0.22 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.08
140 6.93 4.14 3.43 2.52 1.46 0.96 0.69 0.53 0.35 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.18
150 10.44 4.33 1.73 0.86 0.42 0.29 0.22 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07
160 4.50 6.21 6.16 5.21 3.54 2.49 1.83 1.40 0.89 0.61 0.45 0.34 0.27 0.22 0.18
170 0.99 0.53 0.61 0.62 0.39 0.26 0.20 0.16 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06
180 4.55 0.66 0.89 0.89 0.54 0.35 0.25 0.19 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04
190 15.59 5.66 3.09 1.96 1.27 0.79 0.52 0.37 0.24 0.19 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.10
200 14.66 8.85 6.57 5.18 3.33 2.32 1.73 1.36 0.92 0.69 0.55 0.45 0.39 0.34 0.30
210 6.71 2.39 1.54 1.26 0.75 0.46 0.31 0.25 0.19 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.11
220 6.00 2.03 1.57 1.23 0.80 0.54 0.38 0.28 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.14
230 15.65 8.60 6.17 4.60 2.83 1.93 1.41 1.08 0.74 0.56 0.45 0.39 0.34 0.30 0.27
240 17.87 7.40 4.14 2.57 1.23 0.70 0.45 0.36 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.14
250 15.46 9.55 6.50 4.78 3.00 2.12 1.61 1.28 0.90 0.70 0.57 0.49 0.42 0.37 0.33


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 20.65 9.99 5.13 2.81 1.07 0.60 0.46 0.37 0.26 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.11
270 12.82 8.40 7.16 5.98 4.21 3.40 2.81 2.36 1.73 1.33 1.06 0.87 0.73 0.62 0.54
280 12.03 11.08 6.91 3.54 0.93 0.47 0.36 0.29 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07
290 7.64 2.09 3.03 3.37 2.86 2.08 1.49 1.09 0.63 0.41 0.29 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.12
300 1.65 2.44 2.30 1.58 0.52 0.31 0.21 0.14 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.05
310 1.51 0.70 0.57 0.41 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07
320 2.38 6.22 8.85 9.09 7.11 5.16 3.81 2.91 1.86 1.36 1.04 0.82 0.66 0.54 0.46
330 5.44 5.52 1.76 1.10 0.59 0.36 0.25 0.18 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06
340 2.51 3.84 4.14 3.73 2.74 2.04 1.57 1.34 1.01 0.79 0.64 0.53 0.45 0.39 0.34
350 4.44 3.97 2.10 1.30 0.68 0.44 0.31 0.23 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10
360 3.67 3.05 3.68 3.49 2.61 1.92 1.46 1.14 0.75 0.54 0.40 0.31 0.25 0.21 0.18

Figure 2: Isopleth for Concentration of SO2

Incremental Increase in GLC of SO2 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air SO2 Concentration from Proposed Site

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 2.18 1.46 0.95 0.66 0.43 0.34 0.27 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07
20 2.23 1.52 1.01 0.72 0.43 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16
30 2.24 1.72 1.26 1.01 0.61 0.43 0.32 0.25 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.09 0.09
40 2.22 2.17 2.35 1.98 1.20 0.79 0.57 0.45 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12
50 2.23 3.13 3.30 2.74 1.74 1.17 0.85 0.66 0.47 0.38 0.32 0.28 0.24 0.22 0.20
60 2.15 3.46 3.39 2.93 2.19 1.64 1.26 0.99 0.67 0.49 0.38 0.31 0.25 0.21 0.19
70 2.14 3.08 2.87 2.71 2.33 1.87 1.48 1.20 0.84 0.63 0.51 0.43 0.38 0.34 0.31
80 2.28 2.47 2.01 1.85 1.54 1.20 0.94 0.75 0.51 0.38 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.18
90 2.46 2.51 2.03 1.48 0.85 0.55 0.43 0.39 0.33 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.17 0.16 0.16
100 2.63 3.54 2.93 2.18 1.29 0.86 0.63 0.50 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14
110 2.71 3.98 3.33 2.51 1.51 1.03 0.77 0.62 0.45 0.42 0.45 0.45 0.42 0.40 0.37
120 2.70 3.49 2.93 2.21 1.33 0.90 0.68 0.55 0.40 0.32 0.27 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.18
130 2.58 2.56 1.99 1.50 1.01 0.78 0.66 0.57 0.47 0.42 0.40 0.43 0.42 0.39 0.36
140 2.72 2.87 2.21 1.66 1.06 0.80 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.57 0.53 0.50
150 2.62 2.86 2.28 1.78 1.21 0.91 0.74 0.62 0.49 0.41 0.36 0.31 0.28 0.25 0.23
160 2.34 2.63 2.38 1.88 1.21 0.91 0.76 0.67 0.56 0.50 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.48 0.47
170 2.10 2.27 1.93 1.53 1.01 0.74 0.60 0.50 0.38 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.24 0.22
180 2.06 2.55 2.27 1.84 1.23 0.88 0.68 0.54 0.39 0.30 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13
190 2.08 3.87 4.17 3.54 2.32 1.56 1.15 0.95 0.70 0.57 0.48 0.41 0.37 0.34 0.31
200 2.25 4.74 5.38 4.77 3.36 2.37 1.78 1.41 1.02 0.85 0.76 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.61
210 2.21 3.66 4.08 3.57 2.42 1.65 1.21 0.99 0.73 0.62 0.57 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.42
220 2.44 3.45 3.36 2.76 1.78 1.21 0.88 0.79 0.68 0.62 0.57 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.43
230 2.47 4.12 4.12 3.49 2.36 1.68 1.27 1.00 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.56
240 2.39 3.79 3.65 3.18 2.28 1.69 1.32 1.08 0.79 0.62 0.57 0.54 0.49 0.46 0.42
250 2.31 3.49 3.48 2.99 2.08 1.50 1.15 0.98 0.81 0.74 0.69 0.65 0.61 0.57 0.54


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 2.12 2.91 2.79 2.33 1.54 1.07 0.79 0.71 0.59 0.53 0.49 0.45 0.42 0.39 0.35
270 2.00 1.84 1.59 1.30 0.96 1.03 1.08 1.12 1.13 1.10 1.05 0.98 0.90 0.83 0.77
280 2.00 1.30 1.05 0.93 0.78 0.73 0.72 0.70 0.62 0.54 0.47 0.41 0.36 0.31 0.28
290 2.00 1.21 1.19 1.09 0.96 0.87 0.79 0.73 0.64 0.59 0.55 0.51 0.47 0.44 0.41
300 2.00 1.16 1.07 0.96 0.81 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.48 0.41 0.36 0.32 0.29 0.26 0.24
310 2.00 1.16 0.99 0.99 0.83 0.67 0.55 0.49 0.43 0.38 0.34 0.30 0.28 0.25 0.23
320 2.01 1.16 1.24 1.27 1.10 0.91 0.81 0.73 0.62 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.42 0.39 0.36
330 2.01 1.17 1.06 1.02 0.84 0.70 0.59 0.52 0.41 0.35 0.31 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.21
340 2.02 1.20 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.70 0.73 0.81 0.82 0.78 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.57
350 2.06 1.27 0.79 0.68 0.62 0.55 0.52 0.55 0.65 0.64 0.59 0.53 0.47 0.42 0.37
360 2.12 1.37 0.87 0.61 0.54 0.45 0.38 0.34 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10

Figure 3: Isopleth for Concentration of NOx

Incremental Increase in GLC of NOx (µg/m3) to Ambient Air NOx Concentration from Proposed Site

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 2.43 1.59 1.11 0.80 0.55 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.28 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.08
20 2.45 1.70 1.33 0.96 0.51 0.35 0.31 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
30 2.44 1.85 1.45 1.15 0.68 0.47 0.35 0.27 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.09
40 2.39 2.51 2.58 2.13 1.28 0.85 0.61 0.47 0.36 0.29 0.23 0.19 0.17 0.14 0.13
50 2.31 3.44 3.52 2.90 1.83 1.23 0.90 0.69 0.60 0.51 0.43 0.37 0.32 0.27 0.24
60 2.24 3.72 3.58 3.07 2.28 1.71 1.31 1.03 0.69 0.51 0.39 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19
70 2.25 3.28 3.03 2.83 2.41 1.92 1.53 1.23 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.44 0.39 0.35 0.31
80 2.37 2.66 2.13 1.93 1.60 1.24 0.97 0.77 0.53 0.39 0.31 0.26 0.22 0.20 0.18
90 2.55 2.58 2.07 1.51 0.99 0.77 0.66 0.60 0.49 0.40 0.34 0.29 0.25 0.22 0.19
100 2.70 3.63 2.98 2.22 1.31 0.87 0.64 0.51 0.36 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.15
110 2.78 4.08 3.40 2.56 1.54 1.05 0.79 0.64 0.47 0.46 0.49 0.49 0.47 0.45 0.43
120 2.76 3.60 3.00 2.26 1.36 0.92 0.69 0.56 0.41 0.33 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.18
130 2.64 2.59 2.06 1.54 1.03 0.79 0.67 0.59 0.48 0.43 0.41 0.44 0.43 0.40 0.37
140 2.77 2.91 2.24 1.69 1.09 0.90 0.77 0.68 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.64 0.60 0.57 0.54
150 2.69 2.92 2.33 1.81 1.23 0.93 0.75 0.64 0.50 0.42 0.36 0.32 0.29 0.26 0.23
160 2.43 2.70 2.44 1.92 1.24 0.93 0.79 0.69 0.58 0.52 0.50 0.51 0.51 0.50 0.49
170 2.19 2.33 1.99 1.58 1.05 0.77 0.62 0.54 0.46 0.38 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.25 0.23
180 2.15 2.57 2.28 1.85 1.24 0.89 0.68 0.55 0.39 0.30 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.13
190 2.15 3.89 4.18 3.54 2.33 1.57 1.16 0.96 0.72 0.58 0.49 0.42 0.37 0.35 0.32
200 2.29 4.75 5.40 4.80 3.40 2.43 1.86 1.51 1.16 1.04 1.03 1.04 1.03 1.00 0.96
210 2.27 3.71 4.14 3.68 2.73 2.14 1.72 1.48 1.07 0.82 0.65 0.59 0.54 0.49 0.45
220 2.53 3.48 3.38 2.78 2.08 1.33 1.02 0.81 0.70 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.51 0.47 0.43
230 2.58 4.16 4.17 3.56 2.43 1.72 1.30 1.10 1.02 0.97 1.04 1.08 1.07 1.03 0.98
240 2.52 3.89 3.85 3.46 2.44 1.88 1.52 1.29 0.97 0.76 0.68 0.63 0.57 0.51 0.46
250 2.47 3.70 3.72 3.22 2.29 1.81 1.67 1.50 1.29 1.16 1.02 1.01 1.04 1.00 0.95


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 2.49 3.26 3.89 3.24 2.21 1.58 1.18 0.96 0.73 0.60 0.51 0.47 0.44 0.40 0.37
270 2.58 2.37 3.10 1.84 1.32 1.22 1.23 1.24 1.23 1.18 1.11 1.03 0.95 0.88 0.81
280 2.70 2.07 2.22 1.44 0.92 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.64 0.56 0.48 0.42 0.37 0.32 0.28
290 2.78 2.19 1.51 1.38 1.10 0.95 0.84 0.77 0.68 0.65 0.60 0.56 0.51 0.47 0.44
300 2.75 1.92 1.19 1.05 0.86 0.74 0.65 0.58 0.49 0.42 0.37 0.33 0.30 0.27 0.24
310 2.65 1.89 1.08 1.12 0.96 0.75 0.60 0.52 0.45 0.39 0.35 0.31 0.29 0.26 0.24
320 2.54 1.82 1.29 1.31 1.14 0.95 0.84 0.77 0.65 0.57 0.52 0.47 0.44 0.41 0.38
330 2.46 1.68 1.09 1.04 0.86 0.83 0.72 0.68 0.57 0.46 0.38 0.32 0.27 0.24 0.21
340 2.40 1.54 1.17 0.72 0.67 0.73 0.86 0.90 0.91 0.95 0.91 0.84 0.76 0.69 0.64
350 2.38 1.49 1.16 0.87 0.64 0.57 0.54 0.57 0.67 0.66 0.61 0.54 0.48 0.43 0.38
360 2.40 1.52 1.09 0.87 0.65 0.49 0.39 0.35 0.29 0.24 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10

Figure 4: Isopleth for Concentration of HCl

Incremental Increase in GLC of HCl (µg/m3) to Ambient Air HCl Concentration from Proposed Site

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
20 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01
30 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
40 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
50 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
60 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
70 0.11 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01
80 0.11 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00
90 0.11 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
100 0.10 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
110 0.10 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
120 0.09 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
130 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
140 0.09 0.06 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
150 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
160 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
170 0.15 0.11 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
180 0.18 0.12 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
190 0.22 0.13 0.06 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
200 0.25 0.18 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04
210 0.24 0.16 0.22 0.18 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
220 0.22 0.40 0.21 0.08 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
230 0.20 0.29 0.14 0.16 0.15 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06
240 0.18 0.31 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
250 0.21 0.21 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.08


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 0.17 0.16 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
270 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
280 0.10 0.16 0.06 0.05 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00
290 0.09 0.14 0.07 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
300 0.08 0.15 0.08 0.05 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
310 0.08 0.15 0.09 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
320 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.08 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
330 0.09 0.04 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
340 0.09 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
350 0.09 0.06 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
360 0.07 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Figure 5: Isopleth for Concentration of Cl2

Incremental Increase in GLC of Cl2 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air Cl2 Concentration from Proposed Site

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.011 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
20 0.012 0.006 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
30 0.013 0.008 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000
40 0.013 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 0.014 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
60 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
70 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.006 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002
80 0.013 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000
90 0.013 0.007 0.004 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001
100 0.013 0.006 0.003 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
110 0.012 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
120 0.012 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001
130 0.013 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
140 0.015 0.008 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001
150 0.016 0.008 0.006 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
160 0.016 0.010 0.010 0.007 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
170 0.017 0.016 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000
180 0.020 0.020 0.009 0.006 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
190 0.024 0.018 0.011 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000
200 0.030 0.030 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.007 0.006
210 0.033 0.022 0.028 0.023 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
220 0.034 0.050 0.031 0.013 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
230 0.034 0.039 0.020 0.018 0.018 0.015 0.015 0.014 0.011 0.011 0.010 0.010 0.009 0.009 0.008
240 0.033 0.036 0.023 0.018 0.015 0.011 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
250 0.029 0.031 0.017 0.014 0.014 0.015 0.019 0.020 0.019 0.016 0.014 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 0.025 0.022 0.015 0.011 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000
270 0.025 0.020 0.011 0.014 0.006 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002
280 0.020 0.023 0.009 0.011 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
290 0.016 0.022 0.011 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
300 0.014 0.030 0.013 0.007 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
310 0.013 0.027 0.017 0.008 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
320 0.013 0.017 0.019 0.014 0.008 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
330 0.012 0.008 0.012 0.013 0.013 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
340 0.012 0.006 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003
350 0.010 0.009 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
360 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Figure 6: Isopleth for Concentration of HC

Incremental Increase in GLC of HC (µg/m3) to Ambient Air HC Concentration from Proposed Site

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.008 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
20 0.007 0.005 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
30 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
40 0.007 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
60 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
70 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
80 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
90 0.004 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
100 0.007 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
110 0.008 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001
120 0.006 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
130 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
140 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
150 0.010 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
160 0.011 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
170 0.009 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
180 0.007 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
190 0.011 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
200 0.014 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
210 0.013 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
220 0.008 0.009 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
230 0.010 0.008 0.003 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002
240 0.017 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
250 0.025 0.010 0.005 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 0.021 0.011 0.007 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
270 0.019 0.010 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
280 0.021 0.016 0.008 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
290 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.012 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
300 0.021 0.007 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
310 0.016 0.011 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
320 0.010 0.018 0.008 0.004 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
330 0.008 0.015 0.012 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
340 0.008 0.006 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001
350 0.010 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000
360 0.009 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Figure 6: Isopleth for Concentration of CO

Incremental Increase in GLC of CO (µg/m3) to Ambient Air CO Concentration from Proposed Site

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.77 0.58 0.44 0.23 0.23 0.40 0.53 0.51 0.35 0.22 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03
20 0.72 0.47 0.49 0.36 0.13 0.14 0.18 0.19 0.17 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13
30 0.66 0.45 0.37 0.37 0.25 0.15 0.09 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01
40 0.59 0.48 0.30 0.25 0.29 0.26 0.17 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
50 0.50 0.43 0.36 0.35 0.31 0.23 0.21 0.22 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08
60 0.41 0.33 0.30 0.33 0.44 0.45 0.42 0.37 0.27 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.07
70 0.32 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.30 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.30 0.27 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14
80 0.24 0.22 0.28 0.32 0.32 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
90 0.22 0.15 0.22 0.31 0.42 0.40 0.36 0.32 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09
100 0.25 0.14 0.09 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
110 0.40 0.28 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12
120 0.52 0.35 0.23 0.16 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04
130 0.58 0.27 0.12 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
140 0.55 0.14 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.13 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.11
150 0.45 0.23 0.32 0.36 0.29 0.29 0.24 0.17 0.08 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
160 0.34 0.40 0.43 0.29 0.11 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06
170 0.33 0.54 0.30 0.12 0.13 0.25 0.33 0.32 0.30 0.22 0.16 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.04
180 0.41 0.51 0.20 0.24 0.48 0.29 0.11 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
190 0.54 0.44 0.37 0.41 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
200 0.68 0.47 0.40 0.11 0.11 0.16 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.30 0.31 0.30
210 0.83 0.77 0.22 0.19 0.36 0.61 0.73 0.74 0.55 0.38 0.25 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.09
220 0.97 0.94 0.31 0.49 0.89 0.42 0.17 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
230 1.07 0.94 0.75 0.71 0.19 0.24 0.28 0.35 0.39 0.36 0.36 0.40 0.39 0.37 0.33
240 1.11 0.74 1.30 0.40 0.71 0.91 0.99 0.91 0.63 0.41 0.28 0.19 0.14 0.10 0.08
250 1.01 1.23 0.87 1.02 0.81 0.51 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.71 0.62 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.41


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 1.28 2.14 1.58 1.14 1.06 0.73 0.60 0.48 0.28 0.17 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04
270 1.51 1.84 1.66 0.77 0.52 0.51 0.48 0.41 0.31 0.24 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.14
280 1.29 1.21 1.00 0.92 0.59 0.39 0.28 0.21 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02
290 1.40 1.52 0.85 0.40 0.31 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06
300 1.76 0.78 0.81 0.57 0.13 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
310 1.63 0.61 1.30 0.73 0.18 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
320 1.37 0.76 0.55 0.98 0.63 0.33 0.17 0.09 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01
330 1.15 0.67 0.34 0.40 0.62 0.60 0.46 0.36 0.26 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06
340 1.00 0.51 0.58 0.20 0.20 0.26 0.28 0.28 0.26 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.18
350 0.90 0.60 0.56 0.39 0.10 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02
360 0.83 0.67 0.35 0.39 0.34 0.26 0.13 0.06 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

Annexure 19: Traffic Survey Sheets – SH 6
 Traffic on SH-6 from Dahej to Bharuch
Date of Survey 12.04.2017

Point of Survey Near Vadadala bus stand
Name of the Road SH - 6
Traffic Flow Towards Dahej to Bharuch
Width of the Road 6 Lane
Mechanized Vehicle Non -Mechanized Vehicle
Sr. No Time 2W 3W 4W 2W 3W 4W All Category
Bike/Moped Rickshaw Car/Jeep Bus Truck Tractor Cycle Tricycle Cart
1 07:00-08:00 175 6 132 68 232 3 83 0 2 701
2 08:00-09:00 249 8 228 55 226 3 104 0 1 874
3 09:00-10:00 268 8 231 73 273 2 118 0 0 973
4 10:00-11:00 158 12 233 37 218 4 97 0 0 759
5 11:00-12:00 179 6 172 24 251 2 92 0 0 726
6 12:00-13:00 178 4 188 22 235 3 76 0 0 706
7 13:00-14:00 164 2 165 38 242 3 88 0 0 702
8 14:00-15:00 171 3 162 52 262 2 66 0 0 718
9 15:00-16:00 155 3 154 21 282 5 73 0 0 693
10 16:00-17:00 167 5 161 13 264 2 97 0 0 709
11 17:00-18:00 187 6 158 23 286 5 121 0 0 786
12 18:00-19:00 132 5 162 21 290 2 118 0 0 730
13 19:00-20:00 164 5 127 22 248 3 113 0 0 682
14 20:00-21:00 83 3 153 10 235 3 81 0 0 568
15 21:00-22:00 92 2 89 8 232 2 58 0 0 483
16 22:00-23:00 65 1 91 3 186 2 13 0 0 361
17 23:00-00:00 73 0 57 0 154 1 5 0 0 290
18 00:00-01:00 28 0 21 0 116 0 0 0 0 165


Traffic Flow Towards Dahej to Bharuch
Sr. No Time 2W 3W 4W 2W 3W 4W All Category
19 01:00-02:00 11 0 8 0 84 0 0 0 0 103
20 02:00-03:00 2 0 5 0 58 0 0 0 0 65
21 03:00-04:00 7 0 5 0 23 0 0 0 0 35
22 04:00-05:00 37 0 7 27 82 2 6 0 1 162
23 05:00-06:00 89 4 55 59 92 7 53 0 0 359
24 06:00-07:00 176 7 96 51 136 12 148 0 1 627
Total 3,010 90 2,860 627 4,707 68 1,610 0 5 12,977

 Traffic on SH-6 from Bharuch to Dahej

Traffic Flow Towards Bharuch to Dahej
Sr No Time 2W 3W 4W 2W 3W 4W All Category
1 07:00-08:00 148 4 115 38 133 2 98 1 1 540
2 08:00-09:00 133 3 133 23 182 3 94 2 2 575
3 09:00-10:00 166 5 121 22 228 5 74 0 0 621
4 10:00-11:00 152 8 153 25 226 6 62 0 2 634
5 11:00-12:00 124 6 128 24 231 2 58 2 0 575
6 12:00-13:00 87 3 135 43 219 2 50 0 0 539
7 13:00-14:00 94 5 129 48 227 3 66 0 0 572
8 14:00-15:00 107 2 118 55 214 2 71 0 1 570
9 15:00-16:00 134 2 139 36 226 2 85 0 0 624
10 16:00-17:00 183 7 191 22 249 5 134 1 0 792
11 17:00-18:00 259 3 188 62 251 2 122 0 2 889
12 18:00-19:00 191 5 207 41 348 3 123 0 1 919
13 19:00-20:00 158 2 185 23 232 3 118 0 0 721
14 20:00-21:00 132 2 101 15 225 2 31 0 0 508
15 21:00-22:00 89 3 85 28 222 1 44 0 0 472
16 22:00-23:00 71 2 35 31 181 1 18 0 0 339
17 23:00-00:00 68 1 9 22 117 0 15 0 0 232
18 00:00-01:00 26 0 3 8 95 1 2 0 0 135
19 01:00-02:00 12 0 2 5 82 1 4 0 0 106


Traffic Flow Towards Bharuch to Dahej
Sr No Time 2W 3W 4W 2W 3W 4W All Category
20 02:00-03:00 3 0 1 1 30 2 0 0 0 37
21 03:00-04:00 0 0 3 0 42 0 0 0 0 45
22 04:00-05:00 28 0 15 6 23 0 0 0 0 72
23 05:00-06:00 135 4 58 25 37 2 45 0 4 310
24 06:00-07:00 186 8 113 42 95 3 67 0 2 516
Total 2,686 75 2,367 645 4,115 53 1,381 6 15 11,343

Annexure 20: NABET Certificate – Kadam Environmental Consultants

Annexure 21: Undertaking by the Project Proponent on the Ownership of the EIA report

Annexure 22: Environmental Clearance of PCPIR












Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environment for Development
CONTACT DETAILS
Vadodara (Head Office)
871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+91-265-6131000
Delhi / NCR
Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B-3, Sector 49, Near Omaxe
City Center Mall, Sohna Road, Gurgaon, India – 122 002
E: delhi@kadamenviro.com; T: 0124-424 2430-436

Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals LTD BRCH93 Eia PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals LTD BRCH93 Eia PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

M/S.

GUJARAT ALKALIES AND

Draft EIA For Proposed New Chlor-Alkali Plant

Environment for Development

M/S. GUJARAT ALKALIES AND CHEMICALS LTD

Draft EIA for Proposed New Chlor-Alkali Plant and Coal

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | SEPTEMBER 2017 2

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | SEPTEMBER 2017 3

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | SEPTEMBER 2017 4

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | SEPTEMBER 2017 5

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT................................................................................................................. 22

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT ...................................................................... 22

1.2.1 Identification of Project ............................................................................................................... 22

1.2.2 Project Proponent ....................................................................................................................... 22

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY....................................................................................................................... 24

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................. 30

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ............................................................................................................................. 30

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................... 30

2.2.1 Chlor Alkali ................................................................................................................................. 30

2.2.2 Chlorotoluenes ........................................................................................................................... 30

2.2.3 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax ............................................................................................................. 30

2.2.4 Epichlorohydrin (ECH) ................................................................................................................. 30

2.2.5 Chloromethanes (CLM) ................................................................................................................ 31

2.2.6 Power Plant ................................................................................................................................ 31

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................. 31

2.3.1 Site History & Approach to the Project Site ................................................................................... 34

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ................................................................................................ 35

2.4.1 Cost of Project ............................................................................................................................ 36

2.4.2 Profitability ................................................................................................................................. 38

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................... 38

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 38

2.6.1 Caustic Soda – 800 TPD .............................................................................................................. 39

2.6.2 Chlorotoluenes - 205 TPD ............................................................................................................ 43

2.6.3 Chlorinated Paraffin Wax – 100 TPD............................................................................................. 49

2.6.4 Epichlorohydrin Plant (ECH Unit) – 84 TPD ................................................................................... 51

2.6.5 Chloromethanes (CLM) – 300 TPD ............................................................................................... 54

2.6.6 Power Plant – 130 MW ................................................................................................................ 56

2.7 PROJECT DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................... 63

2.7.1 Raw Material Details ................................................................................................................... 63

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | SEPTEMBER 2017 6

2.8.1 Power Requirement .................................................................................................................... 64

2.8.2 Fuel Requirement ....................................................................................................................... 65

2.8.3 Water Requirement ..................................................................................................................... 65

2.8.4 Manpower .................................................................................................................................. 65

2.9 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT ............................................................................... 65

2.9.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 65

2.9.2 Plant specific .............................................................................................................................. 65

2.10 AIR EMISSIONS ............................................................................................................................. 66

2.10.1 Action Plan to Control Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................... 67

2.11 NOISE GENERATION ...................................................................................................................... 70

2.12 WATER CONSUMPTION AND EFFLUENT GENERATION ..................................................................... 70

2.13.1 Waste Water Generation ............................................................................................................. 72

2.13.2 Wastewater Segregation ............................................................................................................. 72

2.13.3 Wastewater Treatment Facility ..................................................................................................... 72

2.13.4 Water Conservation Measures ...................................................................................................... 83

2.13.5 Sludge Generation & Management ............................................................................................... 84

2.14.1 Hazardous Waste and Other Solid Waste ...................................................................................... 85

2.14.2 Decontamination of Discarded Drums/ Containers ......................................................................... 87

2.15 MITIGATION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE .................................................................................... 87

2.16 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY.......................................................................... 90

2.16.1 Coal based Power Plant ............................................................................................................... 90

2.16.2 Caustic Soda Plant ...................................................................................................................... 90

2.16.3 Chloromethanes Plant ................................................................................................................. 90